EXAM RCT-79

R CC E ®

L E V E L 1 P R AC T I C E T E ST A N D ST U DY G U I D E

R O C H E STO N C E RT I F I E D CY B E R S E C U R I TY E N G I N E E R
© 2023 Rocheston. All Rights Reserved.

RCCE® is a registered trademark of Rocheston in the United States and other countries.

No part of this book may be reproduced, stored in a retrieval system, or transmitted in any
form or by any means, electronic, mechanical, photocopying, recording, or otherwise,
without written permission of Rocheston. This book is intended for informational and
educational purposes only. The views expressed herein are the opinion of the author and
should not be taken as professional advice. The author of this book and publisher are not
responsible for any loss or damage resulting from the use of this book.

Version 1.1

R CC E ® 2
A B O U T T H E R CC E ® C E RT I F I CAT I O N

The Rocheston Certified Cybersecurity Engineer exam prep guide (RCCE®) is an invaluable
resource for anyone preparing for the RCT-79 exam. It is the only guide to help students
prepare for the rigorous and complex RCCE certification exam.

The RCCE® exam prep guide is designed to help students develop a thorough
understanding of the essential knowledge required to pass the exam. It is written by
experienced cybersecurity engineers who have taken the RCT-79 exam and understand the
demands of the certification.

The guide begins by offering an overview of the exam and its objectives. It then provides an
in-depth review of the core topics covered in the exam, including cryptography, security
protocols, network security, identity and access management, risk management, and more.
Each topic is broken down into its component parts, with detailed explanations and
examples to help students understand the material.

The guide also features thousands of practice questions and answers to help students test
their knowledge. Each question is accompanied by detailed explanations to help students
understand the concepts and logic behind the answers. In addition to the practice questions,
the RCCE® exam prep guide also includes strategies and study tips to help students make
the most of their time and maximize their chances of success. It also includes a
comprehensive glossary of terms and definitions, as well as a list of resources for further
review.

The RCCE® exam prep guide is an invaluable resource for anyone preparing for the RCT-79
exam. It contains all the information and practice questions needed to help students
understand the material, practice their skills, and increase their chances of success.

For more information, please [Link]

R CC E ® 3
A B O U T T H E R CC E ® E X A M
The RCCE® exam is a challenging two-hour test that evaluates the knowledge and skills of
cybercrime investigators. It is a multiple-choice test that is designed to assess your
proficiency in the areas of cybersecurity. To help you prepare for the exam, here are some
tips to consider:

1. Become familiar with the content of the exam. Make sure you understand the scope
and format of the exam, as well as the topics it covers. Knowing what to expect can help
you focus your study efforts and maximize your chances of success.

2. Review the exam topics. The RCCE® exam covers a wide variety of topics related to the
exam objectives. Make sure you understand the basics of each topic before taking the
exam.

3. Practice, practice, practice! The best way to prepare for the RCCE® exam is to practice.
Take sample tests and review the answers to become familiar with the types of questions
you will be asked on the exam.

4. Manage your time. The RCCE® exam is a timed test and you will have only two hours
to complete it. Make sure you manage your time carefully and answer the questions
quickly and accurately.

5. Get organized. Before the exam, make sure you have all the materials you need, such as
your ID, calculator, and any notes you may have prepared.

6. Relax. The RCCE® exam can be intimidating, but don’t let it get to you. Relax, focus on
the questions, and do your best.

By following these tips, you will be well-prepared to take the RCCE® exam and become a
certified cybercrime investigator. Good luck!

R CC E ® 4
E X A M D E TA I L S

Exam Title: Rocheston Certified Cybersecurity Engineer

Exam Code: RCT-79

No. of Questions: 100

Exam Format: Scenario Based MCQ

Passing Score: 62%

Exam mode: Online using Rocheston Ramsys Exam Proctoring System

How to register for the exam?

Please register at [Link]

R CC E ® 5
R CC E ® E X A M O B J E C T I V E S

The RCCE exam tests candidates on four domains

Domain 1: Cybersecurity Policies and Governance

Domain 2: Risks/Threats/Vulnerability Assessment

Domain 3: Risks/Threats/Vulnerability Management

Domain 4: Security Incident Response and Recovery Plan

Technical areas covered under these domains

Module 1: Cybersecurity Threats, Attacks and Defenses

Module 2: Information Gathering and Network Scanning

Module 3: Cyber Vulnerabilities

Module 4: Web Application Attacks

Module 5: Web shells, Spywares and Backdoors

Module 6. Denial of Service Attacks

Module 7: Packet Sniffers and Network Analyzers

Module 8: Password Cracking

Module 9: Wireless Hacking

Module 10: Firewalls and IDS

R CC E ® 6
 Module 11: Hacking Frameworks

Module 12: Cryptography

Module 13: Malware Analysis

Module 14: Cybersecurity Certification Test Plan for IoT Devices

Module 15: Virtualization with QEMU and Private Cloud

Module 16: Android Hacking

Module 17: Blockchain and Cryptocurrency

Module 18: Quantum Computing

Module 19: Cloud Backups and Patch Management

Module 20: Infrastructure and Cloud Security

R CC E ® 7
R CC E ® C E RT I F I CAT E

rocheston® certified
cybersecurity engineer
this certificate is presented to

Jason Springfield

for completing all the requirements to become a

rocheston certified cybersecurity engineer
issued on 2nd december, 2022

haja mo
president and cto

R CC E ® 8
TA B L E O F CO N T E N T S

Practice Exam Questions....................................................................................10

Answers ............................................................................................................345

R CC E ® 9
P R AC T I C E
E X A M Q U E ST I O N S

R CC E ® 10
1. What is the most important step in vulnerability management?

A. Identification

B. Assessment

C. Remediation

D. Monitoring

2. What is the purpose of a vulnerability scan?

A. To detect security weaknesses

B. To detect malicious activity

C. To detect unauthorized access

D. To detect software vulnerabilities

3. What type of security testing is used to detect vulnerabilities?

A. White box testing

B. Black box testing

C. Gray box testing

D. Red box testing

4. What is the primary goal of vulnerability management?

R CC E ® 11
A. To identify and patch security vulnerabilities

B. To prevent security breaches

C. To detect malicious activity

D. To detect unauthorized access

5. What is the difference between a vulnerability scan and a penetration test?

A. A vulnerability scan is automated, whereas a penetration test is manual

B. A vulnerability scan is manual, whereas a penetration test is automated

C. A vulnerability scan looks for vulnerabilities, whereas a penetration test looks for
security weaknesses

D. A vulnerability scan looks for security weaknesses, whereas a penetration test looks for
vulnerabilities

6. What is the best way to reduce the risk of a vulnerability?

A. Use a vulnerability scanner

B. Implement security patches

C. Implement security policies

D. Implement strong password policies

7. What type of security testing is used to identify and exploit vulnerabilities?

A. White box testing

R CC E ® 12
B. Gray box testing

C. Red box testing

D. Black box testing

8. What is the most effective way to detect and mitigate vulnerabilities?

A. Regular vulnerability scans

B. Security patching

C. Security monitoring

D. Security policies

9. What is the most important factor to consider when performing vulnerability

management?

A. The number of vulnerabilities

B. The severity of the vulnerabilities

C. The type of vulnerabilities

D. The frequency of vulnerability scans

10. What is the first step in the vulnerability management process?

A. Detection

B. Identification

R CC E ® 13
C. Assessment

D. Remediation

[Link] of the following is a type of penetration testing?

A. White Box

B. Grey Box

C. Red Hat

D. Black Box

[Link] is the goal of a penetration test?

a. To identify and exploit vulnerabilities

B. To prevent security breaches

C. To encrypt data

D. To run a vulnerability scan

[Link] is the difference between a vulnerability assessment and a penetration test?

A. A vulnerability assessment identifies potential threats while a penetration test attempts

to exploit them

B. A vulnerability assessment involves manual testing while a penetration test involves

automated testing

R CC E ® 14
C. A vulnerability assessment is for internal systems while a penetration test is for external
systems

D. A vulnerability assessment is more comprehensive than a penetration test

[Link] type of information is gathered during a penetration test?

A. Network topology

B. Configuration of network devices

C. Usernames and passwords

D. Installed software

[Link] is the name of the process of attempting to gain access to a system without
authorization?

A. Exploitation

B. Penetration

C. Intrusion

D. Exfiltration

[Link] of the following is not a type of attack used in a penetration test?

A. DoS

B. Phishing

C. SQL Injection

R CC E ® 15
D. Brute Force

[Link] does a penetration tester use to identify potential vulnerabilities?

A. Firewall

B. Vulnerability scanner

C. Port scanner

D. Network analyzer

[Link] of the following is a type of security testing?

A. Penetration testing

B. Vulnerability scanning

C. Network mapping

D. Configuration management

[Link] of the following is not a type of penetration testing?

A. Internal

B. External

C. Grey Box

D. Application

R CC E ® 16
[Link] is the purpose of a post-test report?

A. To document the results of the penetration test

B. To identify newly discovered threats

C. To provide recommendations for remediation

D. To give an assessment of the security posture of the system

21. What is the most important element of penetration testing?

A. Network scanning

B. Vulnerability assessment

C. Exploitation

D. Reporting

22. What is the most important tool for a penetration tester?

A. Nmap

B. Metasploit

C. Kali Linux

D. Burp Suite

R CC E ® 17
23. What type of attack is designed to gain access to a system or network without being
detected?

A. Denial of Service (DoS)

B. Social Engineering

C. Zero-day

D. Stealth Attack

24. What is the process of executing an attack on a system or network to evaluate its
security?

A. Vulnerability Scanning

B. Penetration Testing

C. Threat Hunting

D. Security Auditing

25. What is the main purpose of a penetration test?

A. To identify security flaws

B. To identify attack vectors

C. To identify malicious actors

D. To identify vulnerable systems

26. What is the process of vulnerability management?

R CC E ® 18
A. Identifying, analyzing, and responding to vulnerabilities

B. Prioritizing, remediating, and monitoring

C. Assessing, patching, and validating

D. Detecting, responding, and recovering

27. What is the process of vulnerability assessment?

A. Assessing, patching, and validating

B. Identifying, analyzing, and responding to vulnerabilities

C. Prioritizing, remediating, and monitoring

D. Detecting, responding, and recovering

28. What is the purpose of vulnerability scanning?

A. To detect, respond, and recover

B. To prioritize, remediate, and monitor

C. To assess, patch, and validate

D. To identify, analyze, and respond to vulnerabilities

29. What is the process of vulnerability remediation?

A. Assessing, patching, and validating

R CC E ® 19
B. Identifying, analyzing, and responding to vulnerabilities

C. Prioritizing, remediating, and monitoring

D. Detecting, responding, and recovering

30. What is the purpose of risk assessment in vulnerability management?

A. To assess, patch, and validate

B. To prioritize, remediate, and monitor

C. To identify, analyze, and respond to vulnerabilities

D. To detect, respond, and recover

31. What is the process of vulnerability management?

A. Identifying, analyzing, and responding to vulnerabilities

B. Prioritizing, remediating, and monitoring

C. Assessing, patching, and validating

D. Detecting, responding, and recovering

32. What is the process of vulnerability assessment?

A. Assessing, patching, and validating

B. Identifying, analyzing, and responding to vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 20
C. Prioritizing, remediating, and monitoring

D. Detecting, responding, and recovering

33. What is the purpose of vulnerability scanning?

A. To detect, respond, and recover

B. To prioritize, remediate, and monitor

C. To assess, patch, and validate

D. To identify, analyze, and respond to vulnerabilities

34. What is the process of vulnerability remediation?

A. Assessing, patching, and validating

B. Identifying, analyzing, and responding to vulnerabilities

C. Prioritizing, remediating, and monitoring

D. Detecting, responding, and recovering

35. What is the purpose of risk assessment in vulnerability management?

A. To assess, patch, and validate

B. To prioritize, remediate, and monitor

C. To identify, analyze, and respond to vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 21
D. To detect, respond, and recover

36. What is Zero Trust Architecture?

A. A security framework that enables organizations to protect their data and resources by
verifying identity, attributes, and context

B. A security framework that enables organizations to protect their data and resources by
providing encryption

C. A security framework that enables organizations to protect their data and resources by
using firewalls

D. A security framework that enables organizations to protect their data and resources by
using antivirus software

37. What is the main concept of Zero Trust Architecture?

A. External threats

B. Internal threats

C. Verification of identity

D. Encryption of data

38. What is the purpose of Zero Trust Architecture?

A. To provide encryption for data in transit and at rest

B. To protect data and resources from external threats

C. To protect data and resources from internal threats

R CC E ® 22
D. To provide identity verification

39. What are the components of Zero Trust Architecture?

A. Identity verification, encryption, and firewalls

B. Identity verification, context-centric approach, and encryption

C. Firewalls, antivirus software, and encryption

D. Identity verification, context-centric approach, and firewalls

40. What is the advantage of using Zero Trust Architecture?

A. It is cost-effective

B. It provides strong security

C. It is easy to implement

D. It is time-saving

41. What is the fundamental difference between a classical and quantum computer?

A. Classical computers use bits, while quantum computers use qubits

B. Classical computers use transistors, while quantum computers use logic gates

C. Classical computers use algorithms, while quantum computers use entanglement

D. Classical computers use 1s and 0s, while quantum computers use qudits

R CC E ® 23
42. What type of operations can a quantum computer perform?

A. Classical operations

B. Digital operations

C. Quantum operations

D. Boolean operations

43. Which of the following is a quantum algorithm?

A. Grover's Algorithm

B. Shor's Algorithm

C. Genetic Algorithm

D. Simulated Annealing

44. What is the main purpose of quantum computing?

A. To create a new form of computer

B. To increase processing speed

C. To solve problems not possible with classical computers

D. To decrease the size of computers

R CC E ® 24
45. What is the main difference between classical computing and quantum computing?

A. Processing speed

B. Memory capacity

C. Data storage

D. Representation of data

46. What is a qubit?

A. A quantum processor

B. A quantum bit

C. A quantum circuit

D. A quantum computer

47. What is the difference between a quantum computer and a classical computer?

A. Processing speed

B. Memory capacity

C. Representation of data

D. Ability to solve problems

48 What is the purpose of cyber threat intelligence?

R CC E ® 25
A. To identify vulnerabilities

B. To provide early warning of cyber threats

C. To respond to cyber-attacks

D. To prevent security breaches

49. What is the main goal of threat intelligence?

A. To identify vulnerabilities

B. To respond to cyber-attacks

C. To prevent security breaches

D. To detect malicious activity

50. What type of information is collected by cyber threat intelligence?

A. Vulnerabilities

B. Indicators of compromise

C. Malicious activity

D. Security breaches

51. What is the purpose of open-source intelligence (OSINT)?

A. To identify vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 26
B. To respond to cyber-attacks

C. To detect malicious activity

D. To collect external data

52. How does cyber threat intelligence help organizations?

A. It helps identify vulnerabilities

B. It helps respond to cyber-attacks

C. It helps detect malicious activity

D. It helps prevent security breaches

53. What is the difference between attack and threat?

A. An attack is an action taken by an attacker while a threat is a potential action

B. An attack is a potential action while a threat is an action taken by an attacker

C. An attack is a potential action while a threat is an indication of a potential attack

D. An attack is an indication of a potential attack while a threat is an action taken by an

attacker

54. What is the purpose of indicators of compromise (IOCs)?

A. To identify vulnerabilities

B. To provide early warning of cyber threats

R CC E ® 27
C. To detect malicious activity

D. To prevent security breaches

55. What type of data is collected by cyber threat intelligence?

A. Vulnerabilities

B. Indicators of compromise

C. Malicious activity

D. Security breaches

56. What is the purpose of a threat actor?

A. To identify vulnerabilities

B. To respond to cyber-attacks

C. To detect malicious activity

D. To collect external data

57. What is the goal of malware analysis?

A. To identify vulnerabilities

B. To respond to cyber-attacks

C. To detect malicious activity

R CC E ® 28
D. To prevent security breaches

58. What type of traffic can be monitored on a network?

A. Email traffic

B. Voice traffic

C. Web traffic

D. All of the above

59. What is the purpose of monitoring network traffic?

A. To detect security threats

B. To ensure network performance

C. To diagnose problems

D. All of the above

60. What is the main benefit of monitoring network traffic?

A. Improved security

B. Increased bandwidth

C. Increased visibility

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 29
61. What type of protocol is used to monitor network traffic?

A. SNMP

B. TCP

C. UDP

D. None of the above

62. What type of tool can be used to monitor network traffic?

A. Packet sniffer

B. Flow analyzer

C. Protocol analyzer

D. All of the above

63. What type of information can be gathered by monitoring network traffic?

A. Bandwidth utilization

B. Traffic patterns

C. Packet size

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 30
64. What type of attack can be detected by monitoring network traffic?

A. Denial of service

B. Man-in-the-middle

C. Brute force

D. All of the above

65. What is the primary benefit of monitoring network traffic?

A. Increased security

B. Improved performance

C. Increased visibility

D. All of the above

66. What type of data can be collected by monitoring network traffic?

A. Packet size

B. Traffic patterns

C. Bandwidth utilization

D. All of the above

67. What type of tool can be used to capture and analyze network traffic?

R CC E ® 31
A. Packet sniffer

B. Flow analyzer

C. Protocol analyzer

D. All of the above

[Link] of the following is a best practice for creating a secure password?

A. Use a combination of upper and lower case letters

B. Use a combination of letters, numbers, and symbols

C. Use words that are easy to remember

D. Use the same password for all accounts

69. What is the purpose of two-factor authentication?

A. To verify the identity of the user

B. To reset forgotten passwords

C. To ensure passwords are changed regularly

D. To protect against malicious software

70. What is the purpose of credential management?

A. To store and manage sensitive information

R CC E ® 32
B. To reset forgotten passwords

C. To identify and authenticate users

D. To protect against malicious software

71. What is the best way to store passwords?

A. In an unencrypted file

B. In a password manager

C. In a spreadsheet

D. In a text document

72. What is the best practice for password rotation?

A. Change passwords every month

B. Change passwords every 3 months

C. Change passwords every 6 months

D. Change passwords every 12 months

73. What is the purpose of multi-factor authentication?

A. To reset forgotten passwords

B. To verify the identity of the user

R CC E ® 33
C. To ensure passwords are changed regularly

D. To protect against malicious software

74. What is the best way to protect passwords from being leaked?

A. Change passwords regularly

B. Use strong passwords

C. Use two-factor authentication

D. Use password managers

75. What is the purpose of a one-time password?

A. To protect against malicious software

B. To reset forgotten passwords

C. To verify the identity of the user

D. To ensure passwords are changed regularly

76. Which of the following is a best practice for creating a secure password?

A. Use a combination of upper and lower case letters

B. Use a combination of letters, numbers, and symbols

C. Use the same password for all accounts

R CC E ® 34
D. Use words that are easy to remember

77. What is the purpose of password hashing?

A. To generate secure passwords

B. To protect passwords from unauthorized access

C. To identify and authenticate users

D. To store and manage sensitive information

78. What is the most commonly used authentication method for securing Wireless
network?

A. WPA2

B. WEP

C. WPA-PSK

D. WPA-Enterprise

79. What type of attack is used to gain access to a Wireless network by exploiting weak
or default configurations?

A. MAC spoofing

B. Rogue access point

C. Man-in-the-middle

D. Wi-Fi cracking

R CC E ® 35
80. What is the purpose of using a Virtual Private Network (VPN) to secure a Wireless
network?

A. To provide secure access to the network from remote locations

B. To encrypt the data being transmitted over the network

C. To authenticate users connecting to the network

D. To hide the identity of the users connecting to the network

81. What type of attack is used to gain access to a Wireless network by sending de-
authentication packets to the access point?

A. MAC flooding

B. Jamming

C. Rogue access point

D. Denial of Service (DoS)

82. What security protocol is used to provide mutual authentication and encryption of
data on wireless networks?

A. WPA2

B. 802.11i

C. WeP

D. WPA-Enterprise

R CC E ® 36
82b. What is WAF (Web Application Firewall)?

A. A tool that prevents malicious attacks on web applications

B. A firewall that controls traffic between two networks

C. A security system that filters out malicious web requests

D. A tool that provides secure communication between two networks

83. How does a WAF work?

A. By filtering malicious web requests

B. By inspecting and blocking malicious traffic

C. By inspecting and logging incoming traffic

D. By monitoring and controlling outgoing traffic

84. What is a cloud firewall?

A. A virtual security solution

B. An on-premise security solution

C. A cloud-based security solution

D. An internet security solution

R CC E ® 37
85. What is the purpose of a cloud firewall?

A. To provide a secure environment

B. To prevent intrusion

C. To block malicious traffic

D. To monitor Internet activity

86. What are the benefits of using a cloud firewall?

A. Improved security

B. Increased visibility

C. Cost savings

D. Simplified management

87. What type of traffic does a cloud firewall inspect?

A. Incoming traffic

B. Outgoing traffic

C. All traffic

D. Internal traffic

88. What is a firewall?

R CC E ® 38
A. A software program

B. A hardware device

C. An anti-virus program

D. A security protocol

89. What is a Network Firewall?

A. A device that filters network traffic

B. A software program

C. A router

D. An anti-virus program

90. What are the two main types of firewall?

A. Hardware and software

B. Application and network

C. Inbound and outbound

D. Packet filtering and proxy

91. What is the purpose of a firewall?

A. To protect a network from unauthorized access

R CC E ® 39
B. To monitor incoming and outgoing traffic

C. To block malicious software

D. To protect a computer from viruses

92. What is the difference between a firewall and an anti-virus program?

A. A firewall blocks malicious software while an anti-virus program scans for viruses

B. A firewall monitors incoming and outgoing traffic while an anti-virus program blocks
malicious software

C. A firewall blocks malicious traffic while an anti-virus program scans for viruses

D. A firewall blocks unauthorized users while an anti-virus program scans for viruses

93. What is the purpose of Metasploit Framework?

A. A. To test the security of computer systems

B. To develop web applications

C. To create malicious software

D. To store confidential information

94. What is the command to start the Metasploit Framework?

A. start metasploit

B. msfconsole

R CC E ® 40
C. metasploit start

D. msf start

95. What is an exploit module in Metasploit?

A. A malicious payload

B. A type of attack

C. A vulnerability scanner

D. A type of malware

96. What is the purpose of the msfvenom command?

A. To scan for vulnerabilities

B. To generate malicious payloads

C. To run exploit modules

D. To start the Metasploit Framework

97. What is the purpose of the meterpreter command?

A. To start the Metasploit Framework

B. To scan for vulnerabilities

C. To create malicious payloads

R CC E ® 41
D. To run post-exploitation modules

98. What is the command to set the workspace in msfconsole?

A. workspace

B. set workspace

C. workspace set

D. workspace -set

99. What is the command to list the available modules in msfconsole?

A. list

B. modules

C. show modules

D. show list

100. What is the command to search for a module in msfconsole?

A. search

B. find

C. locate

D. locate module

R CC E ® 42
101. What is the command to show the options of a module in msfconsole?

A. show options

B. list options

C. options

D. show settings

102. What is the command to run a module in msfconsole?

A. run

B. launch

C. execute

D. exploit

103. What is the command to display the exploit payloads in msfconsole?

A. show payloads

B. payloads

C. list payloads

D. show exploits

R CC E ® 43
104. What is the command to display the available shells in msfconsole?

A. show shells

B. list shells

C. shells

D. list shells

105. What is the command to show the active sessions in msfconsole?

A. list sessions

B. show sessions

C. sessions

D. active sessions

106. What is the command to display the running job in msfconsole?

A. show jobs

B. list jobs

C. jobs

D. show running jobs

107. What is the command to load a module in msfconsole?

R CC E ® 44
A. load

B. load module

C. use

D. use module

108. What is the command to encrypt a file in Linux?

A. gpg

B. openssl

C. chmod

D. crypt

109. What is the command to generate a new GPG key in Linux?

A. gpg --gen-key

B. openssl --gen-key

C. chmod --gen-key

D. crypt --gen-key

110. What is the command to encrypt a file using a GPG key?

A. gpg --encrypt

R CC E ® 45
B. openssl --encrypt

C. chmod --encrypt

D. crypt --encrypt

111. What is the command to decrypt a file using a GPG key?

A. gpg --decrypt

B. openssl --decrypt

C. chmod --decrypt

D. crypt --decrypt

112. What is the command to sign a file using a GPG key?

A. gpg --sign

B. openssl --sign

C. chmod --sign

D. crypt --sign

113. What is the primary purpose of a phishing attack?

A. To infect computers with malware

B. To steal sensitive data

R CC E ® 46
C. To spread spam

D. To disrupt services

114. How can users avoid falling victim to phishing attacks?

A. Install anti-malware software

B. Use strong passwords

C. Utilize two-factor authentication

D. Avoid downloading attachments

115. What are some of the common red flags of phishing attacks?

A. Unusual sender email address

B. Poor grammar

C. Requests for sensitive information

D. Unfamiliar attachments

116. What is the goal of a phishing attack?

A. To infect computers with malware

B. To spread spam

C. To disrupt services

R CC E ® 47
D. To steal sensitive data

117. What type of malicious software is used in phishing attacks?

A. Spyware

B. Trojans

C. Worms

D. Adware

118. What is the best way to protect against phishing attacks?

A. Use a firewall

B. Utilize two-factor authentication

C. Install anti-malware software

D. Change passwords regularly

119. What are the common types of information targeted by phishing attacks?

A. Credit card numbers

B. Social Security numbers

C. Passwords

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 48
120. What type of information may be requested in a phishing attack?

A. Bank account numbers

B. User credentials

C. Email addresses

D. All of the above

121. What is the best way to identify a phishing attack?

A. Look for suspicious websites

B. Check email sender addresses

C. Utilize anti-malware software

D. Read the email carefully

122. What type of security measures can help protect against phishing attacks?

A. Firewalls

B. Two-factor authentication

C. Anti-malware software

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 49
123. What is the purpose of malware analysis?

A. To determine the malicious actions of a given piece of malware

B. To identify the malicious code within a system

C. To determine the vulnerability of a system

D. To determine the origin of a given piece of malware

124. What is the most common form of malware analysis?

A. Manual Analysis

B. Automated Analysis

C. Static Analysis

D. Dynamic Analysis

125. What are the key components of malware analysis?

A. Reverse Engineering

B. Exploit Testing

C. Network Traffic Analysis

D. Signature Detection

126. What is the purpose of a sandbox environment?

R CC E ® 50
A. To detect malicious behavior

B. To analyze malicious code

C. To provide a secure environment for malware analysis

D. To isolate malicious code from the rest of the system

127. What is the purpose of rooting an Android device?

A. To increase its RAM

B. To access system files and make changes

C. To install third-party apps

D. To improve battery life

128. Which of the following is an example of an attack on an Android device?

A. Malware infection

B. Data theft

C. Home screen replacement

D. Website defacement

129. What is the purpose of an APK file on an Android device?

A. To store system data

R CC E ® 51
B. To connect to a wireless network

C. To install an application

D. To compile source code

130. Which type of attack is used to gain access to an Android device without the user's
knowledge?

A. Phishing

B. Social engineering

C. Rootkit

D. Cross-site scripting

131. What type of security measure is used to prevent malicious attacks on an Android
device?

A. Firewall

B. Antivirus

C. Encryption

D. Password protection

132. What is the process of ensuring that an organization’s software is up to date with
the most recent security patches?

A. Patch Management

R CC E ® 52
B. Patch Deployment

C. Patch Analysis

D. Patch Testing

133. What is the difference between a patch and an update?

A. An update is more comprehensive than a patch.

B. A patch is more comprehensive than an update.

C. An update is only used to fix bugs.

D. A patch is only used to fix bugs.

134. What is the purpose of patch management?

A. To reduce system downtime.

B. To fix security vulnerabilities.

C. To improve system performance.

D. To improve user experience.

135. How often should an organization perform patch management?

A. Once a week

B. Once a month

R CC E ® 53
C. As soon as a patch is released

D. As needed

136. What are the benefits of patch management?

A. Increased system performance

B. Improved user experience

C. Reduced cost of system maintenance

D. Enhanced system security

137. What is Artificial Intelligence (AI)?

A. A branch of computer science that studies the design of intelligent machines

B. An interdisciplinary branch of engineering that focuses on robots

C. A branch of science that studies the design of intelligent agents

D. A branch of mathematics that studies the design of intelligent algorithms

138. What is the primary purpose of AI in cyber security?

A. To detect and prevent malicious activities

B. To increase the speed of data analysis

C. To provide a secure platform for data storage

R CC E ® 54
D. To automate manual processes

139. What type of AI is best suited for cyber security?

A. Machine learning

B. Deep learning

C. Natural language processing

D. Computer vision

140. What is the most important factor in AI-based cyber security?

A. Data processing speed

B. Data accuracy

C. Number of algorithms used

D. Amount of data collected

141. What is the primary goal of AI in cyber security?

A. To prevent malicious activities

B. To identify potential threats

C. To automate manual processes

D. To increase data processing speed

R CC E ® 55
142. What is the most important benefit of AI in cyber security?

A. Increased speed of data analysis

B. Automation of manual processes

C. Reduced cost of security solutions

D. Improved accuracy of data analysis

143. How is AI able to detect threats?

A. By recognizing patterns in data

B. By using natural language processing

C. By analyzing data for anomalies

D. By applying computer vision

144. What is the most common application of AI in cyber security?

A. Automating manual processes

B. Identifying malicious activities

C. Increasing data processing speed

D. Detecting potential threats

R CC E ® 56
145. What type of data does AI need in order to detect threats?

A. Structured data

B. Unstructured data

C. Historical data

D. All of the above

146. What is the most important factor in AI-based cyber security?

A. Data processing speed

B. Data accuracy

C. Number of algorithms used

D. Amount of data collected

147. What type of AI is best suited for cyber security?

A. Machine learning

B. Deep learning

C. Natural language processing

D. Computer vision

148. What type of attack is a supply chain attack?

R CC E ® 57
A. Denial of Service Attack

B. Man-in-the-Middle Attack

C. Network Intrusion Attack

D. Software Vulnerability Attack

149. What are the main objectives of a supply chain attack?

A. Data Theft

B. Disruption of Service

C. Denial of Access

D. Extortion

150. What are the main types of supply chain attack?

A. Cross-site Scripting

B. Malware-based Attacks

C. Unauthorized Access

D. Data Manipulation

151. What are the most common vectors used to launch supply chain attacks?

A. Phishing

R CC E ® 58
B. SQL Injection

C. Spear Phishing

D. Software Vulnerabilities

152. What is the best way to protect against supply chain attacks?

A. Monitor the supply chain process

B. Implement a secure development process

C. Develop secure software applications

D. Use encryption

153. What is the Windows PowerShell command to list all processes running on a
computer?

A. Get-Process

B. List-Process

C. PsList

D. WinList

154. What is the purpose of the Write-Host cmdlet in Windows PowerShell?

A. Write to a log file

B. Output to the console

R CC E ® 59
C. Read a text file

D. Send an email

155. What is the Windows PowerShell command to display the contents of a text file?

A. Display-Text

B. Read-Host

C. Get-Content

D. Show-Content

156. What is the Windows PowerShell command to get a list of all installed software on
a computer?

A. Get-Software

B. List-Software

C. WinList

D. Get-InstalledSoftware

157. What is the Windows PowerShell command to delete a file?

A. Delete-File

B. Remove-File

C. Delete

R CC E ® 60
D. Remove-Item

158. What is the command to list all resource groups in Azure CLI?

A. az group list

B. az list group

C. az resource list

D. az resources list

159. What is the command to create a storage account in Azure CLI?

A. az storage account create

B. az create storage

C. az storage create

D. az create account

160. What is the command to update a resource group in Azure CLI?

A. az group update

B. az resource update

C. az resources update

D. az update group

R CC E ® 61
161. What is the command to list all web apps in Azure CLI?

A. az app list

B. az list app

C. az web list

D. az list web

162. What is the command to delete a resource group in Azure CLI?

A. az group delete

B. az delete group

C. az resource delete

D. az delete resource

163. What is the command to create a virtual machine in Azure CLI?

A. az vm create

B. az create vm

C. az virtual machine create

D. az create virtual machine

R CC E ® 62
164. What is the command to list all virtual networks in Azure CLI?

A. az network list

B. az list network

C. az virtual network list

D. az list virtual network

165. What is the command to create a resource group in Azure CLI?

A. az group create

B. az create group

C. az resource group create

D. az create resource group

166. What is the command to delete a storage account in Azure CLI?

A. az storage account delete

B. az delete storage

C. az storage delete

D. az delete account

167. What is the command to update a virtual machine in Azure CLI?

R CC E ® 63
A. az vm update

B. az update vm

C. az virtual machine update

D. az update virtual machine

168. What is the best way to prevent an SQL injection attack?

A. Use parameterized queries

B. Validate user input

C. Use stored procedures

D. Use a firewall

169. What is the most common way hackers use to perform an SQL injection attack?

A. Exploiting application vulnerabilities

B. Sending malicious emails

C. Exploiting database configuration

D. Using brute force methods

170. What type of data can be extracted from a successful SQL injection attack?

A. Source code

R CC E ® 64
B. Usernames and passwords

C. Financial information

D. System configurations

171. What is the most common form of ransomware attack?

A. Phishing

B. Encryption

C. Malware

D. Keylogger

172. What type of data is typically targeted by ransomware attacks?

A. Financial data

B. Medical records

C. Passwords

D. Email addresses

173. What is the best way to prevent a ransomware attack?

A. Installing antivirus software

B. Disabling remote access

R CC E ® 65
C. Educating users on cybersecurity

D. Keeping all software up to date

174. What is the primary goal of a ransomware attack?

A. To gain access to confidential data

B. To disrupt operations

C. To extort money

D. To spread malware

175. What type of software is typically used in ransomware attacks?

A. Spam software

B. Keylogger software

C. Malware

D. Spyware

176. How can users protect themselves from ransomware attacks?

A. Installing antivirus software

B. Disabling remote access

C. Educating users on cybersecurity

R CC E ® 66
D. Backing up data regularly

177. What is the most common way for ransomware to spread?

A. Spam emails

B. Malicious websites

C. File sharing networks

D. Exploiting vulnerabilities

178. What type of information is typically targeted in ransomware attacks?

A. Financial records

B. Medical records

C. Passwords

D. Email addresses

179. What is the best way to reduce the risk of a ransomware attack?

A. Installing antivirus software

B. Disabling remote access

C. Educating users on cybersecurity

D. Keeping all software up to date

R CC E ® 67
180. What is the primary goal of a ransomware attack?

A. To gain access to confidential data

B. To disrupt operations

C. To extort money

D. To spread malware

181. What is the term used to refer to false information propagated through the
internet?

A. Fake news

B. Misinformation

C. Propaganda

D. Disinformation

182. What is the term used to describe a false story that is made to appear as though it
is real news?

A. Fake news

B. Misinformation

C. Propaganda

D. Disinformation

R CC E ® 68
183. What is the term used to refer to information that is incorrect but not deliberately
spread to deceive?

A. Fake news

B. Misinformation

C. Propaganda

D. Disinformation

184. What type of media is often used to spread disinformation?

A. Print media

B. Broadcast media

C. Social media

D. All of the above

185. What is the term used to refer to information that is deliberately spread to
influence public opinion?

A. Fake news

B. Misinformation

C. Propaganda

D. Disinformation

186. What is the primary purpose of fake news?

R CC E ® 69
A. To confuse and mislead people

B. To make money

C. To spread fear and distrust

D. To entertain

187. What is the best way to identify fake news?

A. Reading the headline

B. Evaluating the source

C. Checking the facts

D. All of the above

188. What is an example of fake news?

A. A news article claiming that a certain political candidate won an election

B. A news article claiming that a certain disease is spreading rapidly

C. A news article claiming that a certain celebrity is engaged

D. All of the above

190. What is the term used to refer to false information that is spread through social
media?

A. Fake news

R CC E ® 70
B. Misinformation

C. Propaganda

D. Disinformation

191. What can be done to combat the spread of fake news?

A. Fact-checking

B. Referencing reliable sources

C. Identifying biases

D. All of the above

192. What is the purpose of a cybersecurity policy?

A. To ensure the security of an organization’s data

B. To prevent unauthorized users from accessing an organization’s systems

C. To ensure compliance with legal and regulatory requirements

D. To provide guidance on the use of technology

193. What are the main components of a comprehensive cybersecurity policy?

A. Network security protocols

B. Access control measures

R CC E ® 71
C. Data classification and protection

D. Audit and compliance

194. What is the goal of a cybersecurity governance framework?

A. To ensure that all users have access to the systems and data they need

B. To ensure that the organization’s cybersecurity policies are implemented and enforced

C. To ensure that the organization’s data is secure and protected

D. To ensure that the organization is compliant with applicable regulations

195. What is the purpose of incident response plans in a cybersecurity policy?

A. To detect and respond to security incidents

B. To prevent security incidents

C. To ensure the security of an organization’s data

D. To provide guidance on the use of technology

196. What is the primary goal of data classification and protection policies?

A. To ensure the security of an organization’s data

B. To prevent unauthorized users from accessing an organization’s systems

C. To ensure compliance with legal and regulatory requirements

R CC E ® 72
D. To provide guidance on the use of technology

197. What is a risk assessment?

A. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential risks

B. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential threats

C. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential exposures

D. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential vulnerabilities

198. What is the purpose of threat assessment?

A. To identify potential threats and vulnerabilities

B. To identify potential risks and exposures

C. To identify potential threats and risks

D. To identify potential exposures and vulnerabilities

199. What is a vulnerability assessment?

A. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential risks

B. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential threats

C. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential exposures

D. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 73
200. What is the purpose of a risk assessment?

A. To identify potential risks and exposures

B. To identify potential threats and vulnerabilities

C. To identify potential risks and threats

D. To identify potential exposures and vulnerabilities

201. What is the difference between a risk assessment and a threat assessment?

A. A risk assessment identifies potential risks while a threat assessment identifies potential
threats

B. A risk assessment identifies potential threats while a threat assessment identifies

potential risks

C. A risk assessment identifies potential exposures while a threat assessment identifies

potential vulnerabilities

D. A risk assessment identifies potential vulnerabilities while a threat assessment identifies

potential exposures

[Link] is the first step in a successful incident response?

A. Identification

B. Containment

C. Analysis

D. Eradication

R CC E ® 74
203. What is the goal of incident containment?

A. To fix the affected system

B. To prevent further damage

C. To restore the system to its original state

D. To identify the root cause

204. What is the goal of incident analysis?

A. To restore the system to its original state

B. To identify the root cause

C. To fix the affected system

D. To prevent further damage

205. What is the goal of incident eradication?

A. To identify the root cause

B. To restore the system to its original state

C. To prevent further damage

D. To fix the affected system

R CC E ® 75
206. What is the goal of incident mitigation?

A. To identify the root cause

B. To fix the affected system

C. To prevent further damage

D. To restore the system to its original state

207. What type of cyberbullying can be defined as the use of technology to repeatedly
harm or harass other people in a deliberate manner?

A. Harassment

B. Flaming

C. Cyberstalking

D. Cyberbullying

208. What type of cyberbullying involves the spread of false or embarrassing

information about someone else for the purpose of causing damage to their reputation?

A. Harassment

B. Flaming

C. Cyberstalking

D. Cyberbullying

R CC E ® 76
209. What type of cyberbullying involves the use of technology to track and monitor
someone’s online activities, such as their emails, social media accounts, and other
digital devices?

A. Harassment

B. Flaming

C. Cyberstalking

D. Cyberbullying

210. What type of cyberbullying involves sending or posting threatening messages,

pictures, or videos about the victim with the intention to cause distress or fear?

A. Harassment

B. Flaming

C. Cyberstalking

D. Cyberbullying

211. What type of cyberbullying involves the use of technology to send unsolicited
messages to someone that are often sexually explicit or derogatory in nature?

A. Harassment

B. Flaming

C. Cyberstalking

D. Cyberbullying

R CC E ® 77
212. What is an IOT device?

A. A device connected to the internet that can be controlled remotely

B. A device connected to the internet that can collect data

C. A device connected to the internet that can be used to control other devices

D. A device connected to the internet that can be used to hack other devices

213. What is the purpose of using IOT devices for hacking?

A. To gain access to confidential data

B. To gain access to other devices

C. To gain control of the network

D. To gain access to the internet

214. What is the most common way of hacking IOT devices?

A. Brute force attack

B. Social engineering

C. Password cracking

D. Exploiting vulnerabilities

215. What are the main security measures that can be implemented to protect IOT
devices from hacking?

R CC E ® 78
A. Encryption

B. Firewalls

C. Antivirus software

D. Two-factor authentication

216. What is the most important step to take when setting up an IOT device?

A. Change the default password

B. Install a firewall

C. Update the firmware

D. Disable remote access

[Link] is the main purpose of the Dark Web?

A. To provide a marketplace for illegal activity

B. To provide a secure connection for users

C. To provide a platform for anonymous communication

D. To provide a platform for data storage

218. What is the most popular search engine used to navigate the dark web?

A. Bing

R CC E ® 79
B. Google

C. Tor

D. DuckDuckGo

219. What type of encryption is used for the dark web?

A. AES

B. RSA

C. SHA

D. MD5

220. How does the dark web protect users’ identities?

A. By using anonymous payment methods

B. By using a secure connection

C. By using strong encryption

D. By using a virtual private network

221. What is the most common way to access the dark web?

A. Through a web browser

B. Through a VPN

R CC E ® 80
C. Through Tor

D. Through a search engine

222. What encryption protocol is used in the Tor Protocol?

A. RSA

B. AES

C. SHA

D. Blowfish

223. What is the main purpose of the Tor Browser?

A. To access the dark web

B. To hide IP addresses

C. To bypass censorship

D. To enable online anonymity

224. How does Tor ensure the security of its users?

A. By using a secure connection

B. By using strong encryption

C. By using public-key cryptography

R CC E ® 81
D. By using a random path

225. What is the main advantage of using the Tor Browser over other browsers?

A. It is faster

B. It is more secure

C. It is more user-friendly

D. It is more private

226. What is the Tor Network?

A. A distributed computing network

B. A peer-to-peer network

C. A volunteer-run network

D. An anonymous communication network

227. How does the Tor Browser protect against malicious websites?

A. By blocking access to known malicious sites

B. By using a secure connection

C. By using strong encryption

D. By using a random path

R CC E ® 82
228. What is the primary benefit of using the Tor Browser?

A. To access the dark web

B. To hide IP addresses

C. To bypass censorship

D. To enable online anonymity

229. How does the Tor Network ensure data security?

A. By using a secure connection

B. By using strong encryption

C. By using public-key cryptography

D. By using a random path

230. What is the main disadvantage of using the Tor Browser?

A. It is slower than other browsers

B. It is less secure than other browsers

C. It is less user-friendly than other browsers

D. It is more susceptible to tracking

R CC E ® 83
231. What type of technology is used in the Tor Browser?

A. Augmented reality

B. Virtual reality

C. Network-based

D. Client-server

232. What is the default administrative distance of BGP?

A. 0

B. 90

C. 100

D. 200

233. What is the default BGP update timer?

A. 30 seconds

B. 60 seconds

C. 90 seconds

D. 120 seconds

234. What is the maximum number of paths that can be stored in BGP?

R CC E ® 84
A. 4

B. 8

C. 16

D. 32

235. What is the purpose of the BGP MED attribute?

A. To select the best route

B. To select the worst route

C. To load balance traffic

D. To prevent routing loops

236. What is the purpose of the BGP AS-Path attribute?

A. To select the best route

B. To select the worst route

C. To load balance traffic

D. To prevent routing loops

237. What is the purpose of the BGP Route Reflector?

A. To reduce the number of BGP peers

R CC E ® 85
B. To increase the number of BGP peers

C. To reduce the size of the BGP table

D. To increase the size of the BGP table

238. What is the purpose of the BGP Communities attribute?

A. To select the best route

B. To select the worst route

C. To control route advertisement

D. To prevent routing loops

239. What is the purpose of the BGP Route Flap Dampening feature?

A. To reduce the number of BGP peers

B. To increase the number of BGP peers

C. To reduce route flapping

D. To increase route flapping

240. What is the purpose of the BGP Weight attribute?

A. To select the best route

B. To select the worst route

R CC E ® 86
C. To control route advertisement

D. To prevent routing loops

241. What is the purpose of the BGP Local-Pref attribute?

A. To select the best route

B. To select the worst route

C. To control route advertisement

D. To prevent routing loops

242. What is the main purpose of QUIC protocol?

A. To reduce latency

B. To improve reliability

C. To increase security

D. To increase network throughput

243. What is the key difference between TCP and QUIC protocol?

A. QUIC is faster than TCP

B. QUIC is more reliable than TCP

C. QUIC is more secure than TCP

R CC E ® 87
D. QUIC is less efficient than TCP

244. What is the main advantage of using QUIC protocol?

A. Reduced latency

B. Improved reliability

C. Increased security

D. Increased network throughput

245. What is the main disadvantage of using QUIC protocol?

A. Reduced latency

B. Increased complexity

C. Reduced security

D. Reduced reliability

246. What is the main benefit of using QUIC protocol?

A. Reduced latency

B. Improved reliability

C. Increased security

D. Increased network throughput

R CC E ® 88
247. What is the main purpose of the TCP/IP protocol?

A. To send and receive data

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

248. What is the main difference between TCP and UDP?

A. TCP is connection-oriented while UDP is connectionless

B. TCP provides reliability while UDP does not

C. TCP is faster than UDP

D. UDP is more secure than TCP

249. What is the purpose of the IP address?

A. To identify a computer on a network

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

R CC E ® 89
250. What is the purpose of the TCP/IP port number?

A. To identify a computer on a network

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

251. What is the purpose of the Domain Name System (DNS)?

A. To identify a computer on a network

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

252. What is the purpose of the Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP)?

A. To identify a computer on a network

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

253. What is the purpose of the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP)?

R CC E ® 90
A. To identify a computer on a network

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

254. What is the purpose of the Transmission Control Protocol (TCP)?

A. To identify a computer on a network

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

255. What is the purpose of the User Datagram Protocol (UDP)?

A. To identify a computer on a network

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

256. What is the maximum length of an IPv6 address?

A. 128 bits

R CC E ® 91
B. 64 bits

C. 32 bits

D. 16 bits

257. What is the purpose of the IPv6 Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP)?

A. To provide route optimization

B. To identify connected devices

C. To assign IP addresses

D. To manage traffic flow

258. How does IPv6 use the extension header field?

A. To identify the source and destination of a packet

B. To provide additional routing information

C. To provide authentication and encryption

D. To identify the packet size

259. What is an IPv6 subnet mask?

A. A series of numbers used to identify a network

B. An IP address used to identify a subnet

R CC E ® 92
C. A numerical mask used to define IP addresses

D. A set of rules used to manage traffic

260. What is the purpose of the IPv6 Flow Label field?

A. To identify the source and destination of a packet

B. To provide additional routing information

C. To provide authentication and encryption

D. To identify and manage special flows

261. What is the purpose of the Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP)?

A. To identify a computer on a network

B. To encrypt data

C. To route data

D. To provide access control

262. What is an Edge Server?

A. A server located at the edge of a network

B. A server located in the middle of a network

C. A server located at the core of a network

R CC E ® 93
D. A server located at the beginning of a network

263. What is the purpose of an Edge Server?

A. To process and route traffic closer to the user

B. To provide services such as content delivery, caching, and application acceleration

C. To protect the core of the network from malicious activity

D. To store and manage sensitive data

264. What are the benefits of using an Edge Server?

A. Increased security

B. Improved performance and latency

C. Increased storage capacity

D. Lower costs

265. What type of network is an Edge Server typically located on?

A. Wide Area Network (WAN)

B. Local Area Network (LAN)

C. Metropolitan Area Network (MAN)

D. Wireless Local Area Network (WLAN)

R CC E ® 94
266. What type of infrastructure does an Edge Server typically require?

A. Software

B. Hardware

C. Both Software and Hardware

D. Neither Software nor Hardware

267. What type of security measures are typically used to protect an Edge Server?

A. Firewalls

B. Encryption

C. Antivirus

D. All of the Above

268. What type of traffic is typically routed through an Edge Server?

A. Internal traffic

B. External traffic

C. Both Internal and External Traffic

D. Neither Internal nor External Traffic

R CC E ® 95
269. What is the primary purpose of IPFS?

A. To store and share files

B. To securely transfer data

C. To track changes in documents

D. To distribute computing jobs

270. What type of technology does IPFS use?

A. Blockchains

B. File transfer protocol

C. Distributed hash tables

D. Peer-to-peer networks

271. How does IPFS help with data security?

A. By encrypting data

B. By verifying the integrity of data

C. By providing data redundancy

D. By tracking changes in data

272. What is the IPFS Distributed Web?

R CC E ® 96
A. A collection of websites hosted on IPFS

B. A distributed database

C. A distributed computing platform

D. A peer-to-peer network

273. What is the primary benefit of using IPFS?

A. Increased data security

B. Faster access to data

C. Reduced bandwidth usage

D. Increased scalability

274. What is a Merkle Tree?

A. A data structure used to securely store data

B. A data structure used to store and share files

C. A data structure used to verify the integrity of data

D. A data structure used to track changes in data

275. What is an IPFS Gateway?

A. A type of node on the IPFS network

R CC E ® 97
B. A web application for storing and sharing files

C. A network protocol for accessing IPFS content

D. A tool for downloading IPFS content

276. What is IPNS used for?

A. To securely store data

B. To securely transfer data

C. To provide data redundancy

D. To track changes in data

277. What is IPFS Pubsub?

A. A system for storing data on IPFS

B. A system for sharing files on IPFS

C. A system for sending messages between nodes on IPFS

D. A system for tracking changes in data on IPFS

278. What is the primary advantage of using IPFS?

A. Increased data security

B. Reduced bandwidth usage

R CC E ® 98
C. Increased scalability

D. Faster access to data

279. What is the primary purpose of DNS?

A. To map domain names to IP addresses

B. To secure data transfers

C. To provide email services

D. To provide web hosting

280. How is DNS data stored?

A. In a database

B. In a hierarchy

C. In a spreadsheet

D. In memory

281. What is a DNS record?

A. A list of domain names

B. A list of IP addresses

C. A set of instructions for a domain name

R CC E ® 99
D. A set of instructions for an IP address

282. What is the most common type of DNS record?

A. MX record

B. A record

C. PTR record

D. CNAME record

283. What is a reverse DNS lookup?

A. A lookup to find a domain name from an IP address

B. A lookup to find an IP address from a domain name

C. A lookup to find an MX record

D. A lookup to find a CNAME record

[Link] is DNS spoofing?

A. DNS spoofing is when a malicious attacker redirects a domain name’s traffic to another
server by manipulating the Domain Name System (DNS) entries.

B. DNS spoofing is when a malicious attacker redirects a domain name’s traffic to another
server by using an IP address.

C. DNS spoofing is when a malicious attacker redirects a domain name’s traffic to another
server by using a malicious code.

R CC E ® 100
D. DNS spoofing is when a malicious attacker redirects a domain name’s traffic to another
server by sending a fake DNS record.

285. What is the purpose of website mirroring?

A. To improve website performance

B. To improve website security

C. To replicate a website

D. To increase website visibility

286. What is the most important factor to consider when mirroring a website?

A. Cost

B. Location

C. Security

D. Bandwidth

287. What type of technology is used for website mirroring?

A. FTP

B. HTTP

C. DNS

R CC E ® 101
D. SSH

288. What is the primary benefit of website mirroring?

A. Increased reliability

B. Increased scalability

C. Increased performance

D. Increased visibility

289. How does website mirroring help to improve website performance?

A. By reducing latency

B. By reducing bandwidth

C. By increasing scalability

D. By increasing visibility

290. What is the main purpose of Deepfake technology?

A. To create fake videos

B. To generate real-time images

C. To produce accurate facial recognition

D. To enhance the accuracy of machine learning

R CC E ® 102
291. What type of algorithm is used in Deepfake technology?

A. Neural networks

B. Decision trees

C. Linear regression

D. Support vector machines

292. What is the primary goal of Deepfake technology?

A. To detect fraud

B. To create realistic-looking fake videos

C. To generate facial recognition

D. To identify fake news

293. How is Deepfake technology used in the security industry?

A. To create fake videos

B. To detect fraud

C. To generate facial recognition

D. To identify fake news

R CC E ® 103
294. What is the difference between a generative adversarial network (GAN) and a
convolutional neural network (CNN)?

A. GANs generate fake content, while CNNs detect real and fake content

B. CNNs generate fake content, while GANs detect real and fake content

C. GANs detect real and fake content, while CNNs generate fake content

D. CNNs detect real and fake content, while GANs generate fake content

295. What are the common types of DDoS attacks?

A. UDP flood

B. ICMP flood

C. SYN flood

D. TCP flood

296. How can a DDoS attack be detected?

A. By monitoring network traffic

B. By monitoring server resources

C. By monitoring system logs

D. By monitoring user activity

297. What is a botnet?

R CC E ® 104
A. A type of computer virus

B. A type of malicious software

C. A network of compromised computers

D. A type of malware

298. What is a Smurf attack?

A. A type of network attack

B. A type of malware

C. A type of DDoS attack

D. A type of packet sniffing attack

299. What is a reflective DDoS attack?

A. A type of DDoS attack

B. A type of malware attack

C. A type of packet sniffing attack

D. A type of network attack

300. What is OSINT?

A. Open-Source Intelligence

R CC E ® 105
B. Operational Source Intelligence

C. Open-Source Intelligence Network

D. Online Source Intelligence

301. What is the purpose of OSINT?

A. To collect and analyze data

B. To identify potential threats

C. To provide intelligence for decision making

D. To monitor and collect intelligence

302. What type of data is used in OSINT?

A. Publicly available data

B. Unclassified data

C. Classified data

D. Sensitive data

303. What is the difference between OSINT and HUMINT?

A. OSINT gathers intelligence from public sources, while HUMINT gathers intelligence
from human sources

B. OSINT gathers intelligence from human sources, while HUMINT gathers intelligence
from public sources

R CC E ® 106
C. OSINT gathers intelligence from classified sources, while HUMINT gathers
intelligence from unclassified sources

D. OSINT gathers intelligence from unclassified sources, while HUMINT gathers

intelligence from classified sources

304. What are the benefits of OSINT?

A. It is cost-effective

B. It provides real-time intelligence

C. It is difficult to detect

D. It provides detailed information

305. What is a limitation of OSINT?

A. It is difficult to access

B. It is time consuming

C. It is not always reliable

D. It is difficult to verify

306. What is the goal of OSINT?

[Link] provide intelligence for decision making

B. To identify potential threats

C. To monitor and collect intelligence

R CC E ® 107
D. To analyze and interpret data

307. What type of information can OSINT provide?

A. Political and economic trends

B. Military capabilities

C. Cybersecurity threats

D. All of the above

308. How is OSINT used?

A. To provide intelligence for decision making

B. To identify potential threats

C. To monitor and collect intelligence

D. To analyze and interpret data

309. What is the difference between OSINT and SIGINT?

A. OSINT gathers intelligence from public sources, while SIGINT gathers intelligence
from signals

B. OSINT gathers intelligence from signals, while SIGINT gathers intelligence from
public sources

C. OSINT gathers intelligence from classified sources, while SIGINT gathers intelligence
from unclassified sources

R CC E ® 108
D. OSINT gathers intelligence from unclassified sources, while SIGINT gathers
intelligence from classified sources

310. What is the most common algorithm used for face detection?

A. Haar Cascade Classifier

B. Support Vector Machine

C. PCA Analysis

D. Neural Networks

311. What is the purpose of using a Viola-Jones algorithm in face detection?

A. To detect faces in an image

B. To classify faces in an image

C. To detect eyes in an image

D. To classify eyes in an image

312. What is the main advantage of using a Neural Network for face detection?

A. Superior accuracy

B. High speed

C. Low cost

D. Easy to implement

R CC E ® 109
313. What is the main drawback of using a Support Vector Machine for face detection?

A. High training time

B. Low accuracy

C. High cost

D. Complex implementation

314. What is the most common application of face detection?

A. Security systems

B. Image processing

C. Video surveillance

D. Automated checkouts

315. What is the most popular data structure used for face detection?

A. Haar Cascade Classifier

B. Support Vector Machine

C. Decision Tree

D. Neural Network

R CC E ® 110
316. What is the main advantage of using PCA Analysis for face detection?

A. High accuracy

B. Low cost

C. High speed

D. Easy to implement

317. What is the main drawback of using Haar Cascade Classifier for face detection?

A. Low accuracy

B. High cost

C. High training time

D. Complex implementation

318. What is the purpose of using a Decision Tree for face detection?

A. To detect faces in an image

B. To classify faces in an image

C. To detect eyes in an image

D. To classify eyes in an image

319. What is the main advantage of using a Neural Network for face detection?

R CC E ® 111
A. High speed

B. Low cost

C. Superior accuracy

D. Easy to implement

320. What is the main purpose of supervised learning?

A. To identify patterns in data

B. To make decisions and predictions based on data

C. To classify data into distinct categories

D. To identify relationships between variables

321. What type of learning algorithm is used in the training phase of a supervised
learning model?

A. Unsupervised learning

B. Reinforcement learning

C. Supervised learning

D. Deep learning

322. What is the main difference between supervised and unsupervised learning?

A. Supervised learning is used to classify data while unsupervised learning is used to make
predictions.

R CC E ® 112
B. Supervised learning is used to make predictions while unsupervised learning is used to
classify data.

C. Supervised learning is used to identify patterns in data while unsupervised learning is

used to make decisions.

D. Supervised learning is used to identify relationships between variables while

unsupervised learning is used to identify patterns in data.

323. What is the goal of a reinforcement learning algorithm?

A. To identify patterns in data

B. To classify data

C. To make predictions

D. To maximize reward

324. What is the main difference between a supervised learning algorithm and a deep
learning algorithm?

A. Supervised learning algorithms use labeled data while deep learning algorithms use
unlabeled data.

B. Supervised learning algorithms use feedback from the environment while deep learning
algorithms use labeled data.

C. Supervised learning algorithms use labeled data while deep learning algorithms use
feedback from the environment.

D. Supervised learning algorithms use unlabeled data while deep learning algorithms use
labeled data.

R CC E ® 113
325. What is the purpose of a Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection?

A. To provide secure remote access

B. To access public networks

C. To protect against cyber threats

D. To provide internet access

326. What are two advantages of using a VPN?

A. Improved security and faster speeds

B. Increased privacy and reduced cost

C. Increased flexibility and improved accessibility

D. Increased bandwidth and improved scalability

327. What type of encryption is used in a VPN connection?

A. AES

B. SHA

C. RSA

D. DES

328. What protocol is used for establishing and maintaining a VPN connection?

R CC E ® 114
A. SSH

B. IPsec

C. SSL

D. L2TP

329. What is the purpose of a VPN tunnel?

A. To provide secure access to a remote network

B. To encrypt data

C. To provide anonymity

D. To bypass firewalls

330. What is the process of using a VPN to access a remote network called?

A. Tunneling

B. Networking

C. Encryption

D. Securing

331. What type of authentication is used in a VPN connection?

A. Username and password

R CC E ® 115
B. Public key authentication

C. Two-factor authentication

D. Biometric authentication

332. What type of data can be transmitted over a VPN connection?

A. Video

B. Audio

C. Text

D. All of the above

333. What is the maximum speed of a VPN connection?

A. The same as the internet connection

B. 10 Mbps

C. 100 Mbps

D. 1 Gbps

334. What is the purpose of a VPN kill switch?

A. To terminate the VPN connection

B. To block internet access

R CC E ® 116
C. To prevent data leaks

D. To allow access to restricted websites

335. What is a proxy server?

A. A server that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking resources from
other servers

B. A server that allows users to access the internet anonymously

C. A server that stores and processes data

D. A server that allows users to access restricted websites

336. What is the purpose of a proxy server?

A. To provide access to restricted websites

B. To increase the speed of internet connections

C. To filter and monitor network traffic

D. To protect the identity of users

337. What type of proxy server is used to access blocked websites?

A. Forward proxy

B. Reverse proxy

C. Transparent proxy

R CC E ® 117
D. Anonymous proxy

338. What type of proxy server is used to improve the performance of web
applications?

A. Forward proxy

B. Reverse proxy

C. Transparent proxy

339. What type of proxy server is used to hide the IP address of clients?

A. Forward proxy

B. Reverse proxy

C. Transparent proxy

D. Anonymous proxy

340. What type of proxy server is used to provide content filtering?

A. Forward proxy

B. Reverse proxy

C. Transparent proxy

D. Anonymous proxy

R CC E ® 118
341. What type of proxy server is used to accelerate web requests?

A. Forward proxy

B. Reverse proxy

C. Transparent proxy

D. Anonymous proxy

342. What type of proxy server is used to hide the web server’s identity?

A. Forward proxy

B. Reverse proxy

C. Transparent proxy

D. Anonymous proxy

343. What type of proxy server is used to transparently route requests to the internet?

A. Forward proxy

B. Reverse proxy

C. Transparent proxy

D. Anonymous proxy

344. What type of proxy server is used to access restricted websites?

R CC E ® 119
A. Forward proxy

B. Reverse proxy

C. Transparent proxy

D. Anonymous proxy

345. What is HTTP tunneling?

A. HTTP tunneling is a method of transporting data securely over a network using HTTP
protocol.

B. HTTP tunneling is a method of transporting data securely over the internet using TCP/
IP protocol.

C. HTTP tunneling is a method of bypassing firewalls to access restricted web content.

D. HTTP tunneling is a method of sending data over the internet using UDP protocol.

346. How is HTTP tunneling used?

A. HTTP tunneling is used to securely transfer data over the internet.

B. HTTP tunneling is used to bypass firewalls to access restricted web content.

C. HTTP tunneling is used to compress data for faster transmission.

D. HTTP tunneling is used to hide the contents of the data being sent.

347. What is the purpose of SSH Tunneling?

A. To securely tunnel data through an unsecure network

R CC E ® 120
B. To enable remote access to a private network

C. To provide secure remote administration of a system

D. To allow multiple users to securely access a single system

348. What protocol does SSH tunneling use?

A. IPsec

B. TCP

C. SSH

D. UDP

349. How does SSH tunneling provide security?

A. Through encryption of data in transit

B. By allowing only authorized users to access the tunnel

C. By providing a secure connection between two networks

D. By preventing unauthorized changes to the tunnel

350. What type of authentication is used to access an SSH tunnel?

A. Password

B. Public Key

R CC E ® 121
C. Username

D. Token

351. What is the purpose of port forwarding?

A. To allow access to a network from outside the network

B. To allow multiple users to securely access a network

C. To provide remote administration of a system

D. To securely tunnel data through an unsecure network

352. What is the purpose of an SSH tunnel?

A. To provide secure remote administration of a system

B. To securely tunnel data through an unsecure network

C. To allow multiple users to securely access a single system

D. To enable remote access to a private network

353. What type of encryption is used for SSH tunneling?

A. RSA

B. SHA

C. AES

R CC E ® 122
D. MD5

354. What is the difference between an SSH tunnel and an SSL tunnel?

A. An SSH tunnel uses a shared secret key for encryption, while an SSL tunnel uses a
public key

B. An SSH tunnel is used to securely tunnel data through an unsecure network, while an
SSL tunnel is used to enable remote access to a private network

C. An SSH tunnel requires authentication, while an SSL tunnel does not

D. An SSH tunnel is used to securely tunnel data through an unsecure network, while an
SSL tunnel is used to provide secure remote administration of a system

355. What type of tunneling protocol is SSH tunneling?

A. Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol

B. Secure Shell Protocol

C. Point-to-Point Tunneling Protocol

D. Internet Protocol Security

356. How does SSH tunneling provide security?

A. By providing a secure connection between two networks

B. By encrypting data in transit

C. By allowing only authorized users to access the tunnel

R CC E ® 123
D. By preventing unauthorized changes to the tunnel

357. What is the main purpose of STUN and TURN in WebRTC?

A. To provide the best video and audio quality

B. To facilitate NAT traversal for two peers

C. To provide secure communication

D. To ensure low latency

358. What is the purpose of the GDPR?

A. To ensure the free movement of data within the EU

B. To protect the privacy and security of EU citizens

C. To create a single set of data protection rules for all EU countries

D. To allow businesses to transfer data to third countries

359. What is the maximum penalty for non-compliance with the GDPR?

A. €20 million

B. €50 million

C. €100 million

D. €250 million

R CC E ® 124
360. How long do companies have to respond to a data subject access request (DSAR)?

A. 7 days

B. 14 days

C. 30 days

D. 45 days

361. What is the legal basis for processing data under the GDPR?

A. Consent

B. Contract

C. Necessity

D. Legitimate interest

362. What is the purpose of the GDPR's right to data portability?

A. To allow individuals to move their data to another controller

B. To ensure that individuals have access to their data

C. To ensure that data is processed in a secure manner

D. To allow businesses to transfer data to third countries

R CC E ® 125
363. What is the purpose of CCPA?

A. To protect consumer data

B. To ensure data privacy

C. To strengthen consumer rights

D. To provide greater transparency

364. What is the scope of CCPA?

A. Global

B. US Federal

C. California State

D. US State

365. What types of personal information are covered by CCPA?

A. Financial information

B. Social Security numbers

C. Online identifiers

D. All of the above

366. Does CCPA apply to businesses outside of California?

R CC E ® 126
A. Yes

B. No

C. Only if they have customers in California

D. Only if they have employees in California

367. What are the consumer rights under CCPA?

A. The right to know what personal information is being collected

B. The right to delete that information

C. The right to opt out of the sale of that information

D. All of the above

368. What is the penalty for companies that violate CCPA?

A. Fines

B. Injunctions

C. Criminal charges

D. All of the above

369. What is the effective date for CCPA?

A. January 1, 2020

R CC E ® 127
B. January 1, 2021

C. July 1, 2020

D. July 1, 2021

370. Who is responsible for enforcing CCPA?

A. The FTC

B. The California Attorney General

C. The Department of Justice

D. The Department of Homeland Security

371. What is the penalty for companies that fail to comply with CCPA?

A. Fines

B. Injunctions

C. Criminal charges

D. All of the above

372. What is the purpose of the CCPA opt-out right?

A. To allow consumers to access their data

B. To allow consumers to delete their data

R CC E ® 128
C. To allow consumers to opt out of the sale of their data

D. To allow consumers to opt out of data collection

373. What is a CVE?

A. Common Vulnerability Exposure

B. Critical Vulnerability Exposure

C. Common Vulnerability Enumeration

D. Critical Vulnerability Enumeration

374. Who is responsible for assigning CVEs?

A. The National Security Agency

B. The National Institute of Standards and Technology

C. The Department of Homeland Security

D. The Federal Communications Commission

375. What entity defines the CVE numbering scheme?

A. The Open Group

B. The Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency

C. The CVE Editorial Board

R CC E ® 129
D. The Common Vulnerability and Exposures Board

376. What is the purpose of the CVE program?

A. To provide an independent source of vulnerability information

B. To provide a public database of known vulnerabilities

C. To enable secure sharing of vulnerability information

D. To help organizations manage vulnerability risk

377. What type of information is included in a CVE entry?

A. Affected system information

B. Affected software information

C. Exploitation details

D. Mitigation techniques

378. How is the Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) used in the CVE
program?

A. To assign severity ratings to vulnerabilities

B. To track the impact of vulnerabilities

C. To identify the source of vulnerabilities

D. To determine the scope of vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 130
379. What is the purpose of the CVE Dictionary?

A. To provide an independent reference for vulnerabilities

B. To provide a public listing of vulnerabilities

C. To enable secure sharing of vulnerability information

D. To help organizations manage vulnerability risk

380. What is the purpose of the CVE Identifiers (IDs)?

A. To provide an independent source of vulnerability information

B. To provide a public database of known vulnerabilities

C. To enable secure sharing of vulnerability information

D. To help organizations manage vulnerability risk

381. What organization maintains the CVE List?

A. The Open Group

B. The Cybersecurity and Infrastructure Security Agency

C. The CVE Editorial Board

D. The Common Vulnerability and Exposures Board

R CC E ® 131
382. What entity is responsible for providing CVE-related data to the public?

A. The National Security Agency

B. The National Institute of Standards and Technology

C. The Department of Homeland Security

D. The Federal Communications Commission

383. What is a zero-day exploit?

A. A type of malicious software

B. A type of computer virus

C. An attack that takes advantage of previously unknown software vulnerabilities

D. A type of hacking tool

384. How do hackers use zero-day exploits?

A. To gain unauthorized access to networks and systems

B. To intercept and modify data

C. To launch a denial of service attack

D. To infect computers with malware

385. What is the best way to protect against zero-day exploits?

R CC E ® 132
A. Installing anti-virus software

B. Keeping systems up to date

C. Not downloading unknown files

D. Regularly scanning for vulnerabilities

386. What type of malware can be spread using zero-day exploits?

A. Botnets

B. Rootkits

C. Spyware

D. Trojans

387. What is the primary goal of a zero-day exploit?

A. To steal data

B. To gain access to networks and systems

C. To cause disruption

D. To spread malware

388. What is the first step in the hacking lifecycle?

A. Reconnaissance

R CC E ® 133
B. Scanning

C. Gaining Access

D. Maintaining Access

389. What is the purpose of the scanning phase in the hacking lifecycle?

A. Identifying vulnerabilities

B. Writing malicious code

C. Gaining access to systems

D. Maintaining access to systems

390. What is the purpose of the gaining access phase in the hacking lifecycle?

A. Writing malicious code

B. Identifying vulnerabilities

C. Exploiting weaknesses

D. Maintaining access

391. What is the purpose of the maintaining access phase in the hacking lifecycle?

A. Writing malicious code

B. Exploiting weaknesses

R CC E ® 134
C. Gaining access to systems

D. Establishing persistence

392. What is the final step in the hacking lifecycle?

A. Scanning

B. Writing malicious code

C. Gaining access

D. Covering tracks

393. What is the primary purpose of asset discovery?

A. To identify security risks

B. To identify and track assets

C. To create a secure environment

D. To identify vulnerabilities

394. What type of assets can be discovered through asset discovery?

A. Software

B. Hardware

C. Network

R CC E ® 135
D. All of the above

395. What type of data is collected during asset discovery?

A. IP addresses

B. Serial numbers

C. Software versions

D. All of the above

396. How can asset discovery help an organization?

A. Identify security risks

B. Monitor the usage of assets

C. Create a secure environment

D. All of the above

397. What type of tool is used to perform asset discovery?

A. Network monitoring tool

B. Security scanner

C. Vulnerability scanner

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 136
398. What type of scan is used to identify live systems on a network?

A. Ping sweep

B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

399. What type of scan is used to discover open ports on a target system?

A. Ping sweep

B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

400. What type of scan is used to identify the services running on open ports?

A. Ping sweep

B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

R CC E ® 137
401. What type of scan is used to identify the hostnames associated with IP addresses?

A. Ping sweep

B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

402. What type of scan is used to identify the operating system of a target system?

A. Ping sweep

B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

403. What is the purpose of a vulnerability scan?

A. To identify open ports

B. To identify services running on open ports

C. To identify the operating system of a target system

D. To identify security vulnerabilities

404. What type of scan is used to discover hosts on a network?

R CC E ® 138
A. Ping sweep

B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

405. What type of scan is used to identify active services on a target system?

A. Ping sweep

B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

406. What type of scan is used to map out the network?

A. Ping sweep

B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

407. What type of scan is used to detect intruders?

A. Ping sweep

R CC E ® 139
B. Port scan

C. Protocol scan

D. DNS scan

408. What does Nmap stand for?

A. Network Mapping

B. Network Masking

C. Network Monitor and Planner

D. Network Monitoring and Port Scanning

409. What type of network scans can Nmap perform?

A. ICMP Scan

B. SYN Scan

C. UDP Scan

D. All of the above

410. What is the command to perform a basic Nmap scan?

A. nmap -sT

B. nmap -sF

R CC E ® 140
C. nmap -sX

D. nmap -sS

411. What is the command to perform a Nmap scan with OS and service detection?

A. nmap -A

B. nmap -O

C. nmap -X

D. nmap -V

412. What is the command to perform a Nmap scan with verbose output?

A. nmap -v

B. nmap -V

C. nmap -vv

D. nmap -VV

413. What is the command to perform a Nmap scan with stealth?

A. nmap -sS

B. nmap -sT

C. nmap -sP

R CC E ® 141
D. nmap -sF

414. What is the command to perform a Nmap scan with ping sweep?

A. nmap -sP

B. nmap -sI

C. nmap -sO

D. nmap -sF

415. What is the command to perform a Nmap scan with idle scanning?

A. nmap -sI

B. nmap -sN

C. nmap -sO

D. nmap -sF

416. What is the command to perform a Nmap scan with traceroute?

A. nmap -sT

B. nmap -sP

C. nmap -sU

D. nmap -sO

R CC E ® 142
417. What is the command to perform a Nmap scan with fraggle scanning?

A. nmap -sF

B. nmap -sP

C. nmap -sU

D. nmap -sO

418. What is the primary purpose of privacy laws?

A. To protect personal data

B. To protect businesses

C. To protect the environment

D. To protect intellectual property

419. What is the most common type of privacy law?

A. Data Protection Act

B. General Data Protection Regulation

C. Consumer Protection Act

D. Fair Credit Reporting Act

R CC E ® 143
420. What is the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA)?

A. A privacy law that applies to companies operating in California

B. A privacy law that applies to consumers in California

C. A privacy law that applies to the federal government

D. A privacy law that applies to companies operating outside of California

421. What is the purpose of the Children's Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA)?

A. To protect the privacy of children

B. To protect the privacy of adults

C. To protect the privacy of businesses

D. To protect the privacy of the government

422. What is the primary purpose of the Health Insurance Portability and
Accountability Act (HIPAA)?

A. To protect health information

B. To protect financial information

C. To protect personal data

D. To protect intellectual property

423. What is the primary purpose of log management?

R CC E ® 144
A. To capture and store application data

B. To monitor system performance

C. To detect and respond to security threats

D. To enable debugging

424. What type of log is used to detect malicious activity?

A. System Log

B. Event Log

C. Security Log

D. Access Log

425. What is the most important factor in log management?

A. Storage

B. Collection

C. Analysis

D. Retention

426. Which log type is used to monitor system performance?

A. System Log

R CC E ® 145
B. Event Log

C. Security Log

D. Access Log

427. What type of log is used to track user activity?

A. System Log

B. Event Log

C. Security Log

D. Access Log

428. What is the purpose of log analysis?

A. To store log data

B. To detect security threats

C. To monitor system performance

D. To identify system issues

429. What is the purpose of log storage?

A. To store log data

B. To detect security threats

R CC E ® 146
C. To monitor system performance

D. To identify system issues

430. What is the purpose of log retention?

A. To store log data

B. To detect security threats

C. To monitor system performance

D. To identify system issues

431. Which type of log is used to detect user activity?

A. System Log

B. Event Log

C. Security Log

D. Access Log

432. What is the primary goal of log management?

A. To capture and store application data

B. To monitor system performance

C. To detect and respond to security threats

R CC E ® 147
D. To enable debugging

433. What is the purpose of the NIST Cybersecurity Framework?

A. To provide guidance on how to secure and protect networks

B. To establish a set of standards and best practices for organizations to follow

C. To provide a comprehensive overview of security policies and procedures

D. To ensure compliance with industry regulations

434. What is the primary focus of the NIST Cybersecurity Framework?

A. Security monitoring and threat detection

B. Incident response and remediation

C. Risk identification and management

D. Vulnerability assessment and patching

435. What type of organization is the NIST Cybersecurity Framework best suited for?

A. Small businesses

B. Large enterprises

C. Government agencies

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 148
436. What are the five core functions of the NIST Cybersecurity Framework?

A. Identify, Protect, Detect, Respond, Recover

B. Assess, Monitor, Detect, Respond, Recover

C. Identify, Protect, Monitor, Respond, Recover

D. Assess, Protect, Monitor, Respond, Recover

437. What are the four implementation tiers of the NIST Cybersecurity Framework?

A. Basic, Moderate, High, Maximum

B. Low, Medium, High, Critical

C. Initial, Developed, Managed, Optimized

D. Minimum, Moderate, Strong, Maximum

438. What is the CMMC Framework?

A. Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification

B. Cybersecurity Maturity Model Compliance

C. Cybersecurity Maturity Model Consolidation

D. Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification

R CC E ® 149
439. What are the five levels of CMMC?

A. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Fundamental, Intermediary, Advanced, Progressive

B. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Fundamental, Intermediate, Advanced, Progressive

C. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Fundamental, Intermediary, Advanced, Proficient

D. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Fundamental, Intermediate, Advanced, Proficient

440. What is the purpose of the CMMC Framework?

A. To assess an organization’s cybersecurity posture

B. To ensure that contractors meet the minimum security requirements for all DoD
contracts

C. To provide guidance for organizations on how to implement and maintain a secure

environment

D. To provide a unified standard for assessing the cybersecurity posture of all DoD
contractors

441. What is the difference between NIST 800-171 and CMMC?

A. NIST 800-171 is a federal security standard for protecting sensitive unclassified data,
while CMMC is a certification program for DoD contractors

B. NIST 800-171 is a certification program for DoD contractors, while CMMC is a

federal security standard for protecting sensitive unclassified data

C. NIST 800-171 is a certification program for DoD contractors, while CMMC is a

certification program for all federal contractors

R CC E ® 150
D. NIST 800-171 is a federal security standard for protecting sensitive unclassified data,
while CMMC is a certification program for all federal contractors

442. What are the advantages of implementing the CMMC Framework?

A. Increased security posture and reduced risk of data loss

B. Increased efficiency and cost savings

C. Improved customer service and satisfaction

D. All of the above

443. What is the purpose of the Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC)
framework?

A. To ensure organizations are secure

B. To provide organizations with guidance on cybersecurity best practices

C. To certify organizations’ compliance with cybersecurity requirements

D. To protect organizations from malicious cyber actors

444. What are the five levels of the CMMC?

A. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Intermediate Cyber Hygiene, Advanced Cyber Hygiene, High-
Level Cyber Hygiene, and Critical Cyber Hygiene

B. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Intermediate Cyber Hygiene, Advanced Cyber Hygiene, High-
Level Cyber Hygiene, and Government-Level Cyber Hygiene

R CC E ® 151
C. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Intermediate Cyber Hygiene, Advanced Cyber Hygiene, High-
Level Cyber Hygiene, and Advanced Government Cyber Hygiene

D. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Intermediate Cyber Hygiene, Advanced Cyber Hygiene, High-
Level Cyber Hygiene, and Federal Cyber Hygiene

445. What are some of the security domains organizations must address in order to
comply with the CMMC framework?

A. Access Control, Asset Management, Configuration Management, and Incident Response

B. Access Control, Network Security, Configuration Management, and Incident Response

C. Access Control, Asset Management, Identity Management, and Incident Response

D. Access Control, Data Security, Configuration Management, and Incident Response

446. What type of organization must obtain CMMC certification?

A. Any organization that stores, processes, or transmits controlled unclassified information

B. Any organization that stores, processes, or transmits classified information

C. Any organization that stores, processes, or transmits sensitive information

D. Any organization that stores, processes, or transmits confidential information

447. What type of data is protected by the CMMC framework?

A. Sensitive data

B. Confidential data

R CC E ® 152
C. Classified data

D. Unclassified data

448. Which of the following is an advantage of LDAP?

A. Increased security

B. Faster access time

C. Improved scalability

D. All of the above

449. What is the purpose of the LDAP protocol?

A. To provide a secure directory for data

B. To transfer data securely between computers

C. To authenticate and authorize users

D. All of the above

500. What is the default port for LDAP?

A. 389

B. 636

C. 3268

R CC E ® 153
D. 443

501. Which of the following is NOT a valid LDAP operation?

A. Search

B. Update

C. Login

D. Delete

502. What is the maximum length of a single LDAP query?

A. 256 characters

B. 1024 characters

C. 2048 characters

D. 4096 characters

503. Which of the following is an LDAP attribute?

A. Name

B. Password

C. Email

D. Phone number

R CC E ® 154
504. What type of encryption does LDAP use?

A. SSL

B. TLS

C. SSH

D. All of the above

505. What is the purpose of the LDAP bind operation?

A. To authenticate a user

B. To authorize a user

C. To search the directory

D. To modify the directory

506. What type of authentication does LDAP use?

A. Username/password

B. Token-based

C. Biometric

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 155
507. What is the purpose of the LDAP search operation?

A. To authenticate a user

B. To authorize a user

C. To search the directory

D. To modify the directory

508. What is the purpose of using HAProxy?

A. To provide Layer 4 load balancing

B. To provide Layer 7 load balancing

C. To provide SSL termination

D. To provide DNS resolution

508b. What is the configuration file for HAProxy?

A. [Link]

B. [Link]

C. [Link]

D. [Link]

509. What kind of load balancing does HAProxy support?

R CC E ® 156
A. Layer 4 load balancing

B. Layer 7 load balancing

C. Layer 10 load balancing

D. Layer 15 load balancing

510. What is the default port for HAProxy?

A. 80

B. 443

C. 8080

D. 8443

511. What is the command to start HAProxy?

A. start

B. haproxy

C. service

D. systemctl

512. What is the full form of MITM?

A. Man in the Middle

R CC E ® 157
B. Man in the Meadow

C. Man in the Machine

D. Man in the Market

513. What type of attack is a MITM attack?

A. Denial of Service

B. Brute Force

C. Password Injection

D. Interception

514. What type of attack allows an attacker to modify communications without either
party being aware?

A. Brute Force

B. Interception

C. Man in the Middle

D. Password Injection

515. What is the purpose of a Man in the Middle attack?

A. To access confidential data

B. To steal credentials

R CC E ® 158
C. To gain access to a network

D. To monitor traffic

516. What is the main goal of a Man in the Middle attack?

A. To gain access to a network

B. To steal credentials

C. To monitor traffic

D. To access confidential data

517. What is the most common way to perform a Man in the Middle attack?

A. By using a proxy server

B. By using a compromised router

C. By using a malicious application

D. By using a malicious website

518. What is the best way to protect against Man in the Middle attacks?

A. Encryption

B. Firewalls

C. Antivirus software

R CC E ® 159
D. VPNs

519. What type of encryption is used to protect against Man in the Middle attacks?

A. Asymmetric encryption

B. Symmetric encryption

C. Hashing

D. Digital signatures

520. What type of technology is used to detect Man in the Middle attacks?

A. Intrusion detection systems

B. Firewalls

C. Antivirus software

D. Network monitoring

521. What is the most common way to perform a Man in the Middle attack on a
wireless network?

A. By using a compromised router

B. By using a rogue access point

C. By using a malicious website

D. By using a malicious application

R CC E ® 160
522. What is the primary goal of DevSecOps?

a. Automate security processes

b. Automate development processes

c. Automate deployment processes

d. Integrate security into DevOps

523. What is the main benefit of DevSecOps?

a. Reduced development cost

b. Improved security

c. Increased speed of delivery

d. Improved communication

524. What is the primary focus of DevSecOps?

a. Automated security testing

b. Automated deployment

c. Automated development

d. Security culture

R CC E ® 161
525. What is the primary tool used in DevSecOps?

a. Automation

b. Source control

c. Security scanning

d. Logging

526. What is the most important aspect of DevSecOps?

a. Automated security testing

b. Automated deployment

c. Security culture

d. Automated development

527. What is the first step of the Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC)?

A. Planning

B. Analysis

C. Design

D. Implementation

528. Which of the following is a phase of the SDLC?

R CC E ® 162
A. Development

B. Testing

C. Analysis

D. Debugging

529. What is the purpose of the Testing phase in the SDLC?

A. To debug the code

B. To design the software

C. To test the software

D. To develop the software

530. What is the purpose of the Design phase in the SDLC?

A. To design the software

B. To develop the software

C. To test the software

D. To debug the code

531. What is the final phase of the Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC)?

A. Planning

R CC E ® 163
B. Design

C. Implementation

D. Maintenance

532. What is a honeypot?

A) A system set up to attract and trap cyber attackers

B) A system that mimics a production environment

C) A system that identifies malicious activity

D) A system that stores confidential information

533. What is the purpose of a honeypot?

A) To detect malicious activity

B) To store confidential information

C) To attract and trap cyber attackers

D) To identify vulnerable systems

534. What is the difference between a honeypot and a honeynet?

A. A honeypot is a single system while a honeynet is a network of systems

B. A honeypot is used to detect malicious activity while a honeynet is used to store

confidential information

R CC E ® 164
C. A honeypot is used to attract and trap cyber attackers while a honeynet is used to
identify vulnerable systems

D. A honeypot is used to detect suspicious activity while a honeynet is used to store

sensitive data

535. What type of data is stored in a honeypot?

A) Sensitive data

B) Confidential information

C) Attack techniques

D) Vulnerable systems

536. How is a honeypot monitored?

A) With an intrusion detection system

B) With a firewall

C) With a virtual machine

D) With a honeypot software

537. What is the purpose of a honeywall?

A) To detect malicious activity

B) To store confidential information

C) To attract and trap cyber attackers

R CC E ® 165
D) To identify vulnerable systems

538. What is the difference between a honeypot and a honeywall?

A. A honeypot is a single system while a honeywall is a firewall

B. A honeypot is used to detect malicious activity while a honeywall is used to store

confidential information

C. A honeypot is used to attract and trap cyber attackers while a honeywall is used to
identify vulnerable systems

D. A honeypot is used to detect suspicious activity while a honeywall is used to store

sensitive data

539. What is the purpose of a honeyd?

A) To detect malicious activity

B) To store confidential information

C) To attract and trap cyber attackers

D) To identify vulnerable systems

540. What type of data is collected by a honeyd?

A) Sensitive data

B) Confidential information

C) Attack techniques

R CC E ® 166
D) Vulnerable systems

541. How is a honeyd monitored?

A) With an intrusion detection system

B) With a firewall

C) With a virtual machine

D) With a honeyd software

542. What is Docker?

A. A container runtime

B. A virtual machine

C. A distributed system

D. A web server

543. What are the benefits of using Docker?

A. Increased scalability

B. Simplified deployment

C. Reduced resource consumption

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 167
544. What is a Docker image?

A. A container runtime

B. A package of application files

C. A pre-built application

D. A virtual machine

545. What is the Docker Hub?

A. An online repository for Docker images

B. A web server

C. A container runtime

D. A virtual machine

546. What is the purpose of the Dockerfile?

A. To create Docker images

B. To run Docker containers

C. To manage Docker networks

D. To manage Docker registries

R CC E ® 168
547. What is the purpose of Kubernetes?

A. To enable cloud-native applications

B. To enable distributed computing

C. To enable containerized applications

D. To enable virtualized applications

548. What type of resource is used by Kubernetes to store application configuration?

A. Network Resources

B. Storage Resources

C. Configuration Resources

D. Compute Resources

549. What type of resource is used by Kubernetes to store secrets?

A. Network Resources

B. Storage Resources

C. Configuration Resources

D. Secret Resources

550. What type of resource is used by Kubernetes to manage access control?

R CC E ® 169
A. Network Resources

B. Storage Resources

C. Role-based Access Control Resources

D. Access Control Lists

551. What type of resource is used by Kubernetes to deploy applications?

A. Network Resources

B. Storage Resources

C. Deployment Resources

D. Service Resources

552. What type of resource is used by Kubernetes to expose applications to the outside
world?

A. Network Resources

B. Storage Resources

C. Deployment Resources

D. Service Resources

553. What is the purpose of the Kubernetes API server?

A. To provide a user interface for the Kubernetes cluster

R CC E ® 170
B. To provide a way to manage Kubernetes resources

C. To provide a way to access the Kubernetes cluster

D. To provide a way to deploy applications

554. What is the purpose of the Kubernetes scheduler?

A. To provide a user interface for the Kubernetes cluster

B. To provide a way to manage Kubernetes resources

C. To provide a way to schedule applications

D. To provide a way to deploy applications

555. What is Azure CLI?

A. Azure CLI is a command line tool for managing and automating Azure resources.

B. Azure CLI is a tool used to manage Azure databases.

C. Azure CLI is an API used to manage Azure services.

D. Azure CLI is a web-based console used to manage Azure resources.

556. What is the command to list all the virtual machines in Azure?

A. az vm list

B. az vm show

R CC E ® 171
C. az vm get

D. az vm create

557. How do you create a resource group using Azure CLI?

A. az resource group create

B. az resource group show

C. az resource group get

D. az resource group delete

558. What is the command to create a storage account in Azure?

A. az storage account create

B. az storage account show

C. az storage account get

D. az storage account delete

559. How do you delete a virtual machine using Azure CLI?

A. az vm delete

B. az vm show

C. az vm get

R CC E ® 172
D. az vm create

560. What is the default port used by Netcat on a remote system?

A. 21

B. 22

C. 23

D. 80

561. What is the command used to start a Netcat listener?

A. nc -l

B. nc -c

C. nc -s

D. nc -p

562. What is the command used to connect to a remote host using Netcat?

A. nc -p

B. nc -c

C. nc -s

D. nc -l

R CC E ® 173
563. What is the command used to send a file using Netcat?

A. nc -f

B. nc -s

C. nc -p

D. nc -l

564. What is the command used to perform port scanning using Netcat?

A. nc -p

B. nc -s

C. nc -l

D. nc -c

565. What is the purpose of Wireshark?

A. To capture and analyze network traffic

B. To detect security threats

C. To monitor server performance

D. To configure network settings

R CC E ® 174
566. What type of files can you open in Wireshark?

A. .pcap

B. .dmp

C. .csv

D. .txt

567. What type of data can be analyzed using Wireshark?

A. Wi-Fi data

B. Network traffic

C. Server data

D. System logs

568. What is the most important feature of Wireshark?

A. Protocol analysis

B. Packet capture

C. Graphical user interface

D. Network mapping

569. What is the best way to install Wireshark?

R CC E ® 175
A. Download the Wireshark installer

B. Download the source code and compile it

C. Use a package manager

D. Use a web browser

570. What is the command used to capture all traffic on a network interface using
tcpdump?

A. tcpdump -i eth0

B. tcpdump -a

C. tcpdump -n

D. tcpdump -m

571. What is the command used to capture all packets from a specific IP address?

A. tcpdump -i ip

B. tcpdump -a ip

C. tcpdump -n ip

D. tcpdump -s ip

572. What is the command used to capture all packets that are destined for a specific
port?

A. tcpdump -i port

R CC E ® 176
B. tcpdump -a port

C. tcpdump -n port

D. tcpdump -p port

573. What is the command used to capture all UDP packets?

A. tcpdump -i udp

B. tcpdump -a udp

C. tcpdump -n udp

D. tcpdump -u udp

574. What is the command used to capture all packets that contain a specific string?

A. tcpdump -i string

B. tcpdump -a string

C. tcpdump -n string

D. tcpdump -s string

575. What is the command used to download a file from an FTP server using wget?

A. wget -r [Link]

B. wget -f [Link]

R CC E ® 177
C. wget -d [Link]

D. wget -m [Link]

576. What is the command used to download a file from a secure (HTTPS) web server
using wget?

A. wget -r [Link]

B. wget -f [Link]

C. wget -d [Link]

D. wget -m [Link]

577. What is the command used to download a file from an HTTP server using wget?

A. wget -r [Link]

B. wget -f [Link]

C. wget -d [Link]

D. wget -m [Link]

578. What is the command used to download all the images from a web page using
wget?

A. wget -r [Link]

B. wget -f [Link]

C. wget -d [Link]

R CC E ® 178
D. wget -m [Link]

579. What is the command used to download all the files from a web page using wget?

A. wget -r [Link]

B. wget -f [Link]

C. wget -d [Link]

D. wget -m [Link]

580. Which of the following options can be used with grep command to print only the
matching strings?

A. -i

B. -v

C. -w

D. -o

581. What is the correct syntax to use the grep command to search for a pattern in a
file?

A. grep pattern filename

B. grep filename pattern

C. grep pattern

D. grep filename

R CC E ® 179
582. What does the -c option do when used with the grep command?

A. Counts the number of lines containing the pattern

B. Deletes all the lines containing the pattern

C. Replaces the pattern with given string

D. Prints the lines containing the pattern

583. Which of the following options can be used with grep command to ignore case
distinctions?

A. -l

B. -i

C. -v

D. -w

584. What does the -n option do when used with the grep command?

A. Prints the lines containing the pattern

B. Prints the lines not containing the pattern

C. Displays the line numbers of the lines containing the pattern

D. Replaces the pattern with given string

R CC E ® 180
585. What is the command used to scan a remote system for vulnerabilities using
Nessus?

A. nessus –scan

B. nessus –s

C. nessus –r

D. nessus –sc

586. What is the command used to launch a new scan with Nessus?

A. nessus –start

B. nessus –launch

C. nessus –run

D. nessus –create

587. What is the command used to stop a running Nessus scan?

A. nessus –stop

B. nessus –pause

C. nessus –end

D. nessus –terminate

588. What is the command used to view a list of all running scans on a Nessus server?

R CC E ® 181
A. nessus –list

B. nessus –view

C. nessus –sessions

D. nessus –scans

589. What is the command used to delete a scan from the Nessus server?

A. nessus –delete

B. nessus –remove

C. nessus –erase

D. nessus –destroy

590. Which of the following command is used to generate a payload using MSFVenom?

A. msfvenom

B. msfpayload

C. msfconsole

D. msfencoder

591. What type of payloads can be generated using MSFVenom?

A. Shellcode payloads

R CC E ® 182
B. Reverse shell payloads

C. Meterpreter payloads

D. All of the above

592. Which of the following command is used to encode a payload in MSFVenom?

A. msfencode

B. msfpayload

C. msfvenom

D. msfconsole

593. What is the main purpose of MSFVenom?

A. To create and encode payloads

B. To identify vulnerable systems

C. To exploit vulnerable systems

D. To protect systems from attacks

594. What is the default output format of MSFVenom?

A. EXE

B. DLL

R CC E ® 183
C. RAW

D. PE

595. What type of steganography tool is Stegsnow?

A. A text-based steganography tool

B. A graphical steganography tool

C. A digital audio steganography tool

D. A digital image steganography tool

596. What type of encryption is used by Stegsnow?

A. AES

B. RSA

C. DES

D. No encryption

597. What type of data can be hidden with Stegsnow?

A. Text

B. Images

C. Audio

R CC E ® 184
D. Video

598. How does Stegsnow store the hidden data?

A. In the header of the image file

B. In the least significant bits of the image file

C. In an encrypted form

D. In the metadata of the image file

599. What is the primary use of Stegsnow?

A. To securely store confidential data

B. To generate random passwords

C. To hide data within an image

D. To encrypt data

600. What command is used to list all the buckets for a specific region in AWS CLI?

A. aws s3 ls --region

B. aws s3api list-buckets --region

C. aws s3 ls

D. aws s3api list-buckets

R CC E ® 185
601. What command is used to sync S3 bucket with a local directory in AWS CLI?

A. aws s3 sync

B. aws s3 cp

C. aws s3 mv

D. aws s3 rm

602. What command is used to create an EC2 instance in AWS CLI?

A. aws ec2 create-instance

B. aws ec2 run-instances

C. aws ec2 start-instances

D. aws ec2 launch-instances

603. What command is used to list the running EC2 instances in AWS CLI?

A. aws ec2 list-instances

B. aws ec2 list-running-instances

C. aws ec2 describe-instances

D. aws ec2 describe-running-instances

R CC E ® 186
604. What command is used to create a security group in AWS CLI?

A. aws ec2 create-security-group

B. aws ec2 run-security-group

C. aws ec2 create-group

D. aws ec2 start-security-group

605. What command is used to list all the Amazon EBS volumes in AWS CLI?

A. aws ebs list-volumes

B. aws ebs describe-volumes

C. aws ebs list-all-volumes

D. aws ebs describe-all-volumes

606. What command is used to create an IAM user in AWS CLI?

A. aws iam create-user

B. aws iam create-new-user

C. aws iam create-user-account

D. aws iam create-account

607. What command is used to list all the running Amazon RDS instances in AWS
CLI?

R CC E ® 187
A. aws rds list-instances

B. aws rds describe-instances

C. aws rds list-running-instances

D. aws rds describe-running-instances

608. What command is used to delete an S3 bucket in AWS CLI?

A. aws s3 rm

B. aws s3 delete-bucket

C. aws s3 rb

D. aws s3 remove-bucket

609. What command is used to list all the Amazon SNS topics in AWS CLI?

A. aws sns list-topics

B. aws sns describe-topics

C. aws sns list-all-topics

D. aws sns describe-all-topics

610. What is a WebShell?

A. A WebShell is a type of malicious software that provides a backdoor into a web server,
allowing an attacker to control it remotely.

R CC E ® 188
B. A WebShell is a type of malicious software that provides a backdoor into a computer
system, allowing an attacker to control it remotely.

C. A WebShell is a type of malicious software that provides a backdoor into an application,

allowing an attacker to control it remotely.

D. A WebShell is a type of malicious software that provides a backdoor into a network,

allowing an attacker to control it remotely.

611. What is a Backdoor?

A. A Backdoor is a type of malicious software that is used to gain unauthorized access to a

computer system.

B. A Backdoor is a type of malicious software that is used to gain administrative access to a

web server.

C. A Backdoor is a type of malicious software that is used to gain access to a network.

D. A Backdoor is a type of malicious software that is used to gain access to an application.

612. What is the difference between a WebShell and a Backdoor?

A. A WebShell is used to gain access to a web server, while a Backdoor is used to gain
access to a computer system.

B. A WebShell is used to gain access to a web server, while a Backdoor is used to gain
access to a network.

C. A WebShell is used to gain access to a computer system, while a Backdoor is used to

gain access to a web server.

D. A WebShell is used to gain access to an application, while a Backdoor is used to gain

access to a computer system.

R CC E ® 189
613. What are the risks of using a WebShell or Backdoor?

A. The risks of using a WebShell or Backdoor include data theft, system compromise, and
malicious code execution.

B. The risks of using a WebShell or Backdoor include denial of service attacks, data loss,
and system disruption.

C. The risks of using a WebShell or Backdoor include data corruption, system instability,
and malicious code injection.

D. The risks of using a WebShell or Backdoor include data exfiltration, system

vulnerability, and malicious code execution.

614. How can WebShells and Backdoors be prevented?

A. WebShells and Backdoors can be prevented by using strong passwords, updating

software regularly, and using security measures such as firewalls and antivirus software.

B. WebShells and Backdoors can be prevented by using strong authentication, patching

software regularly, and using security measures such as encryption and intrusion
detection systems.

C. WebShells and Backdoors can be prevented by using strong authentication, patching

web servers regularly, and using security measures such as web application firewalls and
antivirus software.

D. WebShells and Backdoors can be prevented by using strong passwords, patching web
servers regularly, and using security measures such as intrusion detection systems and
encryption.

615. What is a WordPress plugin?

R CC E ® 190
A. A WordPress plugin is a program, or a set of one or more functions, written in the PHP
scripting language, that adds a specific set of features or services to the WordPress
website.

B. A WordPress plugin is a user interface element that can be used to control the
appearance of a WordPress website.

C. A WordPress plugin is a piece of software that can be installed onto a WordPress website
to extend its functionality.

D. A WordPress plugin is a tool used to create and manage a WordPress website.

616. What is a fake plugin?

A. A fake plugin is a malicious program installed on a WordPress website to damage or

steal data.

B. A fake plugin is a fraudulent program that appears to be a legitimate WordPress plugin,

but is actually malicious.

C. A fake plugin is a program installed on a WordPress website to extend its functionality.

D. A fake plugin is a program installed on a WordPress website to manipulate its content.

617. What is the best way to protect a WordPress website from fake plugins?

A. Install a security plugin to monitor the website for malicious activity.

B. Install only plugins from trusted sources.

C. Disable automatic updates to prevent malicious plugins from being installed.

D. Regularly scan the website for malicious plugins.

R CC E ® 191
618. What should be done if a malicious plugin is detected on a WordPress website?

A. Disable the plugin immediately.

B. Uninstall the plugin immediately.

C. Update the plugin to the latest version.

D. Ignore the plugin and leave it enabled.

619. What is the purpose of a WordPress security plugin?

A. To protect the website from malicious activity.

B. To monitor the website for malicious plugins.

C. To scan the website for malicious code.

D. To block malicious plugins from being installed.

620. What is phishing?

A. Phishing is a type of cybercrime that uses social engineering techniques to deceive

victims into revealing sensitive information such as usernames, passwords, and credit
card details.

B. Phishing is a type of cyberattack that uses malicious software to gain access to a

computer system.

C. Phishing is a type of malware that is used to steal personal information.

D. Phishing is a type of email attack that is used to steal sensitive information.

R CC E ® 192
621. What is the most common way for a phishing attack to occur?

A. Email

B. Website

C. Network

D. Malware

622. What is the primary goal of a phishing attack?

A. Gain access to sensitive information

B. Install malware

C. Distribute spam

D. Corrupt data

623. What is the best defense against phishing attacks?

A. Install antivirus software

B. Use strong passwords

C. Exercise caution when opening emails

D. All of the above

624. How can you tell if an email is a phishing attack?

R CC E ® 193
A. Check the sender address

B. Analyze the link destination

C. Scan the email for suspicious content

D. All of the above

625. What is the most common type of phishing attack?

A. Spear phishing

B. Whaling

C. Pharming

D. Smishing

626. What is the best way to protect against phishing attacks?

A. Use two-factor authentication

B. Install antivirus software

C. Update system software

D. All of the above

627. What is the most effective way to prevent phishing attacks?

A. Educate users

R CC E ® 194
B. Install malware protection

C. Monitor network traffic

D. All of the above

628. What is an example of a phishing attack?

A. A malicious website

B. An email with a malicious attachment

C. An email with a malicious link

D. All of the above

629. What is the most effective way to respond to a phishing attack?

A. Change passwords

B. Report the attack

C. Delete the email

D. All of the above

630. What is a keylogger?

A. A keylogger is a type of surveillance software (malware) designed to stealthily record

keystrokes and other user activity on a computer or mobile device.

B. A keylogger is a type of hardware device used to monitor and store keystrokes.

R CC E ® 195
C. A keylogger is a type of computer virus designed to steal personal data.

D. A keylogger is a type of software used to control user access to websites.

631. What are the main purposes of a keylogger?

A. To monitor user activity and log keystrokes

B. To control user access to websites

C. To steal credit card numbers and other personal information

D. To control user access to files

632. How do keyloggers work?

A. By recording keystrokes and user activity

B. By injecting malicious code into websites

C. By controlling user access to files

D. By stealing data from web browsers

633. What is the best way to protect your computer from keyloggers?

A. Install antivirus software

B. Disable remote access

C. Use a secure web browser

R CC E ® 196
D. Use a secure password

634. What type of malicious software can keyloggers be used for?

A. To steal passwords and other personal information

B. To control user access to websites

C. To inject malicious code into websites

D. To control user access to files

635. What is the primary purpose of a spyware application?

A. To monitor computer activity

B. To protect the user from malicious attacks

C. To collect user data

D. To create a backup of user data

636. What is the best way to protect a computer from spyware?

A. Install a firewall

B. Install anti-virus software

C. Install spyware detection software

D. Keep the operating system up to date

R CC E ® 197
637. What type of data is typically collected by spyware?

A. Credit card numbers

B. IP addresses

C. Usernames and passwords

D. Bank account information

638. What is the most common method used to install spyware onto a computer?

A. Trojan horse

B. Phishing

C. Drive-by download

D. Email attachment

639. What is the best way to remove spyware from a computer?

A. Manually delete the files

B. Use a spyware remover

C. Use a system restore

D. Reinstall the operating system

R CC E ® 198
640. What is the main purpose of Steganography?

A. To provide secure communication

B. To hide the existence of a message

C. To protect digital media from unauthorized access

D. To encrypt messages

641. Which of the following is a Steganography technique?

A. Cryptography

B. Hashing

C. LSB Substitution

D. Compression

642. Which of the following is NOT a Steganography algorithm?

A. F5

B. OutGuess

C. LSB Substitution

D. RSA

643. What is the advantage of using Steganography over Cryptography?

R CC E ® 199
A) Steganography is easier to use

B) Steganography is more secure

C) Steganography is faster

D) Steganography is more secure and faster

644. In which type of Steganography is the secret message embedded directly into the
cover media?

A) Audio Steganography

B) Spatial Domain Steganography

C) Transform Domain Steganography

D) Video Steganography

645. What is the most effective way to prevent a ransomware attack?

A. Install a reliable antivirus software

b) Backup all important data regularly

c) Disable remote access

d) Disable macro scripts

646. What is the purpose of a ransomware attack?

A. To gain access to sensitive data

R CC E ® 200
b) To corrupt files

c) To demand a ransom

d) To encrypt data

647. What type of malicious software is used in a ransomware attack?

A. Trojan Horse

b) Spyware

c) Worm

d) Ransomware

648. How can a ransomware attack be prevented?

A. a) Install a reliable antivirus software

b) Disable remote access

c) Backup all important data regularly

d) Disable macro scripts

649. What is the most common way a ransomware attack is initiated?

A. a) Through malicious websites

b) Through email attachments

R CC E ® 201
c) Through social engineering

d) Through malicious downloads

650. What type of files are typically targeted in a ransomware attack?

A. System files

b) Executable files

c) Documents and media files

d) Configuration files

651. What type of malicious software is used in a ransomware attack?

A. Adware

b) Spyware

c) Ransomware

d) Worm

652. What is the best way to protect against a ransomware attack?

A. Install a reliable antivirus software

b) Disable macro scripts

c) Disable remote access

R CC E ® 202
d) Backup all important data regularly

653. What is the most common way to spread a ransomware attack?

A. Through malicious downloads

B. Through malicious websites

C. Through email attachments

D. Through social engineering

654. What is the goal of a ransomware attack?

A. To gain access to sensitive data

B. To corrupt files

C. To demand a ransom

D. To encrypt data

655. Which of the following is NOT a type of attack related to ARP spoofing?

A) DNS amplification attack

B) Smurf attack

C) ARP cache poisoning

D) Man-in-the-middle attack

R CC E ® 203
656. What is the purpose of ARP spoofing?

A) To gain access to a network

B) To launch a denial of service attack

C) To steal data from a network

D) To redirect network traffic

657. What type of information is included in an ARP request?

A) IP address

B) MAC address

C) Network name

D) Username and password

658. What type of attack does ARP spoofing enable?

A) Denial of service attack

B) Man-in-the-middle attack

C) Brute force attack

D) Buffer overflow attack

R CC E ® 204
659. What type of information is required for an attacker to launch an ARP spoofing
attack?

A) Username and password

B) IP and MAC addresses

C) Network name and IP addresses

D) MAC address and network name

660. What is the most effective way to prevent ARP spoofing attacks?

A) Disable ARP

B) Enable firewalls

C) Implement port security

D) Use static ARP entries

661. What type of device is used to detect ARP spoofing attacks?

A) Firewall

B) Intrusion Detection System

C) Network switch

D) Network router

662. What type of attack is used to launch an ARP spoofing attack?

R CC E ® 205
A) Brute force attack

B) Man-in-the-middle attack

C) Buffer overflow attack

D) Smurf attack

663. How can an attacker use ARP spoofing to gain access to a network?

A) By sending malicious ARP messages to the network

B) By using a man-in-the-middle attack

C) By using a Smurf attack

D) By using a brute force attack

664. What type of attack is used to link an attacker's MAC address with the IP address
of a legitimate user?

A) Denial of service attack

B) Man-in-the-middle attack

C) ARP spoofing attack

D) DNS amplification attack

665. What is a dictionary attack?

A. A dictionary attack is a type of password cracking method that uses a list of words as
possible passwords.

R CC E ® 206
B. A dictionary attack is a type of encryption technique that is used to secure data.

C. A dictionary attack is a type of computer hacking technique that uses malicious code.

D. A dictionary attack is a type of brute force attack that tries all possible combinations of
characters.

666. What is a rainbow table attack?

A. A rainbow table attack is a type of password cracking technique that uses pre-computed
hashes.

B. A rainbow table attack is a type of encryption technique that is used to secure data.

C. A rainbow table attack is a type of computer hacking technique that uses malicious
code.

D. A rainbow table attack is a type of brute force attack that tries all possible combinations
of characters.

667. What type of attack is used to crack passwords by trying all possible combinations
of characters?

A. Dictionary attack

B. Rainbow table attack

C. Brute force attack

D. Encryption attack

668. What is the difference between a dictionary attack and a brute force attack?

R CC E ® 207
A. A dictionary attack uses a list of words as possible passwords while a brute force attack
tries all possible combinations of characters.

B. A dictionary attack uses pre-computed hashes while a brute force attack uses a list of
words as possible passwords.

C. A dictionary attack uses malicious code while a brute force attack uses pre-computed
hashes.

D. A dictionary attack uses encryption while a brute force attack uses malicious code.

669. What is a hybrid attack?

A. A hybrid attack is a type of password cracking technique that combines multiple

methods.

B. A hybrid attack is a type of encryption technique that is used to secure data.

C. A hybrid attack is a type of computer hacking technique that uses malicious code.

D. A hybrid attack is a type of brute force attack that tries all possible combinations of
characters.

670. What is OAuth?

A. OAuth is an open standard for authorization that enables users to securely access
resources without having to share their credentials.

B. OAuth is an open standard for authentication that enables users to securely access
resources without having to share their credentials.

C. OAuth is an open standard for authorization that enables users to securely access
resources without having to share their passwords.

R CC E ® 208
D. OAuth is an open standard for authentication that enables users to securely access
resources without having to share their passwords.

671. What is the primary purpose of OAuth?

A. To provide secure access to resources

B. To provide authentication for users

C. To provide authorization for users

D. To provide secure authentication for users

672. What type of authorization does OAuth use?

A. Basic authorization

B. Token-based authorization

C. Password-based authorization

D. Desktop-based authorization

673. What are the main components of the OAuth protocol?

A. Authorization server, resource server and client

B. Authorization server and client

C. Resource server and client

D. Authorization server and resource server

R CC E ® 209
674. What type of authentication does OAuth use?

A. Basic authentication

B. Token-based authentication

C. Password-based authentication

D. Desktop-based authentication

675. What is the maximum speed of Wi-Fi 6?

A. 9.6 Gbps

B. 11 Gbps

C. 10 Gbps

D. 12 Gbps

676. What is the main purpose of Wi-Fi 6?

A. To increase connection speed

B. To reduce network latency

C. To improve network security

D. To increase network capacity

R CC E ® 210
677. What is the range of Wi-Fi 6?

A. 10 m

B. 30 m

C. 50 m

D. 100 m

678. What is the main benefit of Wi-Fi 6?

A. Increased connection speed

B. Reduced network latency

C. Improved network security

D. Increased network capacity

679. What technology is used in Wi-Fi 6?

A. MU-MIMO

B. OFDMA

C. BSS Coloring

D. All of the above

680. What type of data rate does Wi-Fi 6 support?

R CC E ® 211
A. 2.4 GHz

B. 5 GHz

C. Both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz

D. None of the above

681. What type of encryption is used in Wi-Fi 6?

A. WPA

B. WPA2

C. WPA3

D. All of the above

682. What type of modulation is used in Wi-Fi 6?

A. OFDM

B. QAM

C. BPSK

D. All of the above

683. What frequency band is used in Wi-Fi 6?

A. 2.4 GHz

R CC E ® 212
B. 5 GHz

C. Both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz

D. None of the above

684. What is the maximum number of devices that can be connected to a Wi-Fi 6
network?

A. 8

B. 16

C. 32

D. 64

685. What is a Rogue Access Point (RAP)?

A. A wireless access point that is not authorized by an organization

B. A wireless access point that is securely connected to the organization’s network

C. A wireless access point that is actively monitored by the organization

D. A wireless access point that is not connected to any network

686. What is the purpose of a Rogue Access Point?

A. To provide secure access to the organization's network

B. To provide unauthorized access to the organization's network

R CC E ® 213
C. To monitor the organization's network

D. To provide additional coverage of the organization's network

687. What are the security risks associated with rogue access points?

A. Data leakage and malware infections

B. Unauthorized access and data corruption

C. Loss of network performance and increased latency

D. Unauthorized access and performance degradation

688. What is the best way to detect and prevent rogue access points?

A. Implementing a firewall

B. Installing an intrusion detection system

C. Utilizing wireless network monitoring tools

D. Deploying an antivirus solution

689. What are the signs that a rogue access point has been installed on the network?

A. Unauthorized network traffic and increased latency

B. An increase in the number of wireless devices connected to the network

C. Unusual amounts of data being transferred over the wireless network

R CC E ® 214
D. Unusual or unknown wireless networks appearing on the network

690. What is the primary purpose of Snort IDS?

A. To detect and respond to malicious activity

B. To log network traffic

C. To monitor system performance

D. To filter network traffic

691. Which statement best describes Snort IDS?

A. It is an application-layer firewall

B. It is an open source intrusion detection system

C. It is a network-based intrusion detection system

D. It is a host-based intrusion detection system

692. What type of attack can Snort IDS detect?

A. Denial of service

B. Cross-site scripting

C. SQL injection

D. Brute force

R CC E ® 215
693. What is the main advantage of using Snort IDS?

A. It can detect unknown threats

B. It is easy to configure and maintain

C. It is free and open source

D. It is highly resilient

694. What type of data does Snort IDS capture?

A. Application data

B. Network data

C. Packet data

D. System data

695. What is the difference between Snort IDS and a Firewall?

A. A firewall is used to prevent malicious activity while Snort IDS is used to detect and
respond to malicious activity

B. A firewall is used to filter network traffic while Snort IDS is used to log network traffic

C. A firewall is used to monitor system performance while Snort IDS is used to filter
network traffic

D. A firewall is used to detect and respond to malicious activity while Snort IDS is used to
log network traffic

R CC E ® 216
696. What type of rule does Snort IDS use to detect malicious activity?

A. Signature-based rules

B. Protocol-based rules

C. Application-based rules

D. Network-based rules

697. What is the purpose of the Snort preprocessors?

A. To reduce false positives

B. To detect malicious activity

C. To filter network traffic

D. To monitor system performance

698. What type of language is used to write rules for Snort IDS?

A. Python

B. C++

C. Java

D. Rule-based language

Answer: D. Rule-based language

R CC E ® 217
699. What type of data can be analyzed by Snort IDS?

A. Application data

B. Network data

C. Packet data

D. System data

700. What type of signature detection method does OSSEC use?

A) Stateful

B) Anomaly

C) Heuristic

D) Signature

701. What type of messages does OSSEC log?

A) System alerts

B) Network traffic

C) User actions

D) All of the above

R CC E ® 218
702. What type of operating system does OSSEC support?

A) Windows

B) Linux

C) MacOS

D) All of the above

703. What type of data does OSSEC collect?

A) System logs

B) Network traffic

C) User activity

D) All of the above

704. What type of actions does OSSEC take upon detection of a malicious activity?

A) Logging

B) Alerting

C) Blocking

D) All of the above

705. What is the purpose of RSA encryption?

R CC E ® 219
A. To securely transfer data

B. To store data

C. To encrypt data

D. To decrypt data

706. What type of algorithm is RSA encryption?

A. Symmetric

B. Asymmetric

C. Hashing

D. Key derivation

707. What is the maximum key length supported by RSA encryption?

A. 128 bits

B. 256 bits

C. 512 bits

D. 1024 bits

708. How is the public key generated in RSA encryption?

A. By using the private key

R CC E ® 220
B. By using a pseudo-random number generator

C. By using a hashing algorithm

D. By using a symmetric algorithm

709. What is the main benefit of RSA encryption?

A. It is fast

B. It is secure

C. It is easy to use

D. It is free

710. What is the RSA algorithm used for?

A. To generate keys

B. To encrypt data

C. To decrypt data

D. To securely store data

711. What is the maximum size of data that can be encrypted using RSA encryption?

A. 128 bits

B. 256 bits

R CC E ® 221
C. 512 bits

D. 1024 bits

712. How does RSA encryption ensure data security?

A. By using a hashing algorithm

B. By using a symmetric algorithm

C. By using public and private keys

D. By using a pseudo-random number generator

713. What is the purpose of public and private keys in RSA encryption?

A. To securely store data

B. To securely transfer data

C. To encrypt data

D. To decrypt data

714. What type of encryption is RSA?

A. Symmetric

B. Asymmetric

C. Hashing

R CC E ® 222
D. Key derivation

715. What is the primary purpose of TLS?

A. To provide a secure communication channel

B. To authenticate and authorize users

C. To encrypt data

D. To provide encryption and authentication

716. What is the purpose of using a digital certificate in TLS?

A. To encrypt data

B. To authenticate a user

C. To provide encryption and authentication

D. To provide integrity

717. How does TLS provide confidentiality?

A. By using digital certificates

B. By using encryption algorithms

C. By using digital signatures

D. By using authentication protocols

R CC E ® 223
718. What type of authentication is used in TLS?

A. Public-key cryptography

B. Symmetric cryptography

C. Password authentication

D. Two-factor authentication

719. What is the purpose of the TLS Handshake Protocol?

A. To authenticate the server

B. To establish a secure connection

C. To encrypt data

D. To verify the client

720. What is the primary purpose of blockchain technology?

A. To store and transmit data

B. To increase data security

C. To facilitate secure financial transactions

D. To facilitate decentralized applications

R CC E ® 224
721. What is a distributed ledger in the context of blockchain technology?

A. A ledger of transactions stored on a central server

B. A ledger of transactions stored on multiple servers

C. A ledger of transactions stored on a single server

D. A ledger of transactions stored on a blockchain

722. What is a consensus algorithm?

A. A voting algorithm used to validate transactions

B. An algorithm used to encrypt data

C. A distributed algorithm used to achieve consensus

D. An algorithm used to store data

723. What is a smart contract?

A. A computer protocol used to facilitate transactions

B. A secure and encrypted method of exchanging data

C. A set of legal agreements governing a transaction

D. A program which executes transactions automatically

724. What is a decentralized application (DApp)?

R CC E ® 225
A. A distributed application running on a blockchain

B. A distributed application running on multiple servers

C. A centralized application running on a blockchain

D. A centralized application running on multiple servers

725. What is the primary objective of zero-trust architecture?

A. To reduce the attack surface

B. To provide secure remote access

C. To ensure secure data storage

D. To ensure secure data transmission

726. What are the key components of a zero-trust architecture?

A. Firewalls, Network Segmentation, and Access Control

B. Identity and Access Management, Multi-Factor Authentication, and Data Encryption

C. Network Segmentation, Firewalls, and Data Encryption

D. Multi-Factor Authentication, Access Control, and Network Segmentation

727. What is the main benefit of using a zero-trust architecture?

A. Reduced complexity

R CC E ® 226
B. Increased security

C. Improved user experience

D. Improved resource utilization

728. How does a zero-trust architecture ensure secure access to applications and data?

A. By using a single sign-on solution

B. By using a layered security architecture

C. By using a distributed security architecture

D. By using a unified security architecture

729. What is the primary goal of identity and access management in a zero-trust
architecture?

A. To authenticate users

B. To authorize users

C. To monitor user activity

D. To encrypt user data

730. What is the most important security principle to build into the core of an
application?

A. Authentication

B. Authorization

R CC E ® 227
C. Encryption

D. Access control

731. What is the purpose of encryption when building an application?

A. To protect data from unauthorized access

B. To provide authentication

C. To prevent data tampering

D. To prevent data loss

732. What is the purpose of authorization when building an application?

A. To protect data from unauthorized access

B. To provide authentication

C. To prevent data tampering

D. To grant access to certain resources

733. What is the primary benefit of building security principles into the core of an
application?

A. To reduce development time

B. To reduce the risk of data breaches

C. To reduce the cost of maintenance

R CC E ® 228
D. To improve the user experience

734. What is the most important security principle to consider when developing an
application?

A. User authentication

B. Access control

C. Data encryption

D. Risk management

735. Which of the following processes are used in coordination with cyber security
teams and external third parties?

A. Security Orchestration, Automation and Response (SOAR)

B. Security Operations Center (SOC)

C. Penetration Testing

D. Vulnerability Scanning

736. What is the purpose of a Security Operations Center (SOC)?

A. To detect and respond to cyber security incidents

B. To coordinate with external third parties

C. To develop automated tools

D. To scan for vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 229
737. What type of activities are conducted by a Security Operations Center (SOC)?

A. Automated tools and manual processes

B. Penetration testing and vulnerability scanning

C. Incident response and cybersecurity threats

D. Coordination with third parties

738. What are some of the tasks associated with external third party coordination?

A. Developing automated tools

B. Monitoring and analyzing cybersecurity threats

C. Providing technical support for outsourced services

D. Responding to security incidents

739. What type of activities are not conducted by a Security Operations Center (SOC)?

A. Monitoring and analyzing cybersecurity threats

B. Responding to security incidents

C. Coordinating with external third parties

D. Developing automated tools

R CC E ® 230
740. What is the purpose of conducting random checks of staff activities?

A. To ensure that all staff are following the set policies and procedures

B. To improve the organization's overall security

C. To protect against inappropriate exposure of Personal Identifiable Information (PII)

D. To ensure that all staff are following the company's privacy policy

741. What is Personal Identifiable Information (PII)?

A. Information related to an individual's identity

B. A type of data that can be used to identify a person

C. Any sensitive data that should be kept confidential

D. All of the above

742. What are the benefits of conducting random checks of staff activities?

A. Improved security

B. Reduced risk of data breach

C. Increased accountability

D. All of the above

743. What type of activities should be monitored during random checks?

R CC E ® 231
A. Accessing of confidential information

B. Handling of physical documents

C. Use of computers and other devices

D. All of the above

744. What is the best way to protect Personal Identifiable Information (PII)?

A. Encrypting data

B. Restricting access to sensitive information

C. Implementing strong authentication systems

D. All of the above

745. What is the primary purpose of participating in scheduled security audits?

A. To identify security issues in the system

B. To ensure compliance with security regulations

C. To improve system performance

D. To detect and fix vulnerabilities

746. What are some potential benefits of participating in scheduled security audits?

A. Improved security awareness

R CC E ® 232
B. Improved system performance

C. Reduced risk of data breaches

D. Increased system reliability

747. What type of information is typically collected during a security audit?

A. User login information

B. System configuration information

C. Network traffic data

D. Application source code

748. What are some of the potential risks associated with participating in scheduled
security audits?

A. Increased system downtime

B. Increased risk of data breaches

C. Increased costs

D. Reduced security awareness

749. What are some of the best practices for participating in scheduled security audits?

A. Regularly review audit results

B. Use automated security tools

R CC E ® 233
C. Invest in specialized security personnel

D. Conduct regular system scans

750. Which of the following is an example of a security awareness training program?

A. Online course on secure coding practices

B. Onsite training on data protection and privacy

C. Introductory video on identifying phishing attacks

D. Written guide on risk management

751. Which of the following is an advantage of providing security awareness training?

A. Improved security posture

B. Reduced risk of data breaches

C. Increased employee productivity

D. Enhanced customer service

752. What type of training should be provided to personnel to increase security

posture?

A. Online course on secure coding practices

B. Onsite training on data protection and privacy

C. Introductory video on identifying phishing attacks

R CC E ® 234
D. Written guide on risk management

753. What is the main purpose of providing security awareness training?

A. To reduce risk of data breaches

B. To improve overall employee productivity

C. To enhance customer service

D. To educate personnel on security measures

754. Which of the following is an example of a security awareness training program?

A. Online course on secure coding practices

B. Onsite training on data protection and privacy

C. Introductory video on identifying phishing attacks

D. Written guide on risk management

755: According to NIST standards, which of the following best describes the concept of
least privilege?

A. All users should have access to all information

B. All users should have access to only the information they need to perform their job

C. All users should have access to only the information they need to complete their tasks

D. All users should have unrestricted access

R CC E ® 235
756. What is an example of a security plan that organizations should stay current with?

A. Firewall protection

B. Data encryption

C. Antivirus software

D. Network segmentation

757. What is the primary purpose of a compliance governance framework?

A. To ensure adherence to legal and regulatory requirements

B. To provide guidance on ethical decision-making

C. To ensure the organization meets its strategic objectives

D. To ensure the organization meets its financial goals

758. What is the most effective way to ensure adherence to the goals and objectives of a
compliance governance framework?

A. Regular internal audits

B. Comprehensive training programs

C. Effective communication and monitoring

D. Proactive risk management

R CC E ® 236
759. What is the primary goal of a compliance governance framework?

A. To reduce operational risk

B. To ensure legal compliance

C. To protect the organization's reputation

D. To increase profitability

760. What is the most important component of a compliance governance framework?

A. A comprehensive training program

B. Proactive risk management

C. Effective communication and monitoring

D. Regular internal audits

761. What is the primary benefit of a compliance governance framework?

A. To protect the organization's reputation

B. To increase profitability

C. To reduce operational risk

D. To ensure legal compliance

762. Which of the following activities are part of the Software Development Life Cycle
(SDLC)?

R CC E ® 237
A. Planning

B. Designing

C. Developing

D. All of the above

763. What role does cybersecurity play in the Software Development Life Cycle
(SDLC)?

A. It is not relevant

B. It provides feedback to the development team

C. It is responsible for the security of the system

D. It serves as a security auditor

764. What are the benefits of incorporating cybersecurity into the Software
Development Life Cycle (SDLC)?

A. Increased security

B. Reduced cost

C. Improved performance

D. All of the above

765. What are the best practices for incorporating cybersecurity into the Software
Development Life Cycle (SDLC)?

R CC E ® 238
A. Establishing security policies

B. Implementing secure coding standards

C. Conducting security testing

D. All of the above

766. What are the most common security threats to applications developed during the
Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC)?

A. SQL injection

B. Cross-site scripting

C. Unauthorized access

D. All of the above

767. What is the purpose of revising security guidelines and policies based on security
incidents?

A. To improve the security posture of the organization

B. To ensure compliance with regulatory requirements

C. To reduce the risk of security incidents

D. To update the user awareness program

768. What is the most effective cybersecurity practice for an organization to protect its
resources?

R CC E ® 239
A. Implementing a firewall

B. Creating a secure authentication system

C. Implementing comprehensive security reviews

D. Installing antivirus software

769. What are the benefits of having a cybersecurity policy in place?

A. Increased network visibility

B. Improved customer trust

C. Reduced costs of security breach

D. Increased security compliance

770. Which of the following is not an example of a security control?

A. Password complexity

B. System hardening

C. Data encryption

D. Access control

771. What is the primary goal of a security risk assessment?

A. To identify security vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 240
B. To create a security policy

C. To determine compliance requirements

D. To implement security controls

772. What is the best way to ensure continuous monitoring of an organization’s

cybersecurity posture?

A. Implementing a security patch management system

B. Developing a comprehensive incident response plan

C. Utilizing a Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) system

D. Implementing a security testing and assessment program

773. In order to perform a risk assessment, which of the following is a necessary step?

A. Identify potential risks

B. Prioritize the risks

C. Implement security controls

D. Monitor the risks

774. What type of information is used in a risk assessment?

A. Identification of threats

B. Identification of vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 241
C. Estimation of risk likelihood

D. Estimation of risk impact

775. What type of activity is used to identify potential risks?

A. Penetration testing

B. Risk analysis

C. Risk assessment

D. Risk mitigation

776. What type of activity is used to prioritize the risks identified in a risk assessment?

A. Risk analysis

B. Risk assessment

C. Risk mitigation

D. Risk management

777. What type of activity is used to develop strategies for mitigating risks?

A. Risk analysis

B. Risk assessment

C. Risk mitigation

R CC E ® 242
D. Risk management

778. What is the process of Prioritize risks?

A. a. Assessing and Evaluating Risk

b. Estimating the Risk Impact

c. Identifying Risk Contingencies

d. Assigning Risk Priority

779. What are the two main criteria used to prioritize risks?

A. Cost and Time

b. Cost and Probability

c. Time and Probability

d. Cost and Impact

780. What are the three categories of risk priority?

A. High, Medium, and Low

b. High, Medium, and None

c. High, Low, and None

d. High, Low, and Medium

R CC E ® 243
781. What is the purpose of risk prioritization?

A. To reduce the probability of risks

B. To identify the most important risksTo eliminate risks

C. To identify risk management strategies

782. What is the first step in the risk prioritization process?

A. Identifying Risk Contingencies

B. Assessing and Evaluating Risk

C. Estimating the Risk Impact

D. Assigning Risk Priority

783. What is the primary purpose of reporting changes in risk to stakeholders?

A. To share information and provide insight into potential risks

B. To alert stakeholders to changes in risk

C. To identify and manage risks

D. To increase awareness of risks

784. What is the main purpose of a vulnerability assessment?

R CC E ® 244
A. To identify and document all potential risks

B. To assess the security of a system

C. To analyze and mitigate security threats

D. To prevent malicious activity

785 In a vulnerability assessment, which of the following is not a step?

A. Identifying vulnerabilities

B. Documenting threats

C. Implementing security measures

D. Prioritizing risks

786. What is the primary goal of a vulnerability assessment?

A. To identify security threats

B. To identify and document all potential risks

C. To analyze and mitigate security threats

D. To prevent malicious activity

787. What type of data is used in a vulnerability assessment?

A. System logs

R CC E ® 245
B. Network traffic

C. Configuration settings

D. All of the above

788. What is the most important step in a vulnerability assessment?

A. Identifying vulnerabilities

B. Documenting threats

C. Prioritizing risks

D. Analyzing threats

789. What is the basic purpose of vulnerability prioritization?

A. To identify and address the most urgent security risks first

B. To reduce the likelihood of a successful attack

C. To minimize the risk of data breaches

D. To ensure that all vulnerabilities are properly addressed

790. What is the primary benefit of vulnerability prioritization?

A. Reduced threat surface

B. Improved security posture

R CC E ® 246
C. Streamlined security processes

D. Increased visibility into risks

791. What does vulnerability scoring help to do?

A. Identify and address the most urgent security risks first

B. Assess the potential impact of vulnerabilities

C. Streamline security processes

D. Reduce the likelihood of a successful attack

792. What is the first step of the vulnerability prioritization process?

A. Identifying the risks

B. Assigning weights to the risks

C. Scoring the risks

D. Mitigating the risks

793. What is the goal of a vulnerability prioritization process?

A. To reduce the likelihood of a successful attack

B. To ensure that all vulnerabilities are properly addressed

C. To minimize the risk of data breaches

R CC E ® 247
D. To maximize the use of security resources

794. What is a vulnerability report?

A. A report that outlines the potential vulnerabilities of a system or organization

B. A report that outlines the potential risks of a system or organization

C. A report that outlines the potential impact of a system or organization

D. A report that outlines the potential security of a system or organization

795. What is the primary purpose of reporting changes in vulnerabilities to

stakeholders?

A. To inform stakeholders of potential risks and threats

B. To inform stakeholders of potential security measures

C. To inform stakeholders of potential impacts

D. To inform stakeholders of potential fixes

796. What information is typically included in a vulnerability report?

A. The type of vulnerability

B. The risk associated with the vulnerability

C. Potential security measures

D. Potential fixes

R CC E ® 248
797. What is the importance of reporting changes in vulnerabilities to stakeholders?

A. To provide stakeholders with information about potential threats

B. To provide stakeholders with potential fixes

C. To provide stakeholders with potential security measures

D. To provide stakeholders with potential impacts

798. What is the goal of a vulnerability report?

A. To identify and outline potential threats

B. To mitigate potential risks

C. To identify and outline potential impacts

D. To identify and outline potential security measures

799. What is the purpose of threat assessment?

A. To identify potential vulnerabilities

B. To prevent potential attackers

C. To analyze threats to an organization

D. To respond to security incidents

R CC E ® 249
800. What is the primary goal of a threat assessment?

A. To plan for security incidents

B. To prevent potential attacks

C. To respond to security incidents

D. To identify potential vulnerabilities

801. What does a threat assessment involve?

A. Identifying potential attackers

B. Evaluating potential risks

C. Responding to potential threats

D. Planning for security incidents

802. What is the most important step in a threat assessment?

A. Identifying potential vulnerabilities

B. Evaluating potential risks

C. Responding to security incidents

D. Planning for security incidents

803. What is the primary outcome of a threat assessment?

R CC E ® 250
A. Prevention of potential attacks

B. Identification of potential vulnerabilities

C. Response to security incidents

D. Planning for security incidents

804: What is the primary purpose of threat prioritization?

A) To ensure security protocols are up to date

B) To identify potential threats to an organization

C) To assess the impact of threats on an organization

D) To allocate resources to address identified threats

805: What type of information is necessary for effective threat prioritization?

A) Budget allocations

B) Security protocols

C) Risk assessments

D) Threat intelligence

806: What is the primary benefit of threat prioritization?

A) Improved security protocols

R CC E ® 251
B) Reduced risk

C) Maximized resource utilization

D) Increased threat awareness

807: What type of organization would benefit most from threat prioritization?

A) Small businesses

B) Government agencies

C) Large corporations

D) Non-profits

808: What is the first step in the threat prioritization process?

A) Allocating resources

B) Identifying threats

C) Assessing risks

D) Implementing security protocols

809. What is the most common way of reporting changes in threats to stakeholders?

A. Through an internal email

B. Through an external report

R CC E ® 252
C. Through a stakeholder meeting

D. Through a risk assessment

810. What type of information should be included in a report on changes in threats to

stakeholders?

A. Financial information

B. Risk assessment data

C. Mitigation strategies

D. Historical trends

811. What is the main purpose of a report on changes in threats to stakeholders?

A. To assess the risks

B. To provide stakeholders with an overview

C. To identify mitigation strategies

D. To track historical trends

812. What is the most effective way to communicate changes in threats to stakeholders?

A. Through an internal email

B. Through an external report

C. Through a stakeholder meeting

R CC E ® 253
D. Through a risk assessment

813. What type of information should be included in a report on changes in threats to

stakeholders?

A. Financial information

B. Risk assessment data

C. Mitigation strategies

D. Historical trends

814: What is the purpose of conducting threat intelligence research?

A. To identify malicious actors

B. To gain insights into security threats

C. To assess the potential business impact of a security breach

D. To develop a security strategy

815. What is the purpose of performing scheduled vulnerability scans?

A. To identify security flaws

B. To patch security flaws

C. To detect malicious activity

D. To prevent data leakage

R CC E ® 254
816. What type of tool is used for scanning for vulnerabilities on an asset?

A. Network Scanner

B. Port Scanner

C. Security Scanner

D. Vulnerability Scanner

817. What is a false positive in the context of vulnerability scanning?

A. A false indication of a vulnerability

B. A false indication that a system is secure

C. A false indication that a system is not secure

D. A false indication that a system is patched

818. What type of tool can be used to detect and fix vulnerabilities?

A. Network Scanner

B. Port Scanner

C. Security Scanner

D. Vulnerability Scanner

R CC E ® 255
819. What type of tool is used to scan for open ports on a network?

A. Network Scanner

B. Port Scanner

C. Security Scanner

D. Vulnerability Scanner

820. What type of tool can be used to detect malware on a system?

A. Network Scanner

B. Port Scanner

C. Security Scanner

D. Vulnerability Scanner

821. What is the primary purpose of a Security information and Event Management
(SIEM) system?

A. To provide centralized logging of security events

B. To provide forensic analysis of security incidents

C. To provide automated security incident response

D. To provide malware protection

822. What type of data can a SIEM system collect?

R CC E ® 256
A. Network traffic

B. Authentication logs

C. Application logs

D. Operating system logs

823. What is the primary purpose of an incident response plan?

A. To provide centralized logging of security events

B. To provide forensic analysis of security incidents

C. To provide automated security incident response

D. To provide malware protection

824. What type of data is collected during a forensic analysis of a security incident?

A. Network traffic

B. Authentication logs

C. System images

D. Operating system logs

825. What is the primary goal of malware protection?

A. To provide centralized logging of security events

R CC E ® 257
B. To provide forensic analysis of security incidents

C. To provide automated security incident response

D. To detect and prevent malicious software

826. What is the purpose of monitoring security events?

A. To identify security threats

B. To prevent malicious activity

C. To detect system errors

D. To collect network traffic

827. What are the types of security events that can be monitored?

A. Network traffic

B. System logins

C. Application changes

D. User authentication

828. What is the primary purpose of vulnerability testing?

A. To detect and exploit system weaknesses

B. To reduce risk and detect potential threats

R CC E ® 258
C. To verify application security

D. To identify system vulnerabilities

829. Which of the following is a type of vulnerability testing?

A. Application security testing

B. Network security testing

C. Penetration testing

D. All of the above

830. What is the primary goal of vulnerability testing?

A. To detect and exploit system weaknesses

B. To reduce risk and detect potential threats

C. To verify application security

D. To identify system vulnerabilities

831. Which of the following is a common type of vulnerability testing?

A. Patch testing

B. Risk assessment

C. Penetration testing

R CC E ® 259
D. All of the above

832. What is the purpose of a vulnerability assessment?

A. To detect and exploit system weaknesses

B. To identify system vulnerabilities

C. To reduce risk and detect potential threats

D. To verify application security

833. Which of the following should be a priority when prioritizing vulnerabilities

based on an organization's objectives?

A. The severity of the vulnerability

B. The cost of fixing the vulnerability

C. The likelihood of exploitation

D. The time to address the vulnerability

834. Which of the following is a key factor to consider when prioritizing vulnerabilities
based on an organization's objectives?

A. The cost of fixing the vulnerability

B. The difficulty of exploiting the vulnerability

C. The potential impact of the vulnerability

D. The time to address the vulnerability

R CC E ® 260
835. Which of the following should be the primary focus when prioritizing
vulnerabilities based on an organization's objectives?

A. The cost of fixing the vulnerability

B. The difficulty of exploiting the vulnerability

C. The likelihood of exploitation

D. The time to address the vulnerability

836. Which of the following is a key factor to consider when prioritizing vulnerabilities
based on an organization's objectives?

A. The number of systems affected

B. The cost of fixing the vulnerability

C. The potential impact of the vulnerability

D. The time to address the vulnerability

837. Which of the following should be the primary focus when prioritizing
vulnerabilities based on an organization's objectives?

A. The severity of the vulnerability

B. The cost of fixing the vulnerability

C. The likelihood of exploitation

D. The time to address the vulnerability

R CC E ® 261
838. Which of the following is a key component of software security analysis?

A. Penetration testing

B. Static code analysis

C. Risk assessment

D. Security audit

839. What is the purpose of a Threat Model?

A. To identify and address security weaknesses

B. To identify and mitigate risks

C. To develop secure software

D. To create a secure environment

840. What type of software security analysis is used to identify potential security issues?

A. Penetration testing

B. Dynamic code analysis

C. Risk assessment

D. Static code analysis

R CC E ® 262
841. What is the primary goal of software security analysis?

A. To create a secure environment

B. To develop secure software

C. To identify and mitigate risks

D. To identify and address security weaknesses

842. Which of the following is not an example of software security analysis?

A. Penetration testing

B. Static code analysis

C. Network monitoring

D. Risk assessment

843. What is the process of security configuration management?

A. Implementing a secure configuration and maintaining it over time

B. Documenting existing configurations and assessing the security of the systems

C. Updating security settings and patching vulnerabilities

D. Monitoring compliance with security policies

844. What are the two main components of security configuration management?

R CC E ® 263
A. Change management and configuration documentation

B. Configuration assessment and compliance monitoring

C. Threat analysis and risk assessment

D. Auditing and assessment

845. What is the purpose of security configuration management?

A. To identify and patch security vulnerabilities

B. To protect against malicious attacks

C. To ensure compliance with security policies

D. To improve system performance

846. What are the benefits of security configuration management?

A. Improved system performance

B. Reduced risk of malicious attack

C. Improved system security

D. Improved operational efficiency

847. What is the first step in the security configuration management process?

A. Documenting existing configurations

R CC E ® 264
B. Assessing the security of systems

C. Updating security settings

D. Monitoring compliance with security policies

848. Which of the following is a tool used to identify and recommend new tools for the
discovery and triage of vulnerabilities?

A. Burp Suite

B. Nessus

C. Metasploit

D. Security Onion

849. Which of the following is a tool used for vulnerability scanning and analysis?

A. Metasploit

B. Security Onion

C. Burp Suite

D. AppScan

850. Which of the following is a tool for identifying and analysing network activity?

A. Metasploit

B. Burp Suite

R CC E ® 265
C. Security Onion

D. AppScan

851. Which of the following is a tool used for penetration testing?

A. AppScan

B. Security Onion

C. Burp Suite

D. Metasploit

852. Which of the following is a tool used for web application security testing?

A. AppScan

B. Security Onion

C. Metasploit

D. Burp Suite

853. What is the most important step to follow when collecting data for technical
documentation of new vulnerabilities?

A. Perform a security audit

B. Collect relevant data

C. Install the latest security patches

R CC E ® 266
D. Implement a security policy

854. Which of the following is the most effective way to collect data for technical
documentation of new vulnerabilities?

A. Network scanning

B. Penetration testing

C. Manual examination

D. Risk assessment

855. What are the benefits of collecting data for technical documentation of new
vulnerabilities?

A. Establishing a baseline security posture

B. Identifying potential vulnerabilities

C. Developing an effective security policy

D. Improving system performance

856. What is the most important document when it comes to collecting data for
technical documentation of new vulnerabilities?

A. Security policy

B. Security scan report

C. Vulnerability assessment report

R CC E ® 267
D. Risk assessment report

857. Which of the following is the most important step in the process of collecting data
for technical documentation of new vulnerabilities?

A. Developing a security policy

B. Establishing a baseline security posture

C. Identifying potential threats

D. Analyzing the data

858. A risk assessment must be performed when:

A) A new system or process is introduced

B) An existing system or process is changed

C) A potential security vulnerability is identified

D) All of the above

859. Which of the following is a step in the risk assessment process?

A) Assessing the impact of the risk

B) Identifying the source of the risk

C) Developing a plan to manage the risk

D) All of the above

R CC E ® 268
860. Which of the following is an example of a risk management strategy?

A) Developing a contingency plan

B) Implementing preventive measures

C) Allocating resources to mitigate the risk

D) All of the above

861. What should be done after the risk assessment has been completed?

A) Document the results of the assessment

B) Monitor the risk to ensure it does not reoccur

C) Report the results to relevant stakeholders

D) All of the above

862. Which of the following is the first step in conducting a risk assessment?

A. Identify the risks

B. Assign a risk rating

C. Develop a risk management plan

D. Implement control measures

R CC E ® 269
863. Which of the following is not a type of risk assessment?

A. Quantitative Risk Assessment

B. Qualitative Risk Analysis

C. Root Cause Analysis

D. Risk Identification

864. Which of the following is a key component of conducting a risk assessment?

A. Establishing a risk management plan

B. Defining the scope of the assessment

C. Identifying the risk triggers

D. Implementing control measures

866. What is the purpose of risk assessments?

A. To ensure compliance

B. To identify potential risks

C. To eliminate existing risks

D. To reduce the potential for loss

867. What is the purpose of performing a gap analysis?

R CC E ® 270
A. To identify the areas of a system that are not properly protected

B. To identify the differences between the current and desired state of a system

C. To identify potential security threats

D. To identify any redundant components

868. Which of the following is an important factor for a successful implementation of

an audit compliance framework?

A. Establishing clear roles and responsibilities

B. Ensuring all team members are adequately trained

C. Regularly reviewing audit findings

D. Ensuring compliance with legal requirements

869. What is the primary purpose of an audit compliance framework?

A. To ensure compliance with legal requirements

B. To identify areas of improvement

C. To facilitate communication between stakeholders

D. To facilitate the completion of audits

870. What is the importance of having a well-defined audit compliance framework?

A. It helps to ensure that all stakeholders are aware of the requirements.

R CC E ® 271
B. It helps to identify and mitigate potential risks.

C. It helps to ensure compliance with industry standards.

D. It helps to streamline the audit process.

871. What are the benefits of implementing an audit compliance framework?

A. It helps to reduce the risk of non-compliance.

B. It helps to reduce the cost of audits.

C. It helps to improve efficiency.

D. It helps to ensure data accuracy.

872. What is the role of team members when implementing an audit compliance
framework?

A. To audit the existing framework

B. To provide feedback on the framework

C. To implement and monitor compliance

D. To review and update the framework

873. What is the main purpose of script automation for security tasks?

A. To reduce manual labor

B. To reduce cost

R CC E ® 272
C. To increase security

D. To increase efficiency

874. What are some of the benefits of script automation for security tasks?

A. Enhanced accuracy

B. Easier to scale

C. Faster execution

D. Improved security

875. What is the main advantage of using script automation for security tasks?

A. Improved accuracy

B. Increased efficiency

C. Reduced cost

D. Improved security

876. What is the main goal of script automation for security tasks?

A. Increase efficiency

B. Increase security

C. Reduce cost

R CC E ® 273
D. Reduce manual labor

877. What are some of the challenges of script automation for security tasks?

A. Increased manual labor

B. Increased cost

C. Poor accuracy

D. Difficulty of maintenance

878: What is the most effective way to assess physical security of digital connectivity
equipment?

A. Installing CCTV cameras

B. Performing regular inspections

C. Implementing biometric authentication

D. Utilizing encryption

879: What type of security measures can be used to detect and prevent tampering of
network equipment?

A. Biometric authentication

B. Encryption

C. CCTV cameras

D. Network Intrusion detection systems

R CC E ® 274
880: What are the advantages of using encryption to protect digital connectivity
equipment?

A. It is easily implemented

B. It is cost effective

C. It is difficult to decrypt

D. It increases security of the equipment

881: What is the purpose of installing CCTV cameras to assess physical security of
digital connectivity equipment?

A. To detect unauthorized access

B. To identify any tampering or damage

C. To provide an audit trail

D. To increase security of the equipment

882: What is the best way to protect digital connectivity equipment from unauthorized
access?

A. Installing CCTV cameras

B. Implementing biometric authentication

C. Performing regular inspections

D. Utilizing encryption

R CC E ® 275
883. What is the key component of formulating an effective risk and threat action
plan?

A. Identifying key assets and vulnerabilities

B. Establishing a risk appetite

C. Creating a risk monitoring system

D. Setting a budget

884. What should be done in order to ensure that the risk and threat action plan is
effective?

A. Establishing a risk appetite

B. Setting a budget

C. Developing a risk assessment

D. Implementing a monitoring system

885. What is the purpose of having a risk appetite?

A. To monitor the risk and threat environment

B. To set a budget

C. To identify assets and vulnerabilities

D. To define the acceptable level of risk

R CC E ® 276
886. What is the first step in creating a risk and threat action plan?

A. Establishing a risk appetite

B. Setting a budget

C. Identifying key assets and vulnerabilities

D. Developing a risk assessment

887. What is the primary goal of a risk and threat action plan?

A. To establish a risk appetite

B. To set a budget

C. To reduce the risk of a threat

D. To identify assets and vulnerabilities

888. What is the most important aspect of managing physical vulnerabilities of an

organization?

A. Ensuring access control

B. Establishing security policies

C. Implementing antivirus software

D. Monitoring the environment

889. Which of the following is not a physical security measure?

R CC E ® 277
A. Access control

B. Firewalls

C. Video surveillance

D. Auditing

890. What is the most effective way to protect an organization’s physical assets?

A. Establishing security policies

B. Implementing security software

C. Hiring security guards

D. Installing physical barriers

891. What is the purpose of video surveillance in physical security?

A. To detect suspicious activity

B. To monitor employee behavior

C. To restrict access to areas

D. To detect intruders

892. What is the most important factor in preventing physical security breaches?

A. Access control

R CC E ® 278
B. Video surveillance

C. Employee training

D. Environmental monitoring

893. What is the main purpose of a firewall?

A. To protect networks from unauthorized access

B. To detect and remove viruses

C. To control the flow of information

D. To encrypt data

894. Which of the following is the most efficient way to harden a firewall to protect
assets?

A. Update the operating system regularly

B. Disable unnecessary services

C. Implement access control

D. Install a personal firewall

895. What should be done to ensure the security of a firewall?

A. Install an antivirus

B. Regularly review the firewall configuration

R CC E ® 279
C. Use strong passwords

D. Block all incoming traffic

896. What is the best way to harden a firewall to prevent intrusion?

A. Implement a firewall policy

B. Install a personal firewall

C. Perform regular vulnerability scans

D. Enable two-factor authentication

897. What is the most effective way to ensure the security of a firewall?

A. Regularly update the operating system

B. Implement access control

C. Use strong passwords

D. Configure the firewall correctly

898. Which of the following should be done to harden a firewall to protect assets?

A. Install a personal firewall

B. Regularly review the firewall configuration

C. Use strong passwords

R CC E ® 280
D. Enable two-factor authentication

899. What is a zero-day threat?

A) A threat that exploits a previously unknown vulnerability

B) A threat that is identified and mitigated before it can be exploited

C) A threat that is not actively monitored

D) A threat that is identified and resolved within 24 hours

900. What is the purpose of a zero-day threat?

A) To gain access to sensitive data

B) To create a malicious backdoor

C) To disrupt system operations

D) To exploit a previously unknown vulnerability

901. What is the best way to prevent a zero-day threat?

A) Utilize a firewall

B) Monitor system activity

C) Implement patch management

D) Use strong passwords

R CC E ® 281
902. What is an example of a zero-day vulnerability?

A) SQL injection

B) Cross-site scripting

C) Heartbleed

D) Buffer overflow

903. What is the difference between a zero-day threat and a zero-day vulnerability?

A) A zero-day threat is an exploit while a zero-day vulnerability is a security bug

B) A zero-day threat is a security bug while a zero-day vulnerability is an exploit

C) A zero-day threat is an unknown exploit while a zero-day vulnerability is an unknown

security bug

D) A zero-day threat is an unknown security bug while a zero-day vulnerability is an

unknown exploit

904. What is the primary purpose of zero-day threat management?

A. To prevent cyber-attacks

B. To reduce the risk of data breaches

C. To detect and respond to security incidents

D. To identify and mitigate potential threats

R CC E ® 282
905. What type of technology is used to assist in managing zero-day threats?

A. Network monitoring tools

B. Firewalls

C. Intrusion detection systems

D. Antivirus software

906. What is the primary goal of zero-day threat management?

A. To protect sensitive data

B. To prevent cyber-attacks

C. To identify potential threats

D. To reduce the risk of data breaches

907. What type of techniques can be used to detect zero-day threats?

A. Heuristic analysis

B. Signature-based detection

C. Behavioral analysis

D. Network monitoring

908. How can organizations protect against zero-day threats?

R CC E ® 283
A. By using antivirus software

B. By using intrusion detection systems

C. By applying security patches

D. By implementing network monitoring tools

909. What is the primary goal of monitoring and follow-up of vulnerabilities?

A. To identify new vulnerabilities

B. To ensure that vulnerabilities are mitigated

C. To prevent security breaches

D. To comply with security standards

910. What type of activities should be performed to monitor and follow-up

vulnerabilities?

A. Penetration testing

B. Risk assessment

C. Vulnerability scanning

D. Security audits

911. What is the primary benefit of monitoring and follow-up of vulnerabilities?

A. To reduce the risk of security breaches

R CC E ® 284
B. To comply with security standards

C. To protect confidential data

D. To increase system performance

912. What is the most effective way to ensure that vulnerabilities are mitigated?

A. Regular security audits

B. Automated vulnerability scanning

C. Manual vulnerability scanning

D. Regular risk assessments

913. What are the key components of a risk assessment?

A. Vulnerability scanning and security audits

B. Vulnerability identification and mitigation

C. Risk identification and risk mitigation

D. Risk evaluation and risk management

914. What is the purpose of an Intrusion Detection System (IDS)?

A. To prevent unauthorized access

B. To monitor and detect malicious activity

R CC E ® 285
C. To protect against malware

D. To provide firewall protection

915. What are the two main types of Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS)?

A. Network-based IDS and Host-based IDS

B. Host-based IDS and Application-based IDS

C. Network-based IDS and Application-based IDS

D. Network-based IDS and Web-based IDS

916. What is the main function of a Network-based Intrusion Detection System (IDS)?

A. To protect against malware

B. To monitor and detect malicious activity

C. To prevent unauthorized access

D. To provide firewall protection

917. What is the main function of a Host-based Intrusion Detection System (IDS)?

A. To protect against malware

B. To monitor and detect malicious activity

C. To prevent unauthorized access

R CC E ® 286
D. To provide firewall protection

918. What is the primary benefit of using an Intrusion Detection System (IDS)?

A. Increased security

B. Reduced cost

C. Increased efficiency

D. Improved performance

919. Which of the following is a key component of a Managed Intrusion Prevention

System (IPS)?

A. Firewall

B. Packet Filtering

C. Intrusion Detection

D. Signature Analysis

920. What is the primary purpose of a Managed Intrusion Prevention System?

A. Detect threats

B. Prevent threats

C. Monitor traffic

D. Analyze data

R CC E ® 287
921. What type of attacks can a Managed Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) detect and
prevent?

A. Malware

B. DDoS

C. Phishing

D. All of the above

922. What type of traffic is typically monitored by a Managed Intrusion Prevention

System (IPS)?

A. Internal traffic

B. External traffic

C. Network traffic

D. All of the above

923. How does a Managed Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) protect against threats?

A. By blocking malicious traffic

B. By detecting threats

C. By monitoring traffic

D. All of the above

R CC E ® 288
924. Which of the following is an example of an unauthorized activity?

A. Installing malicious software

B. Accessing a restricted website

C. Unauthorized data access

D. Logging into a secure system

925. What is the best way to ensure access to protected data is secure?

A. Establish a secure encryption protocol

B. Implement a password policy

C. Monitor user access rights

D. Install a firewall

926. What is the first step in identifying and addressing risks associated with access to
protected data?

A. Establish a security policy

B. Analyze the threat landscape

C. Implement an access control system

D. Train employees on security protocols

927. What is the main purpose of implementing an access control system?

R CC E ® 289
A. To monitor user activity

B. To enforce security protocols

C. To identify potential threats

D. To control user access to data

928. What is the best way to protect against malicious activity associated with access to
protected data?

A. Establish a security policy

B. Implement an access control system

C. Monitor user activity

929. What is the most effective way to reduce the risk of data breaches associated with
access to protected data?

A. Install a firewall

B. Implement a password policy

C. Monitor user access rights

D. Train employees on security protocols

930. What is the most important step in defining and handling risks associated with
vendors and other third parties?

A. Establishing a governance structure

R CC E ® 290
B. Conducting background checks

C. Developing a robust contract

D. Regularly monitoring performance

931. What is the purpose of conducting background checks?

A. To ensure that vendors are meeting contractual obligations

B. To verify that vendors have the necessary licenses and certifications

C. To identify any potential conflicts of interest

D. To assess the financial stability of vendors

932. What is the primary purpose of updating security plans based on changes in the
baseline of hardware and software settings and configurations?

A. To ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations

B. To ensure the security of the system

C. To ensure the performance of the system

D. To ensure the accuracy of the system

933. What type of changes in the baseline of hardware and software settings and
configurations should be taken into account when updating security plans?

A. Changes in user access privileges

B. Changes in the operating system

R CC E ® 291
C. Changes in the physical environment

D. Changes in the backup system

934. What is the primary goal of updating security plans based on changes in the
baseline of hardware and software settings and configurations?

A. To identify potential security risks

B. To mitigate potential security risks

C. To prevent potential security risks

D. To monitor potential security risks

935. Why is it important to update security plans based on changes in the baseline of
hardware and software settings and configurations?

A. To ensure compliance with applicable laws and regulations

B. To ensure the system is running smoothly

C. To ensure the data is secure

D. To ensure the system is up to date

936. What are the benefits of updating security plans based on changes in the baseline
of hardware and software settings and configurations?

A. Improved system performance

B. Increased user access privileges

R CC E ® 292
C. Increased system security

D. Reduced system downtime

937. What is the main purpose of performing scheduled monitoring of the

implementation of security policies and guidelines?

A. To identify and address any potential security breaches

B. To ensure that security measures are regularly enforced

C. To identify any potential vulnerabilities

D. To develop a secure network

938. Which of the following is an example of an open source tool used to manage
security threats?

A. Apache

B. Nmap

C. Microsoft Exchange

D. McAfee

939. What is the primary benefit of using open source security tools?

A. Cost savings

B. Access to proprietary features

C. Easier to use

R CC E ® 293
D. Faster scanning

940. Which of the following is a limitation of using open source security tools?

A. Lack of support

B. Inadequate coverage

C. Limited scalability

D. Difficult to use

941. Which of the following is an example of an open source vulnerability scanner?

A. Snort

B. Nessus

C. Metasploit

D. Wireshark

942. What is the advantage of using open source security tools?

A. Automated patching

B. Proprietary features

C. Open source community

D. Built-in security

R CC E ® 294
943. What is the main difference between an open source security tool and a closed
source security tool?

A. Open source security tools are available for free, while closed source security tools
require payment.

B. Open source security tools are constantly updated, while closed source security tools
require manual updates.

C. Open source security tools are managed by the user, while closed source security tools
are managed by the provider.

D. Open source security tools require more technical expertise, while closed source security
tools require less technical expertise.

944. What type of feedback should be provided to the governance team after a security
incident?

A. A comprehensive analysis of the incident

B. A brief summary of the incident

C. A detailed explanation of the incident

D. A comparison of the incident to other incidents

945. What type of information should be included in the feedback provided to the
governance team after a security incident?

A. Recommendations for preventing similar incidents

B. Details of the incident

R CC E ® 295
C. A timeline of the incident

D. A report on the effectiveness of the security measures

946. What is the purpose of providing feedback to the governance team after a security
incident?

A. To identify potential weaknesses in the system

B. To evaluate the effectiveness of the security measures

C. To ensure understanding of the incident and its implications

D. To provide recommendations on how to prevent similar incidents

947. What type of feedback should be provided to the governance team after a security
incident?

A. A brief summary of the incident

B. A detailed explanation of the incident

C. A comparison of the incident to other incidents

D. An analysis of the effectiveness of the security measures

948. What is the main objective of providing feedback to the governance team after a
security incident?

A. To identify potential weaknesses in the system

B. To inform the governance team of the incident

R CC E ® 296
C. To ensure understanding of the incident and its implications

D. To provide recommendations on how to prevent similar incidents

950. What are the three main steps in the security incident response process?

a. Identification, Classification, and Resolution

b. Identification, Containment, and Evaluation

c. Containment, Analysis, and Resolution

d. Identification, Analysis, and Resolution

951. What is the purpose of classifying a security incident?

a. To determine the severity of the incident

b. To identify the cause of the incident

c. To understand the scope of the incident

d. To determine who is responsible for the incident

952. What is the purpose of hierarchy of security incidents?

a. To identify different types of security incidents

b. To prioritize the response to security incidents

c. To determine the cause of security incidents

R CC E ® 297
d. To understand the scope of security incidents

953. What is the difference between a false positive and a false negative?

a. A false positive is a security incident that is incorrectly identified, while a false negative
is a security incident that is correctly identified.

b. A false positive is a security incident that is correctly identified, while a false negative is
a security incident that is incorrectly identified.

c. A false positive is a security incident that is incorrectly identified, while a false negative
is a security incident that is not identified.

d. A false positive is a security incident that is correctly identified, while a false negative is
a security incident that is not identified.

954. What is the main goal of incident and problem management?

A. To minimize the impact of incidents and problems on the organization

B. To ensure that incidents and problems are handled efficiently

C. To ensure business continuity

D. To maintain high service availability

955. What are the main benefits of incident and problem management?

A. Improved service availability and reduced costs

B. Increased customer satisfaction

C. Improved operational efficiency

R CC E ® 298
D. Reduced downtime and improved service levels

956. What is the difference between incident and problem management?

A. Incident management focuses on resolving individual incidents, while problem

management focuses on identifying and addressing root causes of incidents

B. Incident management focuses on identifying and addressing root causes of incidents,

while problem management focuses on resolving individual incidents

C. Incident management focuses on resolving individual incidents, while problem

management focuses on service availability

D. Incident management focuses on service availability, while problem management

focuses on resolving individual incidents

957. What is the importance of applying knowledge of incident and problem

management?

A. To ensure that incidents and problems are handled efficiently

B. To ensure business continuity

C. To maintain high service availability

D. To systematically implement incident and problem management processes

958. What is the purpose of a Business Continuity Plan (BCP)?

A. To ensure the security of data and systems

R CC E ® 299
B. To keep operations running in the event of an emergency

C. To identify risk and mitigate their impact

D. To improve customer service

959. Which of the following tasks is included in the implementation of the Disaster
Recovery Plan?

A. Maintaining and updating backup systems

B. Verifying the accuracy of data backups

C. Training employees on disaster recovery procedures

D. Monitoring system performance

960. What is the main goal of implementing a Disaster Recovery Plan?

A. To minimize downtime

B. To protect data integrity

C. To increase system performance

D. To reduce system maintenance costs

961. What is the first step in the implementation of a Disaster Recovery Plan?

A. Identifying critical systems

B. Establishing recovery priorities

R CC E ® 300
C. Developing a risk assessment plan

D. Deploying a backup system

962. Which of the following is an important factor in the successful implementation of

a Disaster Recovery Plan?

A. Regularly testing the plan

B. Establishing recovery objectives

C. Ensuring data security

D. Implementing the plan quickly

963. What is the final step in the implementation of a Disaster Recovery Plan?

A. Training employees

B. Deploying the plan

C. Testing the plan

D. Documenting the plan

964. Which of the following is the most important step in handling the first response
in case of a security breach?

A. Analyzing the incident

B. Identifying the cause of the breach

C. Taking corrective action

R CC E ® 301
D. Reporting the incident

965. What is the best way to mitigate the effects of a security breach?

A. Implementing preventive measures

B. Taking corrective action

C. Reporting the incident

D. Engaging a third-party expert

966. What is the most important step in reporting a security breach?

A. Identifying the cause of the breach

B. Notifying affected individuals

C. Documenting the incident

D. Engaging a third-party expert

967. What is the best way to prevent future security breaches?

A. Implementing preventive measures

B. Engaging a third-party expert

C. Taking corrective action

D. Reporting the incident

R CC E ® 302
968. When should a third-party expert be engaged in handling the first response in
case of a security breach?

A. Immediately

B. After analyzing the incident

C. After taking corrective action

D. After reporting the incident

969: What are the primary objectives of a Security Operations Center (SOC)?

A. To detect and respond to security threats

B. To provide network diagnostics

C. To provide anti-virus software

D. To provide security assessments

970: What is the purpose of participating in the improvement process for the Security
Operations Center (SOC)?

A. To identify weaknesses in security protocols

B. To improve the performance of the SOC

C. To reduce the cost of security operations

D. To update security policies

R CC E ® 303
971: What are some of the responsibilities of a Security Operations Center (SOC)
analyst?

A. Troubleshooting network problems

B. Developing security policies

C. Monitoring for suspicious activity

D. Providing training on security protocols

972: What is the primary goal of a Security Operations Center (SOC)?

A. To protect an organization’s data

B. To provide technical support

C. To reduce risk

D. To prevent security breaches

973: What is the purpose of implementing a Security Operations Center (SOC)

improvement process?

A. To increase the efficiency of security operations

B. To reduce the cost of security operations

C. To improve the performance of the SOC

D. To update security policies

974. What is the primary purpose of threat hunting in cybersecurity?

R CC E ® 304
A. To detect and respond to threats

B. To identify and patch vulnerabilities

C. To prevent attacks

D. To provide guidance for cybersecurity enhancements

975. What is the primary goal of making recommendations to fix vulnerabilities based
on security breaches?

A. To improve the security posture of the organization

B. To identify security threats

C. To implement countermeasures

D. To comply with industry standards

976. What is one of the most common methods of making recommendations to fix
vulnerabilities in a system?

A. Updating encryption algorithms

B. Adding new security protocols

C. Implementing security patches

D. Installing antivirus software

977. What is an example of a security breach that can be prevented by making

recommendations to fix vulnerabilities?

R CC E ® 305
A. Unauthorized access

B. Data theft

C. Malware infections

D. Phishing attacks

978. What is one way to ensure that recommendations to fix vulnerabilities are
implemented?

A. Establishing a regular review process

B. Conducting regular security audits

C. Automating security processes

D. Implementing security policies

979. What is the primary benefit of making recommendations to fix vulnerabilities

based on security breaches?

A. Increased visibility of security threats

B. Improved compliance with industry standards

C. Increased efficiency in security operations

D. Improved overall security posture

980. Which of the following is an example of a tool used for asset recovery?

A. Backup Software

R CC E ® 306
B. Data Storage

C. Data Encryption

D. Antivirus Software

981. What is the most important step when recovering assets?

A. Establishing a Recovery Plan

B. Implementing a Backup Strategy

C. Developing a Risk Management Plan

D. Ensuring Data Security

982. What is the primary goal of asset recovery?

A. To protect data

B. To restore data

C. To prevent data loss

983. What is the most effective way to ensure data security during asset recovery?

A. Implementing a Backup Strategy

B. Establishing a Recovery Plan

C. Developing a Risk Management Plan

R CC E ® 307
D. Ensuring Data Encryption

984. What type of tool is used to restore data from a backup?

A. Backup Software

B. Data Storage

C. Data Encryption

D. Recovery Software

985. What type of vulnerability is SQL Injection?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

986. What type of vulnerability is Insecure Direct Object Reference?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

R CC E ® 308
987. What type of vulnerability is Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

988. What type of vulnerability is Broken Authentication?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

989. What type of vulnerability is found in source code that allows attackers to gain
access to sensitive data?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

R CC E ® 309
990. What type of vulnerability is found in source code that allows attackers to execute
malicious operations such as deleting data from the database?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

991. What type of vulnerability is found in source code that allows attackers to steal
user data?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

992. What type of vulnerability is found in source code that can allow attackers to gain
access to unauthorized data?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

R CC E ® 310
993. What type of vulnerability is found in source code that can allow attackers to
redirect users to malicious websites?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

994. What type of vulnerability is found in source code that can allow attackers to
modify data?

A. Broken Authentication

B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

D. Structured Query Language Injection

995. What is the keyword used to define a class in [Link]?

A. Class

B. Constructor

C. Prototype

D. This

996. What is the purpose of the ‘require’ function in [Link]?

R CC E ® 311
A. To import modules

B. To define a function

C. To define a class

D. To define a variable

997. How is a function defined in [Link]?

A. With the keyword ‘func’

B. With the keyword ‘function’

C. With the keyword ‘prototype’

D. With the keyword ‘constructor’

998. What is the purpose of the ‘exports’ object in [Link]?

A. To define a function

B. To define a class

C. To export variables and functions

D. To import modules

999. What is the keyword used to define a variable in [Link]?

A. Var

R CC E ® 312
B. Let

C. Const

D. Export

1000. Which of the following is the correct way to comment a single line in Python?

A. // This is a comment

B. 'This is a comment

C. # This is a comment

D. "This is a comment

1001. What is the output of the following Python code?

x = "Hello"

y = "World"

z=x+y

print(z)

A. HelloWorld

B. Hello World

C. None

R CC E ® 313
D. Error

1002. What is the correct way to declare a variable in Python?

A. var x

B. x : int

C. x = int

D. int x

1003. What is the output of the following Python code?

a=1

b=2

a=b

print(a)

A. 1

B. 2

C. 0

D. Error

R CC E ® 314
1004. What is the correct way to define a function in Python?

A. function my_function

B. func my_function

C. def my_function

D. declare my_function

1005. What is the correct way to write a loop in Python?

A. while

B. loop

C. for

D. repeat

1006. What is the output of the following Python code?

x = "Hello"

y = "World"

x, y = y, x

print(x)

A. Hello

R CC E ® 315
B. World

C. None

D. Error

1007. What is the correct way to perform an arithmetic operation in Python?

A. +

B. add

C. -

D. subtract

1008. What is the output of the following Python code?

x = 10

y = 20

if x > y:

print("x is greater than y")

else:

print("x is not greater than y")

A. x is greater than y

R CC E ® 316
B. x is not greater than y

C. None

D. Error

1009. What is the correct way to format a string in Python?

A. "Hello {}"

B. %s

C. {0}

D. ${}

1010. What is the correct syntax of creating a function in Bash?

A. function funct_name()

B. function_name()

C. funct_name()

D. create funct_name()

1011. What is the purpose of the "echo" command in Bash?

A. To display the value of a variable

B. To create a new variable

R CC E ® 317
C. To terminate the current program

D. To display text

1012. What is the purpose of the "if" statement in Bash?

A. To execute a command if a condition is true

B. To execute a command if a condition is false

C. To compare two values

D. To loop through an array

1013. What is the correct syntax for creating an array in Bash?

A. array_name = ["value1", "value2"]

B. array_name = {value1, value2}

C. array_name(value1, value2)

D. array_name [value1, value2]

1014. What is the correct syntax for creating a while loop in Bash?

A. while [condition]

B. loop while [condition]

C. while {condition}

R CC E ® 318
D. loop while {condition}

1015. What is the correct syntax for the "for" loop in Bash?

A. for (variable in list)

B. for [variable in list]

C. loop for [variable in list]

D. for {variable in list}

1016. What is the purpose of the "case" statement in Bash?

A. To test a condition

B. To execute a command if a condition is true

C. To compare two values

D. To execute a command based on the value of a variable

1017. What is the correct syntax for declaring a variable in Bash?

A. declare variable_name = "value"

B. variable_name = "value"

C. set variable_name = "value"

D. variable variable_name = "value"

R CC E ® 319
1018. What is the purpose of the "shift" command in Bash?

A. To shift the position of an element in an array

B. To move the position of the cursor on the screen

C. To move the first argument of the script to the last position

D. To move the last argument of the script to the first position

1019. What is the purpose of the "break" command in Bash?

A. To end the current loop

B. To terminate the current program

C. To move the first argument of the script to the last position

D. To move the last argument of the script to the first position

1020. What is the command to print the contents of a file in Linux?

a. cat

b. echo

c. type

d. print

R CC E ® 320
1021. What is the command to change the permission of a file in Linux?

a. chmod

b. change

c. perm

d. modify

1022. What is the command to terminate a running process in Linux?

a. quit

b. kill

c. stop

d. pause

1023. What is the command to view the system log files in Linux?

a. logview

b. viewlog

c. tail

d. logtail

1024. What is the command to search for a string in a file in Linux?

a. search

R CC E ® 321
 b. find

c. grep

d. locate

1025. What is the command to list the files in a directory in Linux?

a. list

b. dir

c. ls

d. view

1026. What is the command to copy files in Linux?

a. copy

b. cp

c. clone

d. duplicate

1027. What is the command to create a new directory in Linux?

a. mkdir

b. create

c. new

R CC E ® 322
 d. directory

1028. What is the command to remove a directory in Linux?

a. delete

b. remove

c. rm

d. rmdir

1029. What is the command to see the current working directory in Linux?

a. pwd

b. cd

c. dir

d. path

1030. What is the correct way to end a PHP statement?

A) A semicolon (;)

B) A period (.)

C) A comma (,)

D) A colon (:)

R CC E ® 323
1031. What is the correct way to write a function in PHP?

A) function: myFunction()

B) function = myFunction()

C) function myFunction()

D) function myFunction

1032. Which of the following is the correct way to include a file in a PHP script?

A) #include "[Link]"

B) include "[Link]"

C) include: "[Link]"

D) #include "[Link]"

1033. What is the correct way to define a constant in PHP?

A) define "CONSTANT_NAME"

B) define = CONSTANT_NAME

C) const CONSTANT_NAME

D) define CONSTANT_NAME

R CC E ® 324
1034. Which of the following is the correct way to start a PHP script?

A) <?php

B) <?

C) <script>

D) <?script>

1035. Which of the following is an event-driven I/O server-side JavaScript

environment?

A. [Link]

B. JavaScript

C. Java

D. C++

1036. What type of language is [Link]?

A. Functional

B. Object-oriented

C. Procedural

D. Scripting

1037. What is the main purpose of the [Link] event loop?

R CC E ® 325
A. To create a non-blocking I/O

B. To run JavaScript code

C. To manage asynchronous I/O

D. To handle events

1038. Which of the following is a feature of [Link]?

A. Event-driven programming

B. Multi-threaded programming

C. Asynchronous programming

D. Synchronous programming

1039. What type of architecture does [Link] use?

A. Client-server

B. Multi-threaded

C. Event-driven

D. Single-threaded

1040. What is the correct syntax for creating an object in JavaScript?

A. var myObj = {};

R CC E ® 326
B. myObj = Object();

C. var myObj = Object();

D. new Object();

1041. Which of the following is an example of a function declaration in JavaScript?

A. function myFunc() {};

B. myFunc = () => {};

C. var myFunc = function() {};

D. myFunc = Function();

1042. What is the correct syntax for creating an array in JavaScript?

A. var myArr = [];

B. var myArr = new Array();

C. myArr = Array();

D. new Array();

1043. Which of the following is an example of a for loop in JavaScript?

A. for(i=0; i<10; i++) {}

B. for(var i=0; i<10; i++) {}

R CC E ® 327
C. for(i<10; i++) {}

D. forEach(i=0; i<10; i++) {}

1044. What is the correct syntax for declaring a variable in JavaScript?

A. var myVar;

B. myVar = new Var();

C. Var myVar;

D. var myVar = Var();

1045. What is the correct syntax for declaring a variable in C++?

A) var name;

B) int name;

C) declare name;

D) Name;

1046. What is the correct syntax for a C++ while loop?

A) while(condition)

B) while condition

C) while {condition}

R CC E ® 328
D) while(condition){}

1047. What is the correct way to include a header file in a C++ program?

A) #include file

B) include file

C) #include<file>

D) include<file>

1048. What is the correct syntax for defining a function in C++?

A) void functionName()

B) function functionName()

C) functionName()

D) void functionName

1049. What is the correct syntax for performing an assignment operation in C++?

A) var = value

B) var <-- value

C) var := value

D) var == value

R CC E ® 329
1050. What is the correct syntax for a main class in Java?

A) public class ClassName { }

B) public static void main { }

C) public void main { }

D) class ClassName { }

1051. What is the syntax for a while loop in Java?

A) while(condition) { }

B) while {condition}

C) while condition { }

D) while(condition)

1052. What is the correct syntax for declaring a method in Java?

A) public methodName() { }

B) public void methodName { }

C) public static methodName { }

D) public static void methodName() { }

R CC E ® 330
1053. What is the syntax for declaring a variable in Java?

A) var type varName;

B) type varName;

C) type varName = value;

D) var type varName = value;

1054. What is the correct syntax for a switch statement in Java?

A) switch {case value: }

B) switch (value) { }

C) switch (value) {case: }

D) switch {case value}:

1055. What is the correct HTML5 syntax for specifying an external style sheet?

A. <style href="[Link]">

B. <style src="[Link]">

C. <stylesheet>[Link]</stylesheet>

D. <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="[Link]"

1056. What is the correct HTML5 syntax for adding a video to a web page?

R CC E ® 331
A. <movie>video.mp4</movie>

B. <video>video.mp4</video>

C. <video src="video.mp4">

D. <source src="video.mp4"/>

1057. What is the correct HTML5 syntax for adding an image to a web page?

A. <image>[Link]</image>

B. <img>[Link]</img>

C. <img src="[Link]">

D. <picture>[Link]</picture>

1058. What is the correct HTML5 syntax for creating a hyperlink?

A. <a>hyperlink</a>

B. <link>hyperlink</link>

C. <a href="hyperlink">

D. <href>hyperlink</href>

1059. What is the correct HTML5 syntax for creating a table?

A. <table>

R CC E ® 332
B. <table border="1">

C. <tbl>

D. <table width="100%">

1060. What is the correct HTML5 syntax for adding a comment to a web page?

A. <!--this is a comment-->

B. <comment>this is a comment</comment>

C. <!--this is a comment>

D. <comment--this is a comment-->

1061. What is the correct HTML5 syntax for adding a heading?

A. <heading>

B. <h1>

C. <heading level="1">

D. <head>

1062. What is the correct way to declare a state variable in Solidity?

A. var foo;

B. state foo;

R CC E ® 333
C. const foo;

D. let foo;

1063. What is the keyword used to specify a function modifier in Solidity?

A. modifier

B. override

C. virtual

D. restrict

1064. What is the correct way to define a constructor in Solidity?

A. constructor()

B. this()

C. init()

D. constructor {}

1065. What is the keyword used to specify an event in Solidity?

A. event

B. eventName

R CC E ® 334
C. log

D. emit

1066. What is the keyword used to define a function in Solidity?

A. func

B. function

C. code

D. declare

1067. What is the correct syntax for declaring a function in Q#?

A. operation FunctionName (input1 : type1, input2 : type2) : returnType is ...

B. define FunctionName (input1 : type1, input2 : type2) : returnType is ...

C. operation (input1 : type1, input2 : type2) : returnType is ...

D. declare FunctionName (input1 : type1, input2 : type2) : returnType

1068. What is the correct syntax for applying the X gate to qubit q in Q#?

A. ApplyX(q);

B. X(q);

C. X(q);

R CC E ® 335
D. apply X(q);

1069. What is the correct syntax for measuring a qubit q in the computational basis in
Q#?

A. Measure(q);

B. Measure(q, [Link]);

C. MeasureBasis(q);

D. MeasureBasis(q, [Link]);

1070. What is a smart contract?

A. A smart contract is a computerized transaction protocol that facilitates, verifies, and

enforces the negotiation and performance of a contract.

B. A smart contract is a traditional contract written and enforced using blockchain

technology.

C. A smart contract is a computer program that can be programmed to execute pre-

defined rules and regulations when certain conditions are met.

D. A smart contract is an automated system for digitally transferring digital assets.

1071. What is the purpose of Ethereum smart contracts?

A. To facilitate the transfer of digital assets.

B. To provide a secure platform for international transactions.

C. To enable users to have full control over their data.

R CC E ® 336
D. To automate the execution of agreements and transactions.

1072. What is a “gas” in Ethereum smart contract?

A. A fee paid to miners for processing the transaction.

B. A fee paid to the smart contract creator.

C. A fee paid to the Ethereum network.

D. A fee paid to the user of the smart contract.

1073. What is the purpose of the Ethereum Virtual Machine (EVM)?

A. To provide a secure platform for international transactions.

B. To facilitate the transfer of digital assets.

C. To execute pre-defined rules and regulations when certain conditions are met.

D. To execute and run the Ethereum smart contracts.

1074. Which programming language is typically used to write Ethereum smart

contracts?

A. Java

B. JavaScript

C. Solidity

D. C++

R CC E ® 337
1075. What is the purpose of an Ethereum wallet?

A. To store and manage digital assets.

B. To store and manage cryptographic keys.

C. To store and manage private information.

D. To store and manage Ethereum smart contracts.

1076. What is the purpose of the Ethereum blockchain?

A. To facilitate the transfer of digital assets.

B. To provide a secure platform for international transactions.

C. To enable users to have full control over their data.

D. To execute and run the Ethereum smart contracts.

1077. What is the purpose of a decentralized application (DApp)?

A. To provide a secure platform for international transactions.

B. To execute and run the Ethereum smart contracts.

C. To enable users to have full control over their data.

D. To facilitate the transfer of digital assets.

R CC E ® 338
1078. What is the purpose of the Ethereum Gas Limit?

A. To limit the amount of Ether that can be spent on a transaction.

B. To limit the amount of computation that can be done in a transaction.

C. To limit the amount of storage that can be used in a transaction.

D. To limit the amount of data that can be stored in a transaction.

1079. What is a “gas price” in Ethereum smart contracts?

A. A fee paid to miners for processing the transaction.

B. A fee paid to the Ethereum network.

C. A fee paid to the user of the smart contract.

D. A fee paid to the smart contract creator.

1080. What is the maximum size of a single Bitcoin block?

A. 1 megabyte

B. 2 megabytes

C. 4 megabytes

D. 8 megabytes

1081. What is the name of the algorithm used to secure the Bitcoin network?

R CC E ® 339
A. SHA-256

B. SHA-512

C. Scrypt

D. RIPEMD-160

1082. What is the process of verifying transactions on the Bitcoin network called?

A. Mining

B. Staking

C. Consensus

D. Signing

1083. What is the maximum number of Bitcoin that can ever exist?

A. 21 million

B. 32 million

C. 42 million

D. 52 million

1084. What is the process of verifying the validity of a transaction called?

A. Verification

R CC E ® 340
B. Validation

C. Signing

D. Hashing

1085. What is the name of the public ledger that stores all Bitcoin transactions?

A. The Blockchain

B. The Ledger

C. The Transaction Log

D. The Transaction History

1086. What is the process of creating a new block on the Bitcoin network called?

A. Mining

B. Staking

C. Consensus

D. Signing

1087. What is the process of transferring Bitcoin from one user to another called?

A. Mining

B. Staking

R CC E ® 341
C. Sending

D. Signing

1088. How many confirmations are required for a Bitcoin transaction to be considered
valid?

A. 1 confirmation

B. 2 confirmations

C. 3 confirmations

D. 6 confirmations

1089. What is the process of using computational power to solve complex

mathematical problems called?

A. Mining

B. Staking

C. Consensus

D. Signing

1090. What is the purpose of Jenkins in a Continuous Integration (CI) / Continuous

Delivery (CD) Pipeline?

A. To monitor code changes in version control

B. To automate the process of building, testing and deploying software

R CC E ® 342
C. To manage the versioning of code

D. To create and deploy virtual environments

1091. What type of jobs can be automated by Jenkins in a CI/CD Pipeline?

A. Source code management

B. Build and test

C. Continuous integration

D. Release and deployment

1092. What type of tools does Jenkins support in a CI/CD Pipeline?

A. Source code management

B. Automated testing

C. Deployment

D. Monitoring

1093. What type of reports can Jenkins generate in a CI/CD Pipeline?

A. Build reports

B. Test reports

C. Deployment reports

R CC E ® 343
D. Versioning reports

1094. What is a Jenkins Pipeline?

A. A continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) system

B. A software automation tool

C. A type of build automation tool

D. A type of distributed version control system

R CC E ® 344
ANSWERS

R CC E ® 345
1. Answer: A. Identification

2. Answer: A. To detect security weaknesses

3. Answer: B. Black box testing

4. Answer: A. To identify and patch security vulnerabilities

5. Answer: A. A vulnerability scan is automated, whereas a penetration test is manual

6. Answer: B. Implement security patches

7. Answer: D. Black box testing

8. Answer: A. Regular vulnerability scans

9. Answer: B. The severity of the vulnerabilities

10. Answer: B. Identification

11. Answer: D)Black Box

12. Answer: A)To identify and exploit vulnerabilities

13. Answer: A)A vulnerability assessment identifies potential threats while a penetration test
attempts to exploit them

14. Answer: A)Network topology

15. Answer: C)Intrusion

16. Answer: B)Phishing

17. Answer: B)Vulnerability scanner

18. Answer: A)Penetration testing

19. Answer: C)Grey Box

R CC E ® 346
20. Answer: D)To give an assessment of the security posture of the system

21. Answer: B. Vulnerability assessment

Explanation: Vulnerability assessment is the most important element of penetration testing

as it is the first step of the process and helps to identify what targets are available, what
vulnerabilities exist, and how these vulnerabilities can be exploited.

22. Answer: A. Map

Explanation: Nmap is the most important tool for a penetration tester as it helps to identify
available targets and services running on them. Furthermore, it can be used to determine the
version of the services, the operating system, and the type of firewall or IDS that is in use.

23. Answer: D. Stealth Attack

Explanation: A stealth attack is a type of attack that is designed to gain access to a system or
network without being detected. It is often used by attackers to gain access to confidential
data or to change system configurations.

24. Answer: B. Penetration Testing

Explanation: Penetration testing is the process of executing an attack on a system or

network to evaluate its security. It is used to identify weaknesses and vulnerabilities in the
system that can be exploited by an attacker.

25. Answer: A. To identify security flaws

Explanation: The main purpose of a penetration test is to identify security flaws in a system
or network so that they can be addressed before an attack occurs. It can also be used to test
the effectiveness of existing security measures.

26: Answer: A. Identifying, analyzing, and responding to vulnerabilities

Explanation: Vulnerability management is the process of identifying, analyzing, and

responding to vulnerabilities in a system. It involves identifying and addressing the system's
weaknesses in order to reduce the risk of data loss, data theft, and other security threats. It
includes activities such as regular patching and vulnerability scanning, as well as risk
assessment and remediation.

R CC E ® 347
27: Answer: A. Assessing, patching, and validating

Explanation: Vulnerability assessment is the process of assessing, patching, and validating

the security of a system. It is usually done by running a vulnerability scanner to detect and
identify potential vulnerabilities, followed by patching and validating the security of the
system. Vulnerability assessment is an important part of the vulnerability management
process, as it helps to identify and address potential risks to the system.

28: Answer: D. To identify, analyze, and respond to vulnerabilities

Explanation: Vulnerability scanning is the process of scanning a system for potential

vulnerabilities. It involves running automated scans to detect and identify potential
vulnerabilities, followed by manual analysis to determine the impact of the vulnerabilities
and the steps needed to address them. Vulnerability scanning is an important part of the
vulnerability management process, as it helps to identify and address potential risks to the
system.

29: Answer: C. Prioritizing, remediating, and monitoring

Explanation: Vulnerability remediation is the process of prioritizing, remediating, and

monitoring a system's vulnerabilities. It involves prioritizing the vulnerabilities according to
the risk they pose, remediating the vulnerabilities by patching or other means, and then
monitoring the system for any new or existing vulnerabilities. Vulnerability remediation is
an important part of the vulnerability management process, as it helps to reduce the risk of
data loss, data theft, and other security threats.

30: Answer: B. To prioritize, remediate, and monitor

Explanation: Risk assessment is the process of assessing the risk posed by vulnerabilities in a
system. It involves identifying the potential threats posed by the vulnerabilities, assessing the
impact of those threats, and then prioritizing the vulnerabilities according to the risk they
pose. Risk assessment is an important part of the vulnerability management process, as it
helps to prioritize the vulnerabilities and ensure the most important ones are addressed first.

31: Answer: A. Identifying, analyzing, and responding to vulnerabilities

Explanation: Vulnerability management is the process of identifying, analyzing, and

responding to vulnerabilities in a system. It involves identifying and addressing the system's
weaknesses in order to reduce the risk of data loss, data theft, and other security threats. It

R CC E ® 348
includes activities such as regular patching and vulnerability scanning, as well as risk
assessment and remediation.

32: Answer: A. Assessing, patching, and validating

Explanation: Vulnerability assessment is the process of assessing, patching, and validating

the security of a system. It is usually done by running a vulnerability scanner to detect and
identify potential vulnerabilities, followed by patching and validating the security of the
system. Vulnerability assessment is an important part of the vulnerability management
process, as it helps to identify and address potential risks to the system.

33: Answer: D. To identify, analyze, and respond to vulnerabilities

Explanation: Vulnerability scanning is the process of scanning a system for potential

vulnerabilities. It involves running automated scans to detect and identify potential
vulnerabilities, followed by manual analysis to determine the impact of the vulnerabilities
and the steps needed to address them. Vulnerability scanning is an important part of the
vulnerability management process, as it helps to identify and address potential risks to the
system.

34: Answer: C. Prioritizing, remediating, and monitoring

Explanation: Vulnerability remediation is the process of prioritizing, remediating, and

monitoring a system's vulnerabilities. It involves prioritizing the vulnerabilities according to
the risk they pose, remediating the vulnerabilities by patching or other means, and then
monitoring the system for any new or existing vulnerabilities. Vulnerability remediation is
an important part of the vulnerability management process, as it helps to reduce the risk of
data loss, data theft, and other security threats.

35: Answer: B. To prioritize, remediate, and monitor

Explanation: Risk assessment is the process of assessing the risk posed by vulnerabilities in a
system. It involves identifying the potential threats posed by the vulnerabilities, assessing the
impact of those threats, and then prioritizing the vulnerabilities according to the risk they
pose. Risk assessment is an important part of the vulnerability management process, as it
helps to prioritize the vulnerabilities and ensure the most important ones are addressed first.

36. Answer: A. A security framework that enables organizations to protect their data
and resources by verifying identity, attributes, and context

R CC E ® 349
Explanation: Zero Trust Architecture (ZTA) is a security framework that enables
organizations to protect their data and resources by verifying identity, attributes, and
context before granting access. ZTA does not rely on traditional perimeter-based security
models such as firewalls or antivirus software, but instead uses an identity- and context-
centric approach to secure access to resources. ZTA also provides encryption to protect data
in transit and at rest.

37. Answer: C. Verification of identity

Explanation: The main concept of Zero Trust Architecture (ZTA) is to verify identity,
context, and attributes before granting access to resources. ZTA does not rely on traditional
perimeter-based security models such as firewalls or antivirus software, but instead uses an
identity- and context-centric approach to secure access to resources. ZTA also provides
encryption to protect data in transit and at rest.

38. Answer: D. To provide identity verification

Explanation: The purpose of Zero Trust Architecture (ZTA) is to provide identity

verification before granting access to resources. ZTA does not rely on traditional perimeter-
based security models such as firewalls or antivirus software, but instead uses an identity-
and context-centric approach to secure access to resources. ZTA also provides encryption to
protect data in transit and at rest.

39. Answer: B. Identity verification, context-centric approach, and encryption

Explanation: The components of Zero Trust Architecture (ZTA) are identity verification,
context-centric approach, and encryption. ZTA does not rely on traditional perimeter-based
security models such as firewalls or antivirus software, but instead uses an identity- and
context-centric approach to secure access to resources. ZTA also provides encryption to
protect data in transit and at rest.

40. Answer: B. It provides strong security

Explanation: The primary advantage of using Zero Trust Architecture (ZTA) is that it
provides strong security by verifying identity, context, and attributes before granting access
to resources. ZTA does not rely on traditional perimeter-based security models such as
firewalls or antivirus software, but instead uses an identity- and context-centric approach to
secure access to resources. ZTA also provides encryption to protect data in transit and at
rest.

R CC E ® 350
41. Answer: A. Classical computers use bits, while quantum computers use qubits

Explanation: Classical computers store and process information in bits, which are binary
digits represented as either 1s or 0s. Quantum computers, on the other hand, store and
process information in qubits, which are quantum bits that can represent both 0s and 1s
simultaneously. This is known as superposition, and it allows quantum computers to process
information much faster than classical computers.

42. Answer: C. Quantum operations

Explanation: Quantum computers can perform quantum operations, which are operations
that are unique to quantum computers and are not achievable by classical computers. These
operations include superposition, entanglement, and interference. Superposition allows a
qubit to represent both 0s and 1s simultaneously, entanglement allows two qubits to be
correlated so that measuring one qubit will determine the state of the other, and interference
allows for the creation and manipulation of quantum states.

43. Answer: B. Shor's Algorithm

Explanation: Shor's Algorithm is a quantum algorithm that is used to factorize large

numbers and can be used for cryptography. It was developed by American mathematician
Peter Shor in 1994 and is considered to be one of the most important algorithms in
quantum computing.

44. Answer: C. To solve problems not possible with classical computers

Explanation: Quantum computing is a form of computing that uses quantum-mechanical

principles to process and store data. It is used to solve problems that are not possible with
classical computers, such as factoring large numbers and simulating quantum systems.

45. Answer: D. Representation of data

Explanation: The main difference between classical computing and quantum computing is
the way data is represented. Classical computing uses binary representations of data, while
quantum computing uses quantum states to represent data. This allows quantum computers
to process data in a different way and enables them to solve problems that are not possible
with classical computers.

R CC E ® 351
46. Answer: B. A quantum bit

Explanation: A qubit is a quantum bit, which is the basic unit of information in quantum
computing. Unlike classical bits, which can only represent 0 or 1, qubits can represent 0, 1,
or a superposition of both at the same time. This allows quantum computers to process and
store data in a different way than classical computers, which enables them to solve problems
not possible with classical computers.

47. Answer: C. Representation of data

Explanation: The main difference between a quantum computer and a classical computer is
the way data is represented. Classical computers use binary representations of data, while
quantum computers use quantum states to represent data. This allows quantum computers
to process data in a different way and enables them to solve problems that are not possible
with classical computers.

48 Answer: B. To provide early warning of cyber threats

Explanation: Cyber threat intelligence is a form of intelligence that is used to inform

organizations about threats that could potentially compromise their security systems. It
collects data from various sources, such as internal systems and open-source intelligence, to
analyze threats and provide early warning of any potential cyber threats.

49. Answer: D. To detect malicious activity

Explanation: The main goal of threat intelligence is to detect malicious activity that could
potentially compromise an organization’s security systems. It collects data from various
sources, such as internal systems and open-source intelligence, to analyze threats and
provide early warning of any potential cyber threats.

50. Answer: B. Indicators of compromise

Explanation: Cyber threat intelligence collects information about indicators of compromise

(IOCs). These are pieces of evidence that indicate a malicious activity, such as malicious IP
addresses, domain names, URLs, malware signatures, and more. This data is used to detect,
investigate, and prevent security breaches.

R CC E ® 352
51. Answer: D. To collect external data

Explanation: Open-source intelligence (OSINT) is a form of intelligence gathering that uses

publicly available data from external sources, such as social media, news websites, blogs, and
other online sources. It is used to collect external data about potential threats and to provide
organizations with early warning of any potential cyber threats.

52. Answer: D. It helps prevent security breaches

Explanation: Cyber threat intelligence helps organizations to prevent security breaches by

collecting data from various sources, such as internal systems and open-source intelligence,
to analyze threats and provide early warning of any potential cyber threats. This data is used
to detect, investigate, and prevent security breaches.

53. Answer: C. An attack is a potential action while a threat is an indication of a

potential attack

Explanation: An attack is a potential action that could be taken by an attacker, while a

threat is an indication that such an attack could take place. Cyber threat intelligence collects
data from various sources, such as internal systems and open-source intelligence, to analyze
threats and provide early warning of any potential cyber threats.

54. Answer: C. To detect malicious activity

Explanation: Indicators of compromise (IOCs) are pieces of evidence that indicate malicious
activity, such as malicious IP addresses, domain names, URLs, malware signatures, and
more. Cyber threat intelligence collects this data from various sources, such as internal
systems and open-source intelligence, to analyze threats and provide early warning of any
potential cyber threats.

55. Answer: B. Indicators of compromise

Explanation: Cyber threat intelligence collects information about indicators of compromise

(IOCs). These are pieces of evidence that indicate a malicious activity, such as malicious IP
addresses, domain names, URLs, malware signatures, and more. This data is used to detect,
investigate, and prevent security breaches.

56. Answer: C. To detect malicious activity

R CC E ® 353
Explanation: A threat actor is an individual or group who attempts to gain unauthorized
access to a system or network. Cyber threat intelligence collects data from various sources,
such as internal systems and open-source intelligence, to analyze threats and provide early
warning of any potential malicious activity.

57. Answer: C. To detect malicious activity

Explanation: Malware analysis is the process of analyzing malicious software to determine its
capabilities and intentions. It is used to detect malicious activities such as data exfiltration,
data destruction, or system disruption. Cyber threat intelligence collects data from various
sources, such as internal systems and open-source intelligence, to analyze threats and
provide early warning of any potential cyber threats.

58. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: All types of traffic can be monitored on a network, including email, voice, and
web traffic. This can be done through network monitoring tools such as packet sniffers,
which can capture and analyze data packets sent over a network.

59. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Network traffic monitoring is used for a variety of purposes, such as detecting
security threats, ensuring network performance, and diagnosing problems. Network
monitoring tools can be used to identify and analyze network traffic, which can help
identify issues and improve network performance.

60. Answer: C. Increased visibility

Explanation: Network traffic monitoring provides increased visibility into the network,
allowing admins to identify issues, optimize performance, and detect suspicious activity. It
also provides improved security, as admins can identify malicious or unauthorized activity
on the network.

61. Answer: A. SNMP

Explanation: SNMP (Simple Network Management Protocol) is a protocol used to monitor

network traffic. It is used to monitor the performance and health of network devices, such
as routers, switches, and servers. SNMP can collect data on traffic patterns, bandwidth
utilization, and other metrics.

R CC E ® 354
62. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: A packet sniffer, flow analyzer, and protocol analyzer are all tools that can be
used to monitor network traffic. Packet sniffers capture and analyze packets of data sent
over a network, while flow and protocol analyzers analyze the traffic patterns on a network.

63. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Network traffic monitoring can be used to gather a variety of information,

including bandwidth utilization, traffic patterns, and packet size. This information can be
used to identify issues, optimize performance, and detect security threats.

64. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Network traffic monitoring can be used to detect a variety of attacks,

including denial of service, man-in-the-middle, and brute force attacks. By monitoring the
traffic on a network, admins can identify suspicious activity and take action to mitigate any
threats.

65. Answer: C. Increased visibility

Explanation: Network traffic monitoring provides increased visibility into the network,
allowing admins to identify issues, optimize performance, and detect suspicious activity. It
also provides improved security and performance, as admins can monitor traffic patterns
and identify malicious or unauthorized activity on the network.

66. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Network traffic monitoring can be used to collect a variety of data, including
packet size, traffic patterns, and bandwidth utilization. This data can be used to identify
issues, optimize performance, and detect security threats.

67. Answer: A. Packet sniffer

Explanation: A packet sniffer is a tool that can be used to capture and analyze network
traffic. It works by capturing data packets sent over a network and analyzing them to
identify issues, optimize performance, and detect security threats.

R CC E ® 355
68. Answer: B. Use a combination of letters, numbers, and symbols

Explanation: The best practice for creating a secure password is to use a combination of
letters, numbers, and symbols. This ensures that the password is difficult to guess and
provides an additional layer of security. It also reduces the chances of an attacker using a
brute-force attack to gain access to an account.

69. Answer: A. To verify the identity of the user

Explanation: The purpose of two-factor authentication is to verify the identity of the user.
This is achieved by requiring the user to provide two pieces of evidence in order to gain
access to an account. The two pieces of evidence can be a password and a biometric, such as
a fingerprint or a facial recognition scan, or two passwords. This ensures that only the
intended user can gain access to the account.

70. Answer: A. To store and manage sensitive information

Explanation: The purpose of credential management is to store and manage sensitive

information, such as passwords, credit card numbers, and other personal data. Credential
management software is used to securely store this data and protect it from unauthorized
access. It also helps to ensure the proper authentication of users when logging into an
account.

71. Answer: B. In a password manager

Explanation: The best way to store passwords is to use a password manager. A password
manager is a secure software application that stores passwords in an encrypted format. This
ensures that the passwords are protected from unauthorized access and can only be accessed
by the user. Password managers also provide additional features such as auto-fill and
password generation to help users manage their passwords securely.

72. Answer: C. Change passwords every 6 months

Explanation: The best practice for password rotation is to change passwords every 6 months.
This ensures that user accounts are not exposed to the same password for an extended
period of time and reduces the chances of an attacker gaining access to an account. It also
helps to ensure that users are using strong, secure passwords that are difficult to guess or
crack.

R CC E ® 356
73. Answer: B. To verify the identity of the user

Explanation: The purpose of multi-factor authentication is to verify the identity of the user.
This is done by requiring the user to provide two or more pieces of evidence in order to gain
access to an account. The pieces of evidence can be a password and a biometric, such as a
fingerprint or a facial recognition scan, or two passwords. This ensures that only the
intended user can gain access to the account.

74. Answer: D. Use password managers

Explanation: The best way to protect passwords from being leaked is to use password
managers. A password manager is a secure software application that stores passwords in an
encrypted format. This ensures that the passwords are protected from unauthorized access
and can only be accessed by the user. Password managers also provide additional features
such as auto-fill and password generation to help users manage their passwords securely.

75. Answer: C. To verify the identity of the user

Explanation: The purpose of a one-time password is to verify the identity of the user. This is
done by generating a unique, single-use password for each login attempt. The one-time
password is generated and sent to the user, who must then enter it in order to gain access to
the account. This ensures that only the intended user can gain access to the account and
prevents unauthorized access.

76. Answer: B. Use a combination of letters, numbers, and symbols

Explanation: The best practice for creating a secure password is to use a combination of
letters, numbers, and symbols. This ensures that the password is difficult to guess and
provides an additional layer of security. It also reduces the chances of an attacker using a
brute-force attack to gain access to an account.

77. Answer: B. To protect passwords from unauthorized access

Explanation: The purpose of password hashing is to protect passwords from unauthorized

access. Hashing is a process in which a password is converted into a unique string of
characters, which is then stored as an encrypted value. This ensures that passwords are not
stored in plain text and are more difficult for an attacker to obtain.

R CC E ® 357
78. Answer: A. WPA2

Explanation: Wi-Fi Protected Access 2 (WPA2) is the most commonly used authentication
method for securing Wireless networks. WPA2 is based on the IEEE 802.11i standard and
provides strong encryption and authentication for Wireless networks. It requires the use of a
pre-shared key (PSK) and provides additional features such as support for IEEE 802.1X
authentication and key management. WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-Enterprise are other
authentication methods for Wireless networks, but WPA2 is the most secure and widely
used.

79. Answer: D. Wi-Fi cracking

Explanation: Wi-Fi cracking is a type of attack that is used to gain access to a Wireless
network by exploiting weak or default configurations. This attack intercepts the
communication between the user and the access point and uses brute force techniques to
guess the password. This attack can be used to gain access to the network without the user's
knowledge or permission. Other attacks such as MAC spoofing, rogue access points, and
man-in-the-middle are also used to gain access to Wireless network, but Wi-Fi cracking is
the most common attack used.

80. Answer: B. To encrypt the data being transmitted over the network

Explanation: A Virtual Private Network (VPN) is used to secure a Wireless network by

encrypting the data being transmitted over the network. VPNs use tunneling protocols such
as IPsec, L2TP, and PPTP to encrypt the data and provide secure access to the network from
remote locations. VPNs also provide authentication and authorization of users connecting
to the network and hide the identity of the users. Encryption is the primary purpose of
using a VPN to secure a Wireless network.

81. Answer: D. Denial of Service (DoS)

Explanation: Denial of Service (DoS) is a type of attack that is used to gain access to a
Wireless network by sending de-authentication packets to the access point. This attack
causes the access point to disconnect from the network and allows the attacker to gain access
to the network without the user’s knowledge or permission. DoS attacks can also be used to
disrupt the network and prevent legitimate users from accessing the network. Other attacks
such as MAC flooding, jamming, and rogue access points can also be used to gain access to
Wireless networks, but DoS is the most common attack used.

R CC E ® 358
82. Answer: B. 802.11i

Explanation: The IEEE 802.11i security protocol is used to provide mutual authentication
and encryption of data on wireless networks. This protocol is based on the WPA and WPA2
standards and provides strong encryption and authentication for wireless networks. It
requires the use of a pre-shared key (PSK) and provides additional features such as support
for IEEE 802.1X authentication and key management. WEP, WPA-PSK, and WPA-
Enterprise are other authentication methods for Wireless networks, but 802.11i is the most
secure and widely used.

82b. Answer: C. A security system that filters out malicious web requests

Explanation: A Web Application Firewall (WAF) is a security system that filters out
malicious web requests by inspecting incoming traffic and blocking requests that appear to
be malicious. It can be deployed as a hardware device, software program, or cloud service.
WAFs are used to protect web applications from attacks such as cross-site scripting (XSS),
SQL injection, and other malicious activities.

83. Answer: B. By inspecting and blocking malicious traffic

Explanation: A WAF works by inspecting incoming traffic and blocking requests that
appear to be malicious. It does this by analyzing the traffic and comparing it to a set of
predefined rules. If the traffic matches a rule, it is blocked. The WAF also provides detailed
logs of the blocked traffic which can be used to detect trends in malicious activity and to
help identify the source of an attack.

84. Answer: C. A cloud-based security solution

Explanation: A cloud firewall is a cloud-based security solution that provides protection for
cloud-hosted applications and data. It acts as a virtual barrier between the cloud
environment and the internet, inspecting and blocking malicious traffic before it can reach
the cloud resources.

85. Answer: A. To provide a secure environment

Explanation: The purpose of a cloud firewall is to provide a secure environment for cloud-
hosted applications and data by blocking malicious traffic and preventing intrusion. It acts
as a virtual barrier between the cloud environment and the internet, inspecting and
blocking malicious traffic before it can reach the cloud resources.

R CC E ® 359
86. Answer: A. Improved security

Explanation: The benefits of using a cloud firewall include improved security, increased
visibility, and cost savings. It provides a secure environment for cloud-hosted applications
and data by blocking malicious traffic and preventing intrusion. It also provides increased
visibility by providing detailed logs and reports of all traffic passing through the firewall.
Finally, it can provide cost savings by reducing the need for additional hardware and
maintenance.

87. Answer: C. All traffic

Explanation: A cloud firewall inspects all incoming and outgoing traffic for malicious
activity. It acts as a virtual barrier between the cloud environment and the internet,
inspecting and blocking malicious traffic before it can reach the cloud resources. It also
provides increased visibility by providing detailed logs and reports of all traffic passing
through the firewall.

88. Answer: B. A hardware device

Explanation: A firewall is a hardware device, usually a router, that blocks unauthorized

access to a network or a computer system by enforcing a set of rules and governing the
access of external or internal network traffic.

89. Answer: A. A device that filters network traffic

Explanation: A network firewall is a device that filters network traffic, allowing or blocking
specific types of traffic from entering or leaving the network. It typically monitors incoming
and outgoing traffic, and can be configured to allow certain types of traffic while blocking
others.

90. Answer: D. Packet filtering and proxy

Explanation: There are two main types of firewall: packet filtering and proxy. Packet
filtering firewalls examine each packet that passes through the network and determine
whether to allow or deny it based on a set of rules. Proxy firewalls act as an intermediary
between the network and the outside world, using a set of rules to determine which traffic
to allow or deny.

91. Answer: A. To protect a network from unauthorized access

R CC E ® 360
Explanation: The purpose of a firewall is to protect a network from unauthorized access.
Firewalls are used to block malicious software or unauthorized users from accessing a
network, as well as to monitor incoming and outgoing traffic. Firewalls can also be used to
block certain types of traffic, such as peer-to-peer applications or streaming media.

92. Answer: B. A firewall monitors incoming and outgoing traffic while an anti-virus
program blocks malicious software

Explanation: The main difference between a firewall and an anti-virus program is that a
firewall monitors incoming and outgoing traffic, while an anti-virus program blocks
malicious software. A firewall will block malicious traffic from entering a network, while an
anti-virus program will scan for and remove malicious software from a computer or
network.

93. Answer: A. To test the security of computer systems

Explanation: Metasploit Framework is an open-source tool used to test the security of

computer systems. It can be used to identify and exploit vulnerabilities in various operating
systems, applications, and networks. It is used to perform penetration tests, create malicious
payloads, and perform other security-related tasks.

94. Answer: B. msfconsole

Explanation: The msfconsole command is used to start the Metasploit Framework. It is the
main control interface for the Metasploit Framework and provides a command line interface
to interact with the framework. This command is used to launch the console, load modules,
run auxiliary or exploit modules, and perform other tasks.

95. Answer: B. A type of attack

Explanation: An exploit module is a type of attack in Metasploit. It is used to exploit a

vulnerability in a system, application, or network. Exploit modules are used to gain access to
a target system, execute malicious code, and perform other malicious activities.

96. Answer: B. To generate malicious payloads

Explanation: The msfvenom command is used to generate malicious payloads. It is used to

create malicious code that can be used to exploit a vulnerability, gain access to a system, or

R CC E ® 361
execute malicious code on a target system. It is an advanced tool and should be used with
caution.

97. Answer: D. To run post-exploitation modules

Explanation: The meterpreter command is used to run post-exploitation modules. It is used

to run modules that can perform post-exploitation activities such as collecting system
information, gathering passwords, and escalating privileges. It is an advanced tool and
should be used with caution.

98. Answer: A. workspace

Explanation: The command "workspace" is used to set the workspace in msfconsole. The
command should be entered as "workspace <name>", where <name> is the name of the
workspace.

99. Answer: B. modules

Explanation: The command "modules" is used to list the available modules in msfconsole.
The command should be entered as "modules [type] [category] [options]", where type,
category, and options are optional parameters to filter the list of available modules.

100. Answer: A. search

Explanation: The command "search" is used to search for a module in msfconsole. The
command should be entered as "search <query>", where <query> is the module name or a
keyword related to the module.

101. Answer: A. show options

Explanation: The command "show options" is used to show the options of a module in
msfconsole. The command should be entered as "show options", which will display the
available options of the selected module.

102. Answer: D. exploit

Explanation: The command "exploit" is used to run a module in msfconsole. The command
should be entered as "exploit", which will run the selected module with the options
specified in the "show options" command.

R CC E ® 362
103. Answer: C. list payloads

Explanation: The command "list payloads" is used to display the exploit payloads in
msfconsole. The command should be entered as "list payloads", which will display the list of
available exploit payloads for the selected module.

104. Answer: B. list shells

Explanation: The command "list shells" is used to display the available shells in msfconsole.
The command should be entered as "list shells", which will display the list of available shells
for the selected module.

105. Answer: A. list sessions

Explanation: The command "list sessions" is used to show the active sessions in msfconsole.
The command should be entered as "list sessions", which will display the list of active
sessions and the associated information.

106. Answer: B. list jobs

Explanation: The command "list jobs" is used to display the running jobs in msfconsole.
The command should be entered as "list jobs", which will display the list of running jobs
and the associated information.

107. Answer: C. use

Explanation: The command "use" is used to load a module in msfconsole. The command
should be entered as "use <module name>", where <module name> is the name of the
module to be loaded.

108. Answer: A. gpg

Explanation: GPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a command line tool used to encrypt and sign
files in Linux. It can be used to encrypt files, directories, and even entire disk partitions.
GPG uses public-key cryptography to secure files and messages.

109. Answer: A. gpg --gen-key

R CC E ® 363
Explanation: GPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a command line tool used to encrypt and sign
files in Linux. The command 'gpg --gen-key' is used to generate a new GPG key pair
(public and private keys). This key pair is used to encrypt and sign files.

110. Answer: A. gpg --encrypt

Explanation: GPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a command line tool used to encrypt and sign
files in Linux. The command 'gpg --encrypt' is used to encrypt a file using a GPG key. This
command requires the recipient's public key to encrypt the file.

111. Answer: A. gpg --decrypt

Explanation: GPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a command line tool used to encrypt and sign
files in Linux. The command 'gpg --decrypt' is used to decrypt a file using a GPG key. This
command requires the sender's private key to decrypt the file.

112. Answer: A. gpg --sign

Explanation: GPG (GNU Privacy Guard) is a command line tool used to encrypt and sign
files in Linux. The command 'gpg --sign' is used to sign a file using a GPG key. This
command requires the sender's private key to sign the file. The signature can be verified
with the sender's public key.

113. Answer: B. To steal sensitive data

Explanation: Phishing attacks are conducted by malicious actors who attempt to steal
sensitive data such as usernames, passwords, financial information, and other confidential
information by posing as a legitimate organization or individual. The purpose of these
attacks is to obtain the information without the victim's knowledge and use it for malicious
purposes.

114. Answer: C. Utilize two-factor authentication

Explanation: Two-factor authentication adds an extra layer of security to online accounts by

requiring a user to enter a code sent to their phone or email after providing their username
and password. This code changes with each login and is used to verify that the user is who
they say they are, thus making it difficult for malicious actors to gain access to accounts.

R CC E ® 364
115 Answer: A. Unusual sender email address

Explanation: Phishing emails often have strange or unfamiliar email addresses as the sender
address, which can be a red flag that the email may not be legitimate. Additionally, the
email may contain poor grammar, requests for sensitive information, or unfamiliar
attachments, all of which can be signs that it is a phishing attack.

116. Answer: D. To steal sensitive data

Explanation: The goal of a phishing attack is to steal sensitive data such as usernames,
passwords, financial information, and other confidential information by posing as a
legitimate organization or individual. The malicious actors behind these attacks use the
stolen information for malicious purposes, such as identity theft or fraud.

117. Answer: B. Trojans

Explanation: Phishing attacks often use malicious software such as Trojans to infect
computers and steal information. A Trojan is a type of malware that masquerades as a
legitimate file or program in order to gain access to a computer system. Once the Trojan is
installed, it can give attackers remote access to the system and allow them to steal sensitive
data.

118. Answer: B. Utilize two-factor authentication

Explanation: Two-factor authentication is the best way to protect against phishing attacks.
This authentication method adds an extra layer of security to online accounts by requiring a
user to enter a code sent to their phone or email after providing their username and
password. This code changes with each login and is used to verify that the user is who they
say they are, thus making it difficult for malicious actors to gain access to accounts.

119. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Phishing attacks target a variety of information, including credit card

numbers, Social Security numbers, passwords, and other confidential information. The
purpose of these attacks is to obtain the information without the victim's knowledge and
use it for malicious purposes.

R CC E ® 365
120. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Phishing attacks typically request a variety of information, including bank

account numbers, user credentials, email addresses, and other confidential information. The
purpose of these attacks is to obtain the information without the victim's knowledge and
use it for malicious purposes.

121. Answer: B. Check email sender addresses

Explanation: Checking the email sender address is one of the best ways to identify a
phishing attack. Phishing emails often have strange or unfamiliar email addresses as the
sender address, which can be a red flag that the email may not be legitimate. Additionally,
the email may contain poor grammar, requests for sensitive information, or unfamiliar
attachments, all of which can be signs that it is a phishing attack.

122. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Firewalls, two-factor authentication, and anti-malware software are all security
measures that can help protect against phishing attacks. Firewalls help protect a network
from unwanted access, two-factor authentication adds an extra layer of security to online
accounts, and anti-malware software can detect and remove malicious software such as
Trojans. All of these security measures can help keep users safe from phishing attacks.

123 Answer: A. To determine the malicious actions of a given piece of malware

Explanation: Malware analysis is the process of determining the malicious actions of a given
piece of malware. This includes the malware's purpose, origin, capabilities, and any other
malicious behavior it may exhibit. Malware analysis typically involves reverse engineering
the code to understand how it works and what it is capable of. This allows security
professionals to identify potential vulnerabilities and take steps to mitigate them.

124 Answer: D. Dynamic Analysis

Explanation: Dynamic analysis is the most common form of malware analysis. It involves
running the malicious code in a controlled environment and observing its behavior. This
allows security researchers to analyze the code in real-time, which can provide insight into
how the malware operates and what it is capable of. Dynamic analysis is typically more
resource-intensive than other forms of analysis, but it is also the most reliable way to
understand what a given piece of malware is doing.

R CC E ® 366
125 Answer: A. Reverse Engineering

Explanation: Reverse engineering is one of the key components of malware analysis. This
process involves analyzing the code of a piece of malware in order to understand how it
works and what it is capable of. This can be done manually or using automated tools, but
either way it provides insight into the malicious behavior of a given piece of malware.
Reverse engineering is often used to identify vulnerabilities that can be exploited, as well as
any other malicious behavior the malware may exhibit.

126 Answer: C. To provide a secure environment for malware analysis

Explanation: A sandbox environment is a secure environment used for malware analysis. It

is typically used to run malicious code in a controlled environment, in order to observe its
behavior. Sandboxes are often used to analyze malware in real-time, as they provide a secure
environment that can be monitored and controlled. This allows security researchers to
observe the behavior of a given piece of malware, without risking the security of the system.

127: Answer: B. To access system files and make changes

Explanation: Rooting an Android device means gaining root access to the device. This
allows the user to access system files and make changes to them, such as modifying the
system software or installing third-party apps that are not officially supported. Root access
does not increase RAM, nor does it have an effect on battery life.

128: Answer: A. Malware infection

Explanation: A malware infection is an attack on an Android device, where malicious

software is installed on the device without the user's consent. The malware can be used to
steal data, send spam, or perform other malicious activities. Data theft, home screen
replacement, and website defacement are all possible effects of a malware infection, but are
not examples of attacks themselves.

129: Answer: C. To install an application

Explanation: An APK file is an Android Package Kit, and is used to install an application on
an Android device. It is a compressed file that contains all of the files necessary to install the

R CC E ® 367
application. APK files do not store system data, connect to a wireless network, or compile
source code.

130: Answer: C. Rootkit

Explanation: A rootkit is a type of attack that is used to gain access to an Android device
without the user's knowledge. It is a type of malicious software that is used to hide files and
processes so that they can not be detected by the user or anti-virus software. Phishing, social
engineering, and cross-site scripting are all methods of attacking a computer system, but
they do not directly target Android devices.

131: Answer: B. Antivirus

Explanation: Antivirus is a type of security measure that is used to protect an Android

device from malicious attacks. Antivirus software scans the device for malicious files and
blocks any malicious activity. Firewalls, encryption, and password protection are all security
measures, but they are not specifically designed to protect against malicious attacks on an
Android device.

132. Answer: A. Patch Management

Explanation: Patch management is the process of ensuring that an organization’s software is

up to date with the most recent security patches. This process ensures that the software is
secure and has the latest bug fixes and security updates.

133. Answer: A. An update is more comprehensive than a patch.

Explanation: A patch is a small piece of software designed to fix a specific issue or bug,
while an update is a larger piece of software that contains multiple patches or upgrades.
Updates are more comprehensive than patches, as they often incorporate multiple new
features and bug fixes.

134. Answer: B. To fix security vulnerabilities.

Explanation: The primary purpose of patch management is to fix security vulnerabilities in

software. Patch management is used to ensure that software is up to date with the latest
security patches, as this helps to protect the system from malicious attacks and other
security issues.

R CC E ® 368
135. Answer: D. As needed

Explanation: Patch management should be performed as needed, as the frequency of patch

releases can vary depending on the software being patched. It is important to keep track of
when patches are released and to ensure that software is up to date with the latest security
patches.

136. Answer: D. Enhanced system security

Explanation: The primary benefit of patch management is enhanced system security. By

ensuring that software is up to date with the latest security patches, an organization can
reduce the risk of malicious attacks and other security issues. Additionally, patch
management can help to reduce the cost of system maintenance, as it reduces the need for
manual patching.

137. Answer: A. A branch of computer science that studies the design of intelligent
machines

Explanation: Artificial Intelligence (AI) is a branch of computer science that focuses on the
design of intelligent machines. These machines are able to make decisions and take actions
based on their environment. AI is a broad field of study, which includes robotics, machine
learning, natural language processing, computer vision, and more. AI is used in various
fields, such as healthcare, finance, transportation, and agriculture.

138. Answer: A. To detect and prevent malicious activities

Explanation: The primary purpose of AI in cyber security is to detect and prevent malicious
activities and threats, such as malware, viruses, phishing, and DDoS attacks. AI can be used
to detect anomalies in data and identify malicious behavior, as well as to help automate the
process of responding to threats.

139. Answer: A. Machine learning

Explanation: Machine learning is the most commonly used type of AI in cyber security.
Machine learning algorithms can be used to detect anomalies in data, identify malicious
behavior, and respond to threats. This type of AI is able to continually learn and improve its
performance over time, making it an effective tool for cyber security.

140. Answer: B. Data accuracy

R CC E ® 369
Explanation: Data accuracy is the most important factor in AI-based cyber security. In order
for AI to be effective, it must be provided with accurate data so that it can accurately
identify threats and malicious activities. Without accurate data, AI can make mistakes and
fail to detect threats.

141. Answer: A. To prevent malicious activities

Explanation: The primary goal of AI in cyber security is to detect and prevent malicious
activities and threats, such as malware, viruses, phishing, and DDoS attacks. AI can be used
to detect anomalies in data and identify malicious behavior, as well as to help automate the
process of responding to threats.

142. Answer: D. Improved accuracy of data analysis

Explanation: The most important benefit of AI in cyber security is improved accuracy of

data analysis. AI is able to identify and detect threats more quickly and accurately than
traditional security solutions. This improved accuracy helps to reduce false positives and
false negatives, which can lead to increased security and protection.

143. Answer: C. By analyzing data for anomalies

Explanation: AI is able to detect threats by analyzing data for anomalies. Anomaly detection
is a technique used by AI to identify abnormal behaviors or activities that are indicative of
malicious activity. AI can use algorithms to identify patterns and anomalies that are
indicative of malicious behavior, allowing it to detect and respond to threats more quickly
and accurately than traditional security solutions.

144. Answer: B. Identifying malicious activities

Explanation: The most common application of AI in cyber security is identifying malicious

activities. AI can be used to detect anomalies in data and identify malicious behavior, as well
as to help automate the process of responding to threats. AI can also be used to detect
potential threats, such as malware, viruses, phishing, and DDoS attacks.

145. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: AI needs all types of data in order to detect threats. AI algorithms can be used
to analyze both structured and unstructured data, as well as historical data. Structured data
is organized and formatted data that is easy for computers to process. Unstructured data is

R CC E ® 370
data that is not organized or formatted in any particular way. Historical data is data that has
been collected over time.

146. Answer: B. Data accuracy

Explanation: Data accuracy is the most important factor in AI-based cyber security. In order
for AI to be effective, it must be provided with accurate data so that it can accurately
identify threats and malicious activities. Without accurate data, AI can make mistakes and
fail to detect threats.

147. Answer: A. Machine learning

Explanation: Machine learning is the most commonly used type of AI in cyber security.
Machine learning algorithms can be used to detect anomalies in data, identify malicious
behavior, and respond to threats. This type of AI is able to continually learn and improve its
performance over time, making it an effective tool for cyber security.

148. Answer: D. Software Vulnerability Attack

Explanation: A supply chain attack is a type of software vulnerability attack in which

malicious code or malicious actors exploit flaws in the supply chain process to gain
unauthorized access to sensitive data or systems. The malicious code or actors can be
inserted at any stage of the supply chain, from the development stage to the delivery stage,
to launch an attack. This type of attack is particularly dangerous as it can be difficult to
detect until significant damage is done.

149. Answer: A. Data Theft

Explanation: The main objective of a supply chain attack is to steal data. This data can
include confidential information such as customer records, trade secrets, financial data, and
other sensitive information. The attackersc can also use the stolen data to gain a financial or
other advantage over the target company.

150. Answer: B. Malware-based Attacks

Explanation: Malware-based attacks are the most common type of supply chain attack. In
this type of attack, the attackers use malicious software or code to gain unauthorized access
to the target system. The malware can be inserted into the supply chain process at any stage,

R CC E ® 371
from the development stage to the delivery stage, to launch an attack. The attacker can then
use the malware to steal data, disrupt service, or gain access to other systems.

151. Answer: D. Software Vulnerabilities

Explanation: Software vulnerabilities are the most common vectors used to launch supply
chain attacks. A software vulnerability is a flaw or loophole in the code of a software
program that can be exploited by an attacker to gain unauthorized access to sensitive data or
systems. These vulnerabilities can be exploited at any stage of the supply chain process, from
the development stage to the delivery stage, to launch an attack.

152. Answer: B. Implement a secure development process

Explanation: The best way to protect against supply chain attacks is to implement a secure
development process. This process should involve developing secure software applications,
monitoring the supply chain process, and using encryption to protect sensitive data. All of
these measures can help to reduce the risk of supply chain attacks by preventing attackers
from exploiting software vulnerabilities and gaining unauthorized access to sensitive data or
systems.

153. Answer: A. Get-Process

Explanation: The Get-Process cmdlet is used to list all processes running on a computer. It
is used to list the details of all running processes, including the process name, ID, priority,
memory usage, etc. This cmdlet is part of the Windows PowerShell module.

154. Answer: B. Output to the console

Explanation: The Write-Host cmdlet is used to output text to the console in Windows
PowerShell. It is used to display messages, warnings, and errors on the console window. It
does not write to any log file or text file.

155. Answer: C. Get-Content

Explanation: The Get-Content cmdlet is used to display the contents of a text file in
Windows PowerShell. It is used to read the contents of any text file, including configuration
files, log files, etc. This cmdlet is part of the Windows PowerShell module.

156. Answer: D. Get-InstalledSoftware

R CC E ® 372
Explanation: The Get-InstalledSoftware cmdlet is used to get a list of all installed software
on a computer. It is used to get the name, version, and publisher of all installed software,
including system applications and third-party applications. This cmdlet is part of the
Windows PowerShell module.

157. Answer: D. Remove-Item

Explanation: The Remove-Item cmdlet is used to delete a file in Windows PowerShell. It is

used to delete files, folders, registry keys, and other objects. This cmdlet is part of the
Windows PowerShell module.

158. Answer: A. az group list

Explanation: The command 'az group list' is used to list all resource groups in Azure CLI.
This command will list all the resource groups in the subscription.

159. Answer: A. az storage account create

Explanation: The command 'az storage account create' is used to create a storage account in
Azure CLI. This command requires parameters such as resource group name, storage
account name, location, etc.

160. Answer: A. az group update

Explanation: The command 'az group update' is used to update a resource group in Azure
CLI. This command requires parameters such as resource group name, location, etc.

161. Answer: A. az app list

Explanation: The command 'az app list' is used to list all web apps in Azure CLI. This
command will list all the web apps in the subscription.

162. Answer: A. az group delete

Explanation: The command 'az group delete' is used to delete a resource group in Azure
CLI. This command requires the name of the resource group as an argument.

163. Answer: A. az vm create

R CC E ® 373
Explanation: The command 'az vm create' is used to create a virtual machine in Azure CLI.
This command requires parameters such as resource group name, virtual machine name,
location, etc.

164. Answer: A. az network list

Explanation: The command 'az network list' is used to list all virtual networks in Azure
CLI. This command will list all the virtual networks in the subscription.

165. Answer: A. az group create

Explanation: The command 'az group create' is used to create a resource group in Azure
CLI. This command requires parameters such as resource group name, location, etc.

166. Answer: A. az storage account delete

Explanation: The command 'az storage account delete' is used to delete a storage account in
Azure CLI. This command requires the name of the storage account as an argument.

167. Answer: A. az vm update

Explanation: The command 'az vm update' is used to update a virtual machine in Azure
CLI. This command requires parameters such as resource group name, virtual machine
name, location, etc.

168. Answer: A. Use parameterized queries

Explanation: Parameterized queries are a type of code that requires pre-defined parameters,
making it difficult for hackers to inject malicious code. This is the best way to prevent an
SQL injection attack, as it reduces the possibility of malicious code being injected into the
database.

169. Answer: A. Exploiting application vulnerabilities

Explanation: Hacking an SQL injection attack is done by exploiting vulnerabilities in the

web application code. By exploiting these vulnerabilities, hackers are able to inject malicious
code into the web application, which can then be used to gain access to the database.

170. Answer: B. Usernames and passwords

R CC E ® 374
Explanation: A successful SQL injection attack can allow a hacker to extract sensitive data,
such as usernames and passwords, from the database.

171. Answer: B. Encryption

Explanation: The most common form of ransomware attack is encryption. This type of
attack occurs when malicious software encrypts data on a computer system, making it
unreadable until a ransom is paid. The ransomware then typically instructs the user to pay a
fee in order to get a key or code that will unlock the encrypted data.

172. Answer: A. Financial data

Explanation: Financial data is typically the type of data that is targeted by ransomware
attacks. These attacks are designed to extort money from the victim by demanding payment
in exchange for the unlocking of the encrypted data. Financial data is particularly valuable
to cybercriminals, as it is often the most sensitive and valuable information that a user
possesses.

173. Answer: D. Keeping all software up to date

Explanation: Keeping all software up to date is the best way to prevent a ransomware attack.
Software updates often contain security patches that can help protect against new threats, so
it is important to ensure that all software is regularly updated. Additionally, users should be
careful when clicking on links or downloading attachments, as these can often contain
malicious software that could lead to a ransomware attack.

174. Answer: C. To extort money

Explanation: The primary goal of a ransomware attack is to extort money from the victim.
Cybercriminals will typically encrypt data on a user's computer and then demand a ransom
in exchange for the unlocking of the data. This type of attack is typically used to target users
who possess valuable data, such as financial information.

175. Answer: C. Malware

Explanation: Malware is typically used in ransomware attacks. Malware is a type of

malicious software that is designed to cause harm to a computer system. It can be used to
encrypt data on a user's computer and then demand a ransom in exchange for the

R CC E ® 375
unlocking of the data. Additionally, malware can be used to spread malicious links or
attachments that can lead to a ransomware attack.

176. Answer: D. Backing up data regularly

Explanation: Backing up data regularly is one of the best ways to protect against
ransomware attacks. By regularly backing up data, users can ensure that they have a copy of
their data in case it is encrypted by ransomware. Additionally, users should also ensure that
they are running the latest version of their operating system and software, as this can help
protect against the latest threats.

177. Answer: A. Spam emails

Explanation: Spam emails are the most common way for ransomware to spread.
Cybercriminals will typically send out emails containing malicious links or attachments that
can lead to a ransomware attack. Users should be careful when opening emails or clicking
on links, as this can often lead to a ransomware attack.

178. Answer: A. Financial records

Explanation: Financial records are typically the type of information that is targeted in
ransomware attacks. These attacks are designed to extort money from the victim by
demanding payment in exchange for the unlocking of the encrypted data. Financial data is
particularly valuable to cybercriminals, as it is often the most sensitive and valuable
information that a user possesses.

179. Answer: D. Keeping all software up to date

Explanation: Keeping all software up to date is the best way to reduce the risk of a
ransomware attack. Software updates often contain security patches that can help protect
against new threats, so it is important to ensure that all software is regularly updated.
Additionally, users should be careful when clicking on links or downloading attachments, as
these can often contain malicious software that could lead to a ransomware attack.

180. Answer: C. To extort money

Explanation: The primary goal of a ransomware attack is to extort money from the victim.
Cybercriminals will typically encrypt data on a user's computer and then demand a ransom

R CC E ® 376
in exchange for the unlocking of the data. This type of attack is typically used to target users
who possess valuable data, such as financial information.

181. Answer: D. Disinformation

Explanation: Disinformation is a term used to refer to false information that is deliberately

spread with the intention to deceive and mislead people. It is often spread through the
internet and other digital media platforms, and is a form of propaganda.

182. Answer: A. Fake news

Explanation: Fake news is a term used to describe a false story that is made to appear as
though it is real news. It is often used to deliberately mislead people and create confusion.

183. Answer: B. Misinformation

Explanation: Misinformation is a term used to refer to information that is incorrect but not
deliberately spread to deceive. It is often spread unintentionally, and is often caused by
innocent mistakes or misunderstandings.

184. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Disinformation can be spread through all types of media, including print
media, broadcast media, and social media. All of these platforms can be used to spread false
information to deceive people.

185. Answer: C. Propaganda

Explanation: Propaganda is a term used to refer to information that is deliberately spread to

influence public opinion. It is often used to manipulate and deceive people, and is a form of
disinformation.

186. Answer: A. To confuse and mislead people

Explanation: The primary purpose of fake news is to confuse and mislead people. Fake news
is often spread to deceive people and create confusion, and it is often used to manipulate
public opinion.

187. Answer: D. All of the above

R CC E ® 377
Explanation: The best way to identify fake news is to evaluate the source, read the headline,
and check the facts. Evaluating the source can help you determine if the news is reliable, and
checking the facts can help you determine if the information is true.

188. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: All of the above are examples of fake news. Fake news is often used to deceive
people and manipulate public opinion, and it is often spread through the internet and other
media platforms.

190. Answer: B. Misinformation

Explanation: Misinformation is a term used to refer to false information that is spread

through social media. It is often spread unintentionally, and is often caused by innocent
mistakes or misunderstandings.

191. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: The best way to combat the spread of fake news is to use all of the tools at our
disposal. Fact-checking is a great way to evaluate whether a story is true or false. Referencing
reliable sources can help to verify the accuracy of the claims. Identifying biases can help to
establish the agenda of the story and determine if it is intended to mislead. All of these
strategies can be used to combat the spread of fake news.

192. Answer: C. To ensure compliance with legal and regulatory requirements

Explanation: A cybersecurity policy is a document that outlines an organization's approach

to managing its data and systems. It establishes the procedures and guidelines that must be
followed by authorized users to ensure the security of the organization's data and systems.
The purpose of a cybersecurity policy is to ensure that the organization is compliant with
relevant laws and regulations, as well as any industry regulations or standards.

193 Answer: B. Access control measures

Explanation: A comprehensive cybersecurity policy should include a variety of components,

including access control measures, network security protocols, data classification and
protection, audit and compliance, and incident response plans. Access control measures are
policies and procedures that determine who is allowed to access an organization's data and

R CC E ® 378
systems, and how they are allowed to do so. These measures can include authentication,
authorization, and access control lists.

194: Answer: B. To ensure that the organization’s cybersecurity policies are

implemented and enforced

Explanation: Cybersecurity governance is the process of establishing and maintaining a set

of policies, procedures, and standards for effective cybersecurity management. The purpose
of cybersecurity governance is to ensure that the organization's cybersecurity policies are
implemented and enforced, and that all users have access to the systems and data they need,
while also protecting the organization's data and systems from unauthorized access.

195: Answer: A. To detect and respond to security incidents

Explanation: Incident response plans are a critical component of a comprehensive

cybersecurity policy. They outline how the organization will detect, respond to, and mitigate
security incidents. Incident response plans should include procedures for identifying,
containing, eradicating, and recovering from a security incident, as well as any legal or
regulatory requirements that must be met.

196: Answer: A. To ensure the security of an organization’s data

Explanation: Data classification and protection policies are an important component of a

comprehensive cybersecurity policy. These policies outline how the organization will classify
and protect its data, based on the sensitivity of the data and the associated risks. The
primary goal of data classification and protection policies is to ensure the security of the
organization's data by limiting access to authorized users and implementing measures to
protect the data from unauthorized access.

197. Answer: A. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential risks

Explanation: A risk assessment is a process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to

potential risks. This involves identifying the potential risks that could affect a business or
project, analyzing the likelihood of those risks occurring, and then responding to the risks
by implementing appropriate strategies to manage them.

198. Answer: A. To identify potential threats and vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 379
Explanation: The purpose of threat assessment is to identify potential threats and
vulnerabilities in a system or environment. This involves analyzing the environment or
system to identify potential threats, and then assessing the associated risks and
vulnerabilities. This allows for the implementation of appropriate strategies to mitigate the
risks and vulnerabilities.

199. Answer: D. A process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to potential

vulnerabilities

Explanation: A vulnerability assessment is a process of identifying, analyzing, and

responding to potential vulnerabilities in a system or environment. This involves analyzing
the environment or system to identify potential vulnerabilities, and then assessing the
associated risks and threats. This allows for the implementation of appropriate strategies to
mitigate the risks and threats.

200. Answer: C. To identify potential risks and threats

Explanation: The purpose of a risk assessment is to identify potential risks and threats in a
system or environment. This involves analyzing the environment or system to identify
potential risks, and then assessing the associated threats and vulnerabilities. This allows for
the implementation of appropriate strategies to mitigate the risks and threats.

201. Answer: A. A risk assessment identifies potential risks while a threat assessment
identifies potential threats

Explanation: The difference between a risk assessment and a threat assessment is that a risk
assessment is used to identify potential risks while a threat assessment is used to identify
potential threats. A risk assessment involves analyzing the environment or system to identify
potential risks, and then assessing the associated threats and vulnerabilities. A threat
assessment involves analyzing the environment or system to identify potential threats, and
then assessing the associated risks and vulnerabilities.

202. Answer: A. Identification

Explanation: The first step in a successful incident response is to identify the incident. The
incident should be identified as quickly as possible to ensure that it can be contained and
mitigated. Identification should include notifying the relevant stakeholders and gathering
information about the incident, such as the type of incident, the scope of impact, and the
systems and data affected.

R CC E ® 380
203. Answer: B. To prevent further damage

Explanation: The goal of incident containment is to prevent the incident from causing
further damage by isolating the affected system from the rest of the network. Containment
measures should be implemented as soon as the incident is identified, in order to limit the
scope of the incident and prevent further damage. This may include disconnecting the
affected system from the network, disabling certain services and accounts, and blocking
certain IP addresses.

204. Answer: B. To identify the root cause

Explanation: The goal of incident analysis is to identify the root cause of the incident. This
is done by gathering information about the incident, such as the type of incident, the scope
of impact, and the systems and data affected. Analysis should also include researching
potential causes, reviewing logs, and conducting forensic analysis. The goal is to identify the
root cause of the incident in order to prevent similar incidents from occurring in the future.

205. Answer: D. To fix the affected system

Explanation: The goal of incident eradication is to fix the affected system. This involves
restoring the system to its original state as much as possible. This may include restoring
system files, patching software vulnerabilities, and resetting user accounts. Eradication
should be done as soon as the incident is identified, in order to minimize the damage caused
by the incident and prevent similar incidents from occurring in the future.

206. Answer: C. To prevent further damage

Explanation: The goal of incident mitigation is to prevent further damage from occurring.
This may include implementing security controls, such as firewalls and antivirus software,
and implementing policies and procedures, such as incident response plans. Mitigation
should be done as soon as possible after the incident is identified, in order to limit the scope
of the incident and prevent further damage.

207. Answer: D. Cyberbullying

Explanation: Cyberbullying is the use of technology such as the internet, social media, and
other digital devices to repeatedly harm or harass other people in a deliberate manner. It
typically involves sending or posting negative messages, pictures, or videos about the victim
with the intention to cause distress or humiliation.

R CC E ® 381
208. Answer: B. Flaming

Explanation: Flaming involves the spread of false or embarrassing information about

someone else for the purpose of causing damage to their reputation. It typically involves
sending or posting negative messages, pictures, or videos about the victim with the intention
to cause distress or humiliation.

209. Answer: C. Cyberstalking

Explanation: Cyberstalking involves the use of technology to track and monitor someone’s
online activities, such as their emails, social media accounts, and other digital devices. It
typically involves sending or posting threatening messages, pictures, or videos about the
victim with the intention to cause distress or fear.

210. Answer: A. Harassment

Explanation: Harassment involves sending or posting threatening messages, pictures, or

videos about the victim with the intention to cause distress or fear. It typically involves
sending or posting negative messages, pictures, or videos about the victim with the intention
to cause distress or humiliation.

211. Answer: D. Cyberbullying

Explanation: Cyberbullying involves the use of technology to send unsolicited messages to

someone that are often sexually explicit or derogatory in nature. It typically involves sending
or posting negative messages, pictures, or videos about the victim with the intention to
cause distress or humiliation.

212. Answer: B. A device connected to the internet that can collect data

Explanation: An IOT device is any device that is connected to the internet and that can
collect data. This includes devices such as smart thermostats, security cameras, and
connected appliances. These devices can then be used to access and control other devices.

213. Answer: B. To gain access to other devices

Explanation: Hacking IOT devices is the process of gaining unauthorized access to these
devices in order to gain access to other devices or networks. For example, a hacker might use

R CC E ® 382
an IOT device to gain access to a home network and then use that access to gain access to
confidential data.

214. Answer: D. Exploiting vulnerabilities

Explanation: Exploiting vulnerabilities is the most common way of hacking IOT devices.
This involves finding and exploiting software or hardware flaws in order to gain access to
the device or its data. A hacker might exploit a vulnerability in an IOT device in order to
gain access to other devices or networks.

215. Answer: A. Encryption

Explanation: Encryption is one of the main security measures that can be implemented to
protect IOT devices from hacking. Encryption is the process of scrambling data so that it
can only be read by authorized parties. This prevents hackers from being able to access the
data stored on the device. Other security measures such as firewalls, antivirus software, and
two-factor authentication can also be used to protect IOT devices from hacking.

216. Answer: A. Change the default password

Explanation: The most important step to take when setting up an IOT device is to change
the default password. This is because many IOT devices come with a default password that
is easy to guess. By changing the password, you make it much harder for a hacker to gain
access to the device. Other steps such as installing a firewall, updating the firmware, and
disabling remote access can also help to protect the device from hacking.

217. Answer: A. To provide a marketplace for illegal activity

Explanation: The Dark Web is a part of the internet that is not accessible through regular
search engines and web browsers. It is used for various activities such as the sale of illegal
goods and services, communications between criminals and terrorist organizations, and data
storage. It is also used to hide the identities of those engaging in these activities.

218. Answer: C. Tor

Explanation: Tor is the most popular search engine used to access the dark web. Tor is an
open-source software program that enables anonymous communication. It works by routing
a user’s internet traffic through multiple layers of encryption, making it difficult for anyone
to track the user’s activity.

R CC E ® 383
219. Answer: A. AES

Explanation: AES (Advanced Encryption Standard) is the type of encryption used for the
dark web. AES is a symmetric encryption algorithm that is used to encrypt and decrypt
data. It is a very secure encryption method and is considered to be one of the most secure
encryption algorithms available.

220. Answer: C. By using strong encryption

Explanation: The dark web protects users’ identities by using strong encryption. It uses AES
(Advanced Encryption Standard), which is a very secure encryption algorithm. This
encryption makes it difficult for anyone to track the user’s activity and prevents users from
being identified.

221. Answer: C. Through Tor

Explanation: The most common way to access the dark web is through the Tor browser. Tor
is an open-source software program that enables anonymous communication. It works by
routing a user’s internet traffic through multiple layers of encryption, making it difficult for
anyone to track the user’s activity.

222. Answer: B. AES

Explanation: The Tor Protocol uses the Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) to encrypt
data. AES is the most widely used encryption algorithm today, and is used to securely
transmit data across the Internet.

223. Answer: D. To enable online anonymity

Explanation: The primary purpose of the Tor Browser is to enable online anonymity. It does
this by routing traffic through a network of servers, effectively hiding the user's IP address
and preventing tracking.

224. Answer: D. By using a random path

Explanation: Tor ensures the security of its users by routing their traffic through a random
path, making it difficult for attackers to track the user's IP address. This random path is
generated by a series of relays, ensuring that no single point of failure can be used to track
the user.

R CC E ® 384
225. Answer: D. It is more private

Explanation: The main advantage of using the Tor Browser over other browsers is that it
offers a higher level of privacy. By routing traffic through a network of servers, it is able to
hide the user's IP address and prevent tracking.

226. Answer: D. An anonymous communication network

Explanation: The Tor Network is an anonymous communication network, designed to

enable users to communicate securely and anonymously. It consists of a series of relays,
which route traffic through a random path, making it difficult to track the user's IP address.

227. Answer: A. By blocking access to known malicious sites

Explanation: The Tor Browser protects against malicious websites by blocking access to
known malicious sites. It does this by maintaining a list of known malicious sites, and
blocking any attempts to access these sites.

228. Answer: D. To enable online anonymity

Explanation: The primary benefit of using the Tor Browser is to enable online anonymity. It
does this by routing traffic through a network of servers, effectively hiding the user's IP
address and preventing tracking.

229. Answer: B. By using strong encryption

Explanation: The Tor Network ensures data security by using strong encryption to encrypt
data before it is transmitted across the network. This encryption prevents attackers from
intercepting and reading the data, ensuring that it remains secure.

230. Answer: A. It is slower than other browsers

Explanation: The main disadvantage of using the Tor Browser is that it is slower than other
browsers. This is because the traffic is routed through a series of relays, which can slow
down the speed of the connection.

231. Answer: C. Network-based

R CC E ® 385
Explanation: The Tor Browser is a network-based technology, which routes traffic through a
series of relays. This ensures that the traffic is encrypted and secure, as well as enabling users
to remain anonymous online.

232. Answer: A. 0

Explanation: The default administrative distance of BGP is 0 which is the lowest value for
reachable routes. This means that BGP routes are preferred over routes from other routing
protocols.

233. Answer: C. 90 seconds

Explanation: The default BGP update timer is 90 seconds, which is the time between two
consecutive BGP update messages. This is the time for the router to wait for any changes to
the BGP table.

234. Answer: B. 8

Explanation: The maximum number of paths that can be stored in BGP is 8. This is the
maximum number of paths that can be stored in the BGP routing table for each destination
network.

235. Answer: A. To select the best route

Explanation: The BGP MED (Metric) attribute is used to select the best route to a
destination network. It is used to influence route selection when multiple paths to the same
destination network exist.

236. Answer: D. To prevent routing loops

Explanation: The BGP AS-Path attribute is used to prevent routing loops. It is used to keep
track of all the autonomous systems (AS) that a route has traversed. If the BGP router
receives a route that contains its own AS number, the route is discarded to prevent routing
loops.

237. Answer: A. To reduce the number of BGP peers

R CC E ® 386
Explanation: The BGP Route Reflector is used to reduce the number of BGP peers while
maintaining full connectivity. It is used to create a hierarchy of BGP routers, where the
route reflector acts as a central router and other BGP routers connect to it.

238. Answer: C. To control route advertisement

Explanation: The BGP Communities attribute is used to control route advertisement. It is

used to group networks together and control how routes are advertised to other BGP
routers.

239. Answer: C. To reduce route flapping

Explanation: The BGP Route Flap Dampening feature is used to reduce route flapping. It is
used to detect when routes are flapping and suppress them so that they are not advertised to
other BGP routers.

240. Answer: A. To select the best route

Explanation: The BGP Weight attribute is used to select the best route to a destination
network. It is used to influence route selection when multiple paths to the same destination
network exist.

241. Answer: A. To select the best route

Explanation: The BGP Local-Pref attribute is used to select the best route to a destination
network. It is used to influence route selection when multiple paths to the same destination
network exist.

242. Answer: A. To reduce latency

Explanation: The main purpose of the QUIC protocol is to reduce latency. It is a new
transport layer protocol that is proposed to replace TCP and TLS, and it is designed to
provide the same security and reliability as the existing TLS-based protocols, but with lower
latency and improved connection setup times.

243. Answer: A. QUIC is faster than TCP

Explanation: The key difference between TCP and QUIC is that QUIC is much faster than
TCP. It is designed to reduce latency by using multiplexing, header compression, stream

R CC E ® 387
multiplexing and forward error correction. It also has improved congestion control
algorithms that are designed to quickly adapt to changing network conditions and reduce
latency.

244. Answer: A. Reduced latency

Explanation: The main advantage of using QUIC is that it reduces latency by using
multiplexing, header compression, stream multiplexing and forward error correction. It also
has improved congestion control algorithms that are designed to quickly adapt to changing
network conditions and reduce latency.

245. Answer: B. Increased complexity

Explanation: The main disadvantage of using QUIC is that it is more complex than TCP,
due to its multiplexing and header compression features. This can make it difficult to debug
or troubleshoot problems with QUIC. It also requires more CPU and memory resources
than TCP, so it may not be suitable for all applications.

246. Answer: A. Reduced latency

Explanation: The main benefit of using QUIC is that it reduces latency by using
multiplexing, header compression, stream multiplexing and forward error correction. It also
has improved congestion control algorithms that are designed to quickly adapt to changing
network conditions and reduce latency.

247. Answer: C) To route data

Explanation: The main purpose of the TCP/IP protocol is to route data from one network
to another. It does this by providing a set of rules and procedures that govern how data is
sent, received, and routed.

248. Answer: A) TCP is connection-oriented while UDP is connectionless

Explanation: The main difference between TCP and UDP is that TCP is connection-
oriented and UDP is connectionless. This means that TCP requires a connection to be
established before data can be sent, while UDP does not. TCP also provides reliability, while
UDP does not.

249. Answer: A) To identify a computer on a network

R CC E ® 388
Explanation: The IP address serves as a unique identifier for a computer on a network. It is
used to route data from one computer to another and is essential for any network to
function properly.

250. Answer: D) To provide access control

Explanation: The TCP/IP port number is used to provide access control. It is used to
identify different applications or services on a computer and is essential for allowing data to
be sent and received correctly.

251. Answer: A) To identify a computer on a network

Explanation: The Domain Name System (DNS) is used to identify a computer on a

network by its domain name. It works by translating a domain name into an IP address,
which is then used to route the data from one computer to another.

252. Answer: C) To route data

Explanation: The Internet Control Message Protocol (ICMP) is used to route data between
network devices. It works by providing a set of rules and procedures that govern how data is
sent, received, and routed. It is also used to provide information about the status of the
network and any errors that occur.

253. Answer: A) To identify a computer on a network

Explanation: The Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) is used to identify a computer on a

network by its IP address. It works by translating an IP address into a physical address,
which is then used to route the data from one computer to another.

254. Answer: D) To provide access control

Explanation: The Transmission Control Protocol (TCP) is used to provide access control. It
is used to establish and maintain a secure connection between two computers and is
essential for allowing data to be sent and received correctly.

255. Answer: C) To route data

R CC E ® 389
Explanation: The User Datagram Protocol (UDP) is used to route data between two
computers. It does not require a connection to be established, but instead allows data to be
sent without any acknowledgement from the recipient.

256: Answer: A. 128 bits

Explanation: An IPv6 address is 128 bits long, divided into 8 segments of 16 bits each. This
is a significant increase from IPv4, which only uses 32 bits. This larger address space allows
for more Internet-connected devices than ever before.

257: Answer: B. To identify connected devices

Explanation: Neighbor Discovery Protocol (NDP) is used in IPv6 networks to identify

connected devices and to determine their link-layer addresses, such as MAC addresses. It is
also used to manage network topology, detect duplicate addresses, and more.

258: Answer: B. To provide additional routing information

Explanation: The extension header field is a feature of IPv6 that allows for additional
routing information to be added to a packet. It can be used for packet fragmentation,
packet source routing, and other purposes.

259: Answer: C. A numerical mask used to define IP addresses

Explanation: An IPv6 subnet mask is a numerical mask used to define the ranges of IP
addresses within a network. It is used to determine the network address and host address of
each IP address within the network.

260: Answer: D. To identify and manage special flows

Explanation: The Flow Label field is an optional field in IPv6 packets that can be used to
identify and manage special flows, such as real-time traffic or multicast traffic. It can be used
to provide QoS (Quality of Service) for specific types of traffic.

R CC E ® 390
261. Answer: C) To route data

Explanation: The Hypertext Transfer Protocol (HTTP) is used to route data between two
computers. It is the protocol used by web browsers to request pages from web servers and is
the foundation of the World Wide Web.

262. Answer: A) A server located at the edge of a network

Explanation: Edge servers are physical or virtual servers located at the edge of a network.
They are used to process and route traffic closer to the user, improving performance and
latency. They are also used to provide services such as content delivery, caching, and
application acceleration.

263. Answer: B) To provide services such as content delivery, caching, and application
acceleration

Explanation: Edge servers are used to process and route traffic closer to the user, improving
performance and latency. They are also used to provide services such as content delivery,
caching, and application acceleration. This helps improve the user experience by making
websites and applications load faster.

264. Answer: B) Improved performance and latency

Explanation: Edge servers are used to process and route traffic closer to the user, improving
performance and latency. This helps improve the user experience by making websites and
applications load faster. Edge servers are also used to provide services such as content
delivery, caching, and application acceleration.

265. Answer: A) Wide Area Network (WAN)

Explanation: Edge servers are typically located on a Wide Area Network (WAN). This type
of network is used to connect computers and other devices across long distances. Edge
servers are used to process and route traffic closer to the user, improving performance and
latency. They are also used to provide services such as content delivery, caching, and
application acceleration.

266. Answer: C) Both Software and Hardware

R CC E ® 391
Explanation: Edge servers typically require both software and hardware. The software can
include operating systems, web servers, and other applications. The hardware can include
servers, routers, switches, and other networking equipment. Edge servers are used to process
and route traffic closer to the user, improving performance and latency. They are also used
to provide services such as content delivery, caching, and application acceleration.

267. Answer: D) All of the Above

Explanation: All of the above security measures are typically used to protect an Edge Server.
Firewalls are used to block malicious traffic from entering the network. Encryption is used
to protect data while it is in transit. Antivirus is used to detect and remove malicious
software. Edge servers are used to process and route traffic closer to the user, improving
performance and latency. They are also used to provide services such as content delivery,
caching, and application acceleration.

268. Answer: C) Both Internal and External Traffic

Explanation: Edge Servers are used to provide secure access to external users for internal
services. They route both internal and external traffic and provide an additional layer of
security to protect internal networks from malicious activities.

269. Answer: A. To store and share files

Explanation: InterPlanetary File System (IPFS) is a distributed storage system that enables
users to store and share files across a distributed network of computers. It is designed to
make the web faster, more secure, and more open and decentralized. It does this by allowing
users to store and share files in a distributed manner, rather than relying on a single server.

270. Answer: C. Distributed hash tables

Explanation: IPFS uses distributed hash tables (DHTs) to store and retrieve data. A DHT is
a data structure that maps data to unique identifiers, called "keys". The data is stored across
multiple nodes in the network, and each node is responsible for maintaining its own
portion of the DHT.

271. Answer: B. By verifying the integrity of data

Explanation: IPFS helps to ensure the security of data stored and shared on its network by
using cryptographic hashes to verify the integrity of data. A cryptographic hash is a unique

R CC E ® 392
identifier that is generated for each file, and it can be used to verify that the file is
unchanged and unaltered. If a file is changed, its hash changes, and this helps to ensure that
only the original file is shared on the network.

272. Answer: A. A collection of websites hosted on IPFS

Explanation: The IPFS Distributed Web is a collection of websites hosted on IPFS. These
websites are distributed across the nodes in the network, and each node is responsible for
maintaining its own portion of the website's content. This helps to ensure that the websites
are always available and accessible, even if one of the nodes goes offline.

273. Answer: B. Faster access to data

Explanation: One of the primary benefits of using IPFS is faster access to data. IPFS uses a
distributed network of computers to store and share files, which helps to reduce latency and
make data access faster. Additionally, IPFS can be used to store files in a distributed manner,
which can help to reduce the amount of bandwidth needed.

274. Answer: C. A data structure used to verify the integrity of data

Explanation: A Merkle Tree is a data structure used to verify the integrity of data. It is a type
of hash tree where each node in the tree is identified by a cryptographic hash of its contents.
The Merkle Tree is used by IPFS to verify the integrity of data stored on its network.

275. Answer: C. A network protocol for accessing IPFS content

Explanation: An IPFS Gateway is a network protocol for accessing IPFS content. It is a type
of web interface that allows users to access IPFS content without needing to install
additional software. The IPFS Gateway allows users to access IPFS content from any web
browser, and it also allows developers to integrate IPFS into their own web applications.

276. Answer: D. To track changes in data

Explanation: IPNS (InterPlanetary Name System) is a decentralized naming system used to

track changes in data stored on IPFS. It is similar to DNS, but instead of mapping domain
names to IP addresses, it maps content identifiers to IPFS content. This allows users to track
changes in data stored on IPFS, and to ensure that they are always accessing the most up-to-
date version.

R CC E ® 393
277. Answer: C. A system for sending messages between nodes on IPFS

Explanation: IPFS Pubsub is a system for sending messages between nodes on IPFS. It is a
publish-subscribe messaging system that allows nodes to communicate with each other, and
it is used for a variety of applications such as distributed chat, distributed games, and
distributed applications.

278. Answer: D. Faster access to data

Explanation: The primary advantage of using IPFS is faster access to data. IPFS uses a
distributed network of computers to store and share files, which helps to reduce latency and
make data access faster. Additionally, IPFS can be used to store files in a distributed manner,
which can help to reduce the amount of bandwidth needed.

279. Answer: A) To map domain names to IP addresses

Explanation: DNS stands for Domain Name System. It is used to map domain names to IP
addresses so that users can access websites using easy-to-remember domain names instead of
IP addresses.

280. Answer: B) In a hierarchy

Explanation: DNS data is stored in a hierarchical structure, with the root at the top and
specific entries at the bottom. This structure allows for efficient lookups of DNS data.

281. Answer: C) A set of instructions for a domain name

Explanation: A DNS record is a set of instructions that tells a domain name which IP
address to point to. This allows users to access websites using easy-to-remember domain
names instead of IP addresses.

282. Answer: B) A record

Explanation: An A record is the most common type of DNS record. It stands for “Address”
and is used to map domain names to IP addresses.

283. Answer: A) A lookup to find a domain name from an IP address

R CC E ® 394
Explanation: A reverse DNS lookup (also known as a PTR record lookup) is used to find a
domain name from an IP address. This is the opposite of a normal DNS lookup, which is
used to find an IP address from a domain name.

284. Answer: D. DNS spoofing is when a malicious attacker redirects a domain name’s
traffic to another server by sending a fake DNS record.

Explanation: DNS spoofing is a form of cyber attack in which a malicious attacker

manipulates the Domain Name System (DNS) entries to redirect a domain name’s traffic to
another server. The attacker achieves this by sending a fake DNS record to the DNS server,
which then forwards the traffic to the wrong server. This attack can be used to redirect users
to malicious websites, thwarting their attempts to access legitimate websites.

285. Answer: C. To replicate a website

Explanation: Website mirroring is the process of replicating an entire website on another

server or network. It is usually done to provide redundancy and improve website
performance and reliability, as the website can be accessed from multiple locations. This also
helps to increase website visibility, as the website can be accessed from more than one
domain.

286. Answer: C. Security

Explanation: When mirroring a website, security is the most important factor to consider.
The website must be properly secured on all mirrored servers to ensure that the content is
not compromised in any way. This includes protecting the website from any potential
cyberattacks or data breaches. In addition, the website must also be monitored for any
suspicious activity or changes in order to prevent any data loss.

287 Answer: D. SSH

Explanation: Secure Shell (SSH) is the most commonly used technology for website
mirroring. SSH is a secure protocol that allows for remote access to a computer or server. It
is used to securely transfer files between two computers or servers, which makes it an ideal
technology for website mirroring. SSH also provides a secure connection between the two
computers or servers, ensuring that the content is protected from any potential cyberattacks.

288. Answer: A. Increased reliability

R CC E ® 395
Explanation: The primary benefit of website mirroring is increased reliability. By replicating
a website on multiple servers or networks, it is possible to ensure that the website is always
available. This helps to ensure that the website can always be accessed, even if one of the
servers or networks goes down. In addition, website mirroring also helps to improve website
performance and scalability, as the website can be accessed from multiple locations.

289. Answer: A. By reducing latency

Explanation: Website mirroring helps to improve website performance by reducing latency.

Latency is the time it takes for a website to load, and when a website is mirrored on multiple
servers or networks, the latency is reduced as the website can be accessed from multiple
locations. This helps to ensure that the website loads quickly and efficiently, which improves
the website performance and user experience.

290. Answer: A. To create fake videos

Explanation: Deepfake technology is a computer-generated artificial intelligence (AI)

technique used to generate realistic-looking fake videos by using existing images or videos of
a person. Deepfake technology is used in various industries, such as entertainment,
marketing, advertising, and security. The main purpose of Deepfake technology is to create
realistic-looking fake videos.

291. Answer: A. Neural networks

Explanation: Deepfake technology uses a type of machine learning algorithm known as a

generative adversarial network (GAN). A GAN is composed of two neural networks: a
generator and a discriminator. The generator is responsible for creating the fake content,
while the discriminator is responsible for distinguishing real and fake content.

292. Answer: B. To create realistic-looking fake videos

Explanation: The primary goal of Deepfake technology is to create realistic-looking fake

videos by using existing images or videos of a person. Deepfake technology uses a neural
network-based generative adversarial network (GAN) which is composed of two neural
networks: a generator and a discriminator. The generator is responsible for creating the fake
content, while the discriminator is responsible for distinguishing real and fake content.

293. Answer: B. To detect fraud

R CC E ® 396
Explanation: Deepfake technology is used in the security industry to detect fraud. Deepfake
technology can be used to detect fraudulent activities such as identity theft and financial
fraud. Deepfake technology can be used to detect if a person is using a fake identity or
attempting to steal money.

294. Answer: D. CNNs detect real and fake content, while GANs generate fake content

Explanation: A generative adversarial network (GAN) is a type of machine learning

algorithm used in Deepfake technology. A GAN is composed of two neural networks: a
generator and a discriminator. The generator is responsible for creating the fake content,
while the discriminator is responsible for distinguishing real and fake content. A
convolutional neural network (CNN) is a type of machine learning algorithm used for
image recognition and classification. CNNs are used to detect real and fake content, while
GANs are used to generate fake content.

295. Answer: C. SYN flood

Explanation: A SYN flood is a type of Distributed Denial of Service (DDoS) attack that
floods a server with synchronization (SYN) requests to overwhelm the target with bogus
connection requests. It is one of the most common and effective types of DDoS attacks. It
works by sending numerous SYN requests to the target server that overwhelm its resources,
causing it to crash or become unreachable. The attacker can then take advantage of the
situation to launch further attacks.

296. Answer: A. By monitoring network traffic

Explanation: DDoS attacks can be detected by monitoring network traffic for large
numbers of requests from a single source or from multiple sources. This can be done by
monitoring network devices such as routers, switches, firewalls, or Intrusion Detection
Systems (IDS). It is important to note that DDoS attacks can be difficult to detect, as they
often resemble normal traffic patterns.

297 Answer: C. A network of compromised computers

Explanation: A botnet is a network of compromised computers (known as bots) that are

typically used to send malicious traffic or execute malicious tasks. Botnets are commonly
used to launch DDoS attacks, as they enable attackers to access and control a large number
of computers to send requests to a target server. Botnets can also be used to spread malware,
steal data, and send spam emails.

R CC E ® 397
298. Answer: C. A type of DDoS attack

Explanation: A Smurf attack is a type of distributed denial of service (DDoS) attack that
floods a target server with ICMP Echo Request packets. It works by sending the Echo
Request packets to a broadcast address, which causes all computers on the network to
respond to the target server with an Echo Reply packet. When the target server is flooded
with these packets, it is unable to respond to legitimate requests, resulting in a denial of
service.

299. Answer: A. A type of DDoS attack

Explanation: A reflective DDoS attack is a type of distributed denial of service (DDoS)

attack that uses a third party server to amplify the amount of traffic sent to the target server.
The attacker sends a request to the third party server, which then sends a response to the
target server, amplifying the amount of traffic sent to the target server. This type of attack is
difficult to detect and can be used to launch large-scale DDoS attacks.

300. Answer: A) Open-Source Intelligence

Explanation: OSINT stands for Open-Source Intelligence. It is a type of intelligence

gathering that relies on publicly available information. This includes data found on the web,
in press releases, in books and magazines, in television and radio broadcasts, and in social
media.

301. Answer: C) To provide intelligence for decision making

Explanation: The purpose of OSINT is to provide intelligence for decision making. This
type of intelligence gathering can provide valuable insights into a variety of topics, including
political and economic trends, military capabilities, and technological developments.

302. Answer: A) Publicly available data

Explanation: OSINT relies on publicly available data. This includes data found on the web,
in press releases, in books and magazines, in television and radio broadcasts, and in social
media.

303. Answer: A) OSINT gathers intelligence from public sources, while HUMINT
gathers intelligence from human sources

R CC E ® 398
Explanation: OSINT stands for Open-Source Intelligence and HUMINT stands for
Human Intelligence. OSINT gathers intelligence from publicly available data, while
HUMINT gathers intelligence from human sources such as interviews, informants, and
undercover agents.

304. Answer: A) It is cost-effective

Explanation: One of the benefits of OSINT is that it is cost-effective. This type of

intelligence gathering does not require the use of expensive equipment or personnel, and it
can provide valuable insights without breaking the bank.

305. Answer: C) It is not always reliable

Explanation: One of the limitations of OSINT is that it is not always reliable. Since this
type of intelligence gathering relies on public sources, the data collected may not always be
accurate or up to date.

306. Answer: A) To provide intelligence for decision making

Explanation: The goal of OSINT is to provide intelligence for decision making. This type of
intelligence gathering can provide valuable insights into a variety of topics, including
political and economic trends, military capabilities, and technological developments.

307. Answer: D) All of the above

Explanation: OSINT can provide a variety of information, including political and economic
trends, military capabilities, and cybersecurity threats. This type of intelligence gathering
can provide valuable insights into these topics.

308. Answer: A) To provide intelligence for decision making

Explanation: OSINT is used to provide intelligence for decision making. This type of
intelligence gathering can provide valuable insights into a variety of topics, including
political and economic trends, military capabilities, and technological developments.

309. Answer: A) OSINT gathers intelligence from public sources, while SIGINT
gathers intelligence from signals

R CC E ® 399
Explanation: OSINT stands for Open-Source Intelligence and SIGINT stands for Signals
Intelligence. OSINT gathers intelligence from publicly available data, while SIGINT
gathers intelligence from signals, such as radio transmissions, satellite communications, and
telephone conversations.

310. Answer: A. Haar Cascade Classifier

Explanation: The Haar Cascade Classifier is the most common algorithm used for face
detection. This algorithm uses a set of features known as the Haar features to detect faces in
an image. The Haar features are a set of simple mathematical equations used to detect
specific features in an image, such as edges, lines, and curves. The Haar Cascade Classifier
uses these features to detect faces in an image, and is widely used in face detection
applications.

311. Answer: A. To detect faces in an image

Explanation: The Viola-Jones algorithm is a popular algorithm used for face detection. The
algorithm uses a set of Haar features to detect faces in an image. The Haar features are a set
of simple mathematical equations used to detect specific features in an image, such as edges,
lines, and curves. The Viola-Jones algorithm is used to detect faces in an image by
examining a set of Haar features and determining if there is a face present in the image.

312. Answer: A. Superior accuracy

Explanation: Neural Networks are a popular method for face detection. Neural Networks
are able to achieve a superior accuracy compared to other algorithms such as the Haar
Cascade Classifier and the Viola-Jones algorithm. This is due to the fact that Neural
Networks are able to learn complex patterns in an image, such as the shape of a face. This
allows them to be more accurate in detecting faces in an image.

313. Answer: A. High training time

Explanation: The Support Vector Machine is another algorithm used for face detection. The
main drawback of using the Support Vector Machine is its high training time. The Support
Vector Machine is a complex algorithm that requires a large amount of data to be trained on
in order to achieve accurate results. This can lead to a long training time, which can be a
drawback for some applications.

314. Answer: C. Video surveillance

R CC E ® 400
Explanation: Face detection is most commonly used in video surveillance applications.
Video surveillance systems use face detection to identify people in an area and to track their
movements. Face detection can also be used to identify people in an image or a video, which
can be used for security and access control systems.

315. Answer: A. Haar Cascade Classifier

Explanation: The most popular data structure used for face detection is the Haar Cascade
Classifier. The Haar Cascade Classifier is a set of features used to detect faces in an image.
The features are a set of simple mathematical equations used to detect specific features in an
image, such as edges, lines, and curves. The Haar Cascade Classifier is used to detect faces in
an image, and is widely used in face detection applications.

316. Answer: C. High speed

Explanation: PCA Analysis is a popular algorithm used for face detection. The main
advantage of using PCA Analysis is its high speed. PCA Analysis is a fast algorithm that can
detect faces in an image quickly. This makes it ideal for applications where speed is
important, such as video surveillance systems.

317. Answer: A. Low accuracy

Explanation: The Haar Cascade Classifier is a popular algorithm used for face detection.
The main drawback of using this algorithm is its low accuracy. Although the Haar Cascade
Classifier is a fast algorithm, it is not as accurate as other algorithms such as the Neural
Network and the Support Vector Machine. This can be a drawback for some applications.

318. Answer: B. To classify faces in an image

Explanation: The Decision Tree is a popular algorithm used for face detection. The purpose
of using a Decision Tree is to classify faces in an image. The Decision Tree uses a set of rules
to classify faces in an image. This makes it useful for applications where it is necessary to
classify faces in an image, such as security systems.

319. Answer: C. Superior accuracy

Explanation: Neural Networks are a popular method for face detection. Neural Networks
are able to achieve a superior accuracy compared to other algorithms such as the Haar
Cascade Classifier and the Viola-Jones algorithm. This is due to the fact that Neural

R CC E ® 401
Networks are able to learn complex patterns in an image, such as the shape of a face. This
allows them to be more accurate in detecting faces in an image.

320: Answer: B. To make decisions and predictions based on data

Explanation: Supervised learning is a type of machine learning algorithm that uses a known
dataset (labeled data) to make predictions. The purpose of supervised learning is to make
decisions and predictions based on data, such as predicting the type of object in an image or
predicting the price of a stock. Supervised learning algorithms use labeled data to learn from
past experience, and can be used for classification, regression, and other tasks.

321: Answer: C. Supervised learning

Explanation: Supervised learning is the type of learning algorithm used in the training phase
of a supervised learning model. Supervised learning algorithms use labeled data to learn
from past experience, and can be used for classification, regression, and other tasks.
Supervised learning algorithms are trained on labeled data, which is data that has been
labeled with the desired output, such as a picture of a cat labeled as a cat. The algorithm will
then use the labeled data to learn the relationship between the input data and the desired
output, so that when given new input data, the algorithm can make accurate predictions.

322: Answer: B. Supervised learning is used to make predictions while unsupervised

learning is used to classify data.

Explanation: Supervised learning and unsupervised learning are two different types of
machine learning algorithms. The main difference between them is that supervised learning
is used to make predictions, while unsupervised learning is used to classify data. Supervised
learning algorithms use labeled data to learn from past experience, and can be used for
classification, regression, and other tasks. Unsupervised learning algorithms use unlabeled
data to identify patterns in data without any external guidance.

323: Answer: D. To maximize reward

Explanation: Reinforcement learning is a type of machine learning algorithm that is used to

teach an agent (such as a robot or a computer) to behave in a certain way in an
environment. The goal of a reinforcement learning algorithm is to maximize reward, which
is the goal that the agent is trying to achieve. Reinforcement learning algorithms use
feedback from the environment to learn the best way to behave in order to achieve the goal.

R CC E ® 402
324: Answer: C. Supervised learning algorithms use labeled data while deep learning
algorithms use feedback from the environment.

Explanation: Supervised learning and deep learning are two different types of machine
learning algorithms. The main difference between them is that supervised learning
algorithms use labeled data to learn from past experience, while deep learning algorithms
use feedback from the environment to learn and make decisions. Supervised learning
algorithms are used for classification, regression, and other tasks, while deep learning
algorithms are used for more complex tasks such as natural language processing and object
recognition.

325. Answer: A. To provide secure remote access

Explanation: A Virtual Private Network (VPN) connection is a secure connection between

two or more devices that allows users to access resources from a remote location. It provides
secure remote access by using encryption to protect data, authentication to verify user
identity, and authorization to grant access to certain resources.

326. Answer: A. Improved security and faster speeds

Explanation: Using a VPN can provide improved security by encrypting data, as well as
faster speeds by routing traffic through a dedicated server. This provides a secure connection
and allows users to access resources from a remote location with faster speeds.

327. Answer: A. AES

Explanation: Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is a symmetric encryption algorithm

that is used in a VPN connection. It is used to securely encrypt data and authenticate users
and devices. AES is considered one of the most secure encryption algorithms available and is
used in a variety of applications, including VPNs.

328. Answer: B. IPsec

Explanation: Internet Protocol Security (IPsec) is a protocol used for establishing and
maintaining a secure connection between two or more devices. It provides authentication,
encryption, and access control for data transmitted over a network. It is used in a VPN
connection to establish a secure connection between the devices.

329. Answer: A. To provide secure access to a remote network

R CC E ® 403
Explanation: A VPN tunnel is a secure connection between two or more devices that allows
users to access resources from a remote network. It provides a secure connection by
encrypting data, authenticating users and devices, and authorizing access to certain
resources. It is used to provide secure access to a remote network.

330. Answer: A. Tunneling

Explanation: Tunneling is the process of using a VPN to access resources from a remote
network. It establishes a secure connection by encrypting data, authenticating users and
devices, and authorizing access to certain resources. It is used to provide secure access to a
remote network.

331 Answer: B. Public key authentication

Explanation: Public key authentication is a type of authentication used in a VPN

connection. It uses a public and private key pair to authenticate users and devices. The
public key is used to encrypt data and the private key is used to decrypt the data. This
provides a secure connection and ensures that only authorized users and devices can access
the resources.

332. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: A VPN connection can transmit all types of data, including video, audio, and
text. It provides a secure connection by encrypting data, authenticating users and devices,
and authorizing access to certain resources. It is used to securely transmit data over a
network.

333. Answer: A. The same as the internet connection

Explanation: The maximum speed of a VPN connection is the same as the internet
connection. A VPN connection routes traffic through a dedicated server, which may limit
the speed of the connection. However, the maximum speed of the connection will still be
the same as the internet connection.

334. Answer: C. To prevent data leaks

Explanation: A VPN kill switch is a feature used to prevent data leaks. It monitors the VPN
connection and will terminate the connection if the connection is lost. This prevents data

R CC E ® 404
from being sent over an unsecured connection and ensures that data is securely transmitted
over the network.

335. Answer: A. A server that acts as an intermediary for requests from clients seeking
resources from other servers

Explanation: A proxy server acts as an intermediary between clients and other servers. It
receives requests from clients seeking resources from other servers, and then forwards those
requests to the other servers. It then returns the data received from the other servers to the
clients that requested it.

336. Answer: C. To filter and monitor network traffic

Explanation: Proxy servers are used to filter and monitor network traffic. They can be used
to prevent unauthorized users from accessing a network, to filter out unwanted content, and
to monitor activity on the network.

337. Answer: D. Anonymous proxy

Explanation: Anonymous proxies are used to access blocked websites. They allow users to
access websites without revealing their identities or locations, thus bypassing any restrictions
that may be in place.

338. Answer: B. Reverse proxy

Explanation: Reverse proxies are used to improve the performance of web applications. They
act as a gateway between clients and web servers, caching content, compressing data, and
providing load balancing.

339. Answer: D. Anonymous proxy

Explanation: Anonymous proxies are used to hide the IP address of clients. They allow users
to access websites without revealing their identities or locations, thus protecting their
privacy.

340. Answer: A. Forward proxy

Explanation: Forward proxies are used to provide content filtering. They are placed between
clients and web servers, intercepting requests and filtering out unwanted content.

R CC E ® 405
341. Answer: B. Reverse proxy

Explanation: Reverse proxies are used to accelerate web requests. They act as a gateway
between clients and web servers, caching content, compressing data, and providing load
balancing.

342. Answer: B. Reverse proxy

Explanation: Reverse proxies are used to hide the web server’s identity. They act as a gateway
between clients and web servers, providing anonymity and security by hiding the IP address
of the web server.

343. Answer: C. Transparent proxy

Explanation: Transparent proxies are used to transparently route requests to the internet.
They are placed between clients and web servers, intercepting requests and routing them to
the correct destination without the user being aware.

344. Answer: D. Anonymous proxy

Explanation: Anonymous proxies are used to access restricted websites. They allow users to
access websites without revealing their identities or locations, thus bypassing any restrictions
that may be in place.

345. Answer: A. HTTP tunneling is a method of transporting data securely over a

network using HTTP protocol.

Explanation: HTTP tunneling is a method of encapsulating data in HTTP requests and

responses so that it can be securely transported over a network or the internet. The data is
encapsulated into HTTP requests and responses and is then sent over the network or
internet. The HTTP protocol is used to ensure that the data is securely transferred.

346. Answer: A. HTTP tunneling is used to securely transfer data over the internet.

Explanation: HTTP tunneling is used to securely transfer data over the internet by
encapsulating it in HTTP requests and responses. The HTTP protocol is used to ensure
that the data is securely transferred and that the contents of the data are not revealed to
anyone except the intended recipient.

R CC E ® 406
347. Answer: B. To enable remote access to a private network

Explanation: SSH tunneling is a method of securely tunneling data through an unsecure

network. It is used to enable remote access to a private network, and provides a secure way
for multiple users to access a single system.

348. Answer: C. SSH

Explanation: SSH tunneling uses the SSH protocol, which is an encrypted protocol used to
provide secure communication between two or more systems. It is an alternative to other
encryption protocols such as IPsec or SSL.

349. Answer: A. Through encryption of data in transit

Explanation: SSH tunneling provides security by encrypting data in transit. This means that
all data sent through the tunnel is encrypted, making it impossible for anyone to view or
modify the data while it is in transit. This provides a secure connection between two
networks, and prevents unauthorized changes to the tunnel.

350. Answer: B. Public Key

Explanation: Public key authentication is the most commonly used type of authentication
for SSH tunneling. It requires the user to have a public and private key pair, which is used
to verify the user’s identity. Once the user is authenticated, they can access the tunnel.

351. Answer: A. To allow access to a network from outside the network

Explanation: Port forwarding is a technique used to allow access to a network from outside
the network. It is used to route traffic from the external network to the internal network,
allowing users to access the network from outside the network. Port forwarding is
commonly used in conjunction with SSH tunneling to provide secure remote access to a
network.

352. Answer: B. To securely tunnel data through an unsecure network

Explanation: An SSH tunnel is used to securely tunnel data through an unsecure network.
It is used to provide secure communication between two or more systems, and allows
multiple users to securely access a single system. It is also used to enable remote access to a
private network.

R CC E ® 407
353. Answer: C. AES

Explanation: The Advanced Encryption Standard (AES) is the most commonly used
encryption for SSH tunneling. It is a symmetric block cipher which uses a shared secret key
for encryption and decryption. AES is a strong encryption algorithm which is used to
protect the data sent through the SSH tunnel.

354. Answer: A. An SSH tunnel uses a shared secret key for encryption, while an SSL
tunnel uses a public key

Explanation: The main difference between an SSH tunnel and an SSL tunnel is the type of
encryption used. An SSH tunnel uses a shared secret key for encryption, while an SSL
tunnel uses a public key. Both tunnels provide secure communication between two or more
systems, but the encryption method used is different.

355. Answer: B. Secure Shell Protocol

Explanation: SSH tunneling is a type of tunneling protocol which uses the Secure Shell
Protocol (SSH). SSH is an encrypted protocol used to securely tunnel data through an
unsecure network. It is an alternative to other encryption protocols such as IPsec or SSL.

356. Answer: B. By encrypting data in transit

Explanation: SSH tunneling provides security by encrypting data in transit. This means that
all data sent through the tunnel is encrypted, making it impossible for anyone to view or
modify the data while it is in transit. This provides a secure connection between two
networks, and prevents unauthorized changes to the tunnel.

357. Answer: B. To facilitate NAT traversal for two peers

Explanation: STUN and TURN are two protocols used in WebRTC to facilitate NAT
traversal for two peers. STUN (Session Traversal Utilities for NAT) is used to provide the
public IP address of peers behind NATs and TURN (Traversal Using Relays around NAT) is
used to relay media packets between two peers when one of them is behind a symmetric
NAT. This helps in establishing a connection between the peers, allowing them to
communicate.

358: Answer: B. To protect the privacy and security of EU citizens

R CC E ® 408
Explanation: The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is a European Union (EU)
regulation that came into effect in May 2018. Its purpose is to protect the privacy and
security of EU citizens by regulating the way that companies process, store, and share
personal data.

359: Answer: D. €250 million

Explanation: The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is the main data protection
law in the EU. It sets out strict requirements for how companies must process, store, and
share personal data. Non-compliance with the GDPR can result in a fine of up to €250
million or 4% of the company’s global turnover, whichever is greater.

360: Answer: B. 14 days

Explanation: Under the GDPR, companies must respond to a data subject access request
(DSAR) within 14 days. A DSAR is a request from an individual for access to their personal
data and related information, such as why the data is being processed and who it is being
shared with.

361: Answer: A. Consent

Explanation: Under the General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), companies must
have a legal basis for processing personal data. The most common legal basis is consent,
which requires that individuals give freely given, specific, informed, and unambiguous
consent to the processing of their data.

362: Answer: A. To allow individuals to move their data to another controller

Explanation: The GDPR’s right to data portability is designed to give individuals more
control over their personal data. It gives individuals the right to receive their data in a
structured, commonly used, and machine-readable format, and to move, copy, or transfer
their data to another controller.

363. Answer: C. To strengthen consumer rights

Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) is a US state law that
strengthens the rights of consumers and provides greater transparency into how companies
use consumer data. It gives consumers the right to know what personal information is being

R CC E ® 409
collected about them, the right to delete that information, and the right to opt out of the
sale of that information.

364. Answer: C. California State

Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) is a US state law that applies to
for-profit companies operating in California, regardless of where they are located. It applies
to companies that do business in California, have California customers, or receive data from
California customers.

365. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) covers a wide range of personal
information, including personal identifiers such as names and addresses, financial
information, Social Security numbers, online identifiers such as IP addresses, and other
information that could be used to identify an individual.

366. Answer: C. Only if they have customers in California

Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) applies to for-profit companies
operating in California, regardless of where they are located. It applies to companies that do
business in California, have California customers, or receive data from California customers.

367. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) gives consumers the right to
know what personal information is being collected about them, the right to delete that
information, and the right to opt out of the sale of that information.

368. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Companies that violate the California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) can face
fines, injunctions, and criminal charges. Companies can be fined up to $7,500 for each
violation, and fines can be increased if the violation is willful or intentional.

369. Answer: B. January 1, 2021

R CC E ® 410
Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) took effect on January 1, 2020,
but the effective date was delayed until January 1, 2021. This delay gives companies more
time to prepare for compliance with the law.

370. Answer: B. The California Attorney General

Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) is enforced by the California
Attorney General, who has the authority to investigate and prosecute companies that violate
the law. The Attorney General can also impose civil penalties for violations.

371. Answer: A. Fines

Explanation: Companies that fail to comply with the California Consumer Privacy Act
(CCPA) can be fined up to $7,500 for each violation. Fines can be increased if the violation
is willful or intentional.

372. Answer: C. To allow consumers to opt out of the sale of their data

Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) gives consumers the right to
opt out of the sale of their personal information. This means that companies cannot sell the
personal information of consumers without their explicit consent.

373. Answer: C. Common Vulnerability Enumeration

Explanation: Common Vulnerability Enumeration (CVE) is a list of standardized names for

publicly known cybersecurity vulnerabilities. The CVE system provides a reference-method
for publicly known information-security vulnerabilities and exposures.

374. Answer: B. The National Institute of Standards and Technology

Explanation: The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) is responsible for
assigning CVEs. NIST is a non-regulatory agency of the United States Department of
Commerce that promotes innovation and industrial competitiveness.

375. Answer: C. The CVE Editorial Board

Explanation: The CVE Editorial Board is responsible for defining the CVE numbering
scheme. The board consists of representatives from the public and private sectors, including
vendors, research organizations, and government agencies.

R CC E ® 411
376. Answer: A. To provide an independent source of vulnerability information

Explanation: The CVE program was created to provide an independent source of

vulnerability information for use by security vendors, researchers, and users. The program is
designed to help organizations better manage their vulnerability risk and make informed
decisions about security products.

377. Answer: B. Affected software information

Explanation: A CVE entry includes information about the affected software, including the
name of the software, version, and platform. The entry also includes a description of the
vulnerability and related technical details.

378. Answer: A. To assign severity ratings to vulnerabilities

Explanation: The Common Vulnerability Scoring System (CVSS) is used in the CVE
program to assign severity ratings to vulnerabilities. The CVSS is a numerical score that
measures the severity of a vulnerability and helps organizations prioritize their response.

379. Answer: A. To provide an independent reference for vulnerabilities

Explanation: The CVE Dictionary is a publicly available, searchable database of all CVE
entries. The dictionary provides an independent reference for vulnerabilities and enables
users to search for, compare, and track vulnerabilities.

380. Answer: B. To provide a public database of known vulnerabilities

Explanation: The CVE Identifiers (IDs) are used to identify and track publicly known
cybersecurity vulnerabilities. The IDs are included in CVE entries and provide a public
database of vulnerabilities that can be used for research and analysis.

381. Answer: D. The Common Vulnerability and Exposures Board

Explanation: The Common Vulnerability and Exposures Board (CVEB) is responsible for
maintaining the CVE List. The board consists of representatives from the public and private
sectors, including vendors, research organizations, and government agencies.

382. Answer: B. The National Institute of Standards and Technology

R CC E ® 412
Explanation: The National Institute of Standards and Technology (NIST) is responsible for
providing CVE-related data to the public. NIST is a non-regulatory agency of the United
States Department of Commerce that promotes innovation and industrial competitiveness.

383. Answer: C. An attack that takes advantage of previously unknown software

vulnerabilities

Explanation: A zero-day exploit is an attack that takes advantage of previously unknown

software vulnerabilities, meaning that no patch or fix is available to protect against it. This
type of attack is particularly dangerous because it can spread quickly and can be difficult to
detect.

384. Answer: A. To gain unauthorized access to networks and systems

Explanation: Hackers use zero-day exploits to gain unauthorized access to networks and
systems. This can be done by exploiting known vulnerabilities in software or hardware, or
by exploiting previously unknown vulnerabilities. Once access is gained, hackers can use this
access to steal data, launch further attacks, or cause disruption.

385. Answer: B. Keeping systems up to date

Explanation: The best way to protect against zero-day exploits is to keep systems up to date.
This means regularly installing updates, patches, and security fixes as soon as they become
available. Additionally, keeping systems up to date can help reduce the risk of other types of
attacks, such as malware and phishing.

386. Answer: D. Trojans

Explanation: Trojans are a type of malicious software that can be spread using zero-day
exploits. Trojans are designed to give attackers remote control of a system, allowing them to
steal data, launch further attacks, or cause disruption. Additionally, Trojans can be used to
install other types of malware, such as ransomware or spyware.

387. Answer: B. To gain access to networks and systems

Explanation: The primary goal of a zero-day exploit is to gain access to networks and
systems. This can be done by exploiting known vulnerabilities in software or hardware, or
by exploiting previously unknown vulnerabilities. Once access is gained, hackers can use this
access to steal data, launch further attacks, or cause disruption

R CC E ® 413
388. Answer: A. Reconnaissance

Explanation: Reconnaissance is the first step of the hacking lifecycle. This step involves
gathering information about the target system, including the operating system, software
versions, open ports, and services. This information can then be used to determine how to
attack the system.

389. Answer: A. Identifying vulnerabilities

Explanation: The scanning phase is used to identify vulnerabilities in the target system. This
step involves using various tools to scan the system for open ports, services, and software
versions. Once the vulnerabilities have been identified, the hacker can then use the
information to craft an attack.

390. Answer: C. Exploiting weaknesses

Explanation: The gaining access phase is used to exploit the identified weaknesses in the
target system. This step involves using various tools and techniques to gain access to the
system. Once access has been gained, the hacker can then proceed to the next step in the
lifecycle.

391. Answer: D. Establishing persistence

Explanation: The maintaining access phase is used to establish persistent access to the target
system. This step involves using various tools and techniques to maintain access to the
system, such as setting up backdoors, establishing a Command & Control (C2) server, or
using rootkits. Once access is maintained, the hacker can then use the system for various
malicious activities.

392. Answer: D. Covering tracks

Explanation: The final step in the hacking lifecycle is covering tracks. This step involves
using various techniques to hide the hacker’s activities and presence on the target system.
This includes deleting logs, disabling security features, and encrypting data. By covering
their tracks, the hacker can ensure that their activities are not easily detected.

393: Answer: B. To identify and track assets

R CC E ® 414
Explanation: Asset discovery is the process of identifying and tracking assets within an
organization's network. This process is used to identify and assess the assets that are
available and to ensure that they are in compliance with the organization’s security policies.
It is important for organizations to have an understanding of the assets that are present on
their network in order to ensure that they are secure and that no unauthorized access is
taking place.

394: Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Asset discovery is a process that can be used to identify and track assets of all
types, such as software, hardware, and network components. Software assets are any type of
software or application that is present on the network, such as operating systems, antivirus
programs, and databases. Hardware assets include all physical components of the system,
such as computers, routers, and switches. Network assets are any type of network
component or device, such as firewalls, routers, and switches. All of these types of assets can
be discovered and tracked through asset discovery.

395: Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Asset discovery is the process of identifying and tracking assets within an
organization’s network. During this process, a variety of data is collected, such as IP
addresses, serial numbers, and software versions. This data is then used to identify the assets
present on the network and to assess their status and compliance with the organization’s
security policies. By collecting this data, organizations can ensure that their assets are secure
and that no unauthorized access is taking place.

396: Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Asset discovery is a process that can be used to identify and track assets within
an organization’s network. By conducting asset discovery, organizations can identify security
risks, monitor the usage of assets, and create a secure environment. Asset discovery can also
help organizations to ensure that their assets are in compliance with the organization’s
security policies and that no unauthorized access is taking place.

397: Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Asset discovery is a process that can be performed using a variety of tools, such
as network monitoring tools, security scanners, and vulnerability scanners. Network
monitoring tools are used to monitor the network for any unauthorized access or activity.

R CC E ® 415
Security scanners are used to identify any security risks that may be present on the network.
Vulnerability scanners are used to identify any vulnerabilities that may be present on the
network. All of these tools can be used to perform asset discovery.

398. Answer: A) Ping sweep

Explanation: A ping sweep is a type of network scanning technique used to identify live
systems on a network. It works by sending ICMP echo requests to a range of IP addresses
and then analyzing the responses. If the target system is active, it will respond with an
ICMP echo reply, indicating that the system is live.

399. Answer: B) Port scan

Explanation: A port scan is a type of network scanning technique used to discover open
ports on a target system. It works by sending TCP or UDP packets to a range of ports on
the target system. If the port is open, the target system will respond with a TCP or UDP
response, indicating that the port is open.

400. Answer: C) Protocol scan

Explanation: A protocol scan is a type of network scanning technique used to identify the
services running on open ports. It works by sending specific requests to ports on the target
system. If the port is open, the target system will respond with a message indicating what
service is running on the port.

401. Answer: D) DNS scan

Explanation: A DNS scan is a type of network scanning technique used to identify the
hostnames associated with IP addresses. It works by sending DNS requests to a range of IP
addresses and then analyzing the responses. If the target system is active, it will respond with
a DNS response indicating the hostname associated with the IP address.

402. Answer: B) Port scan

Explanation: A port scan can be used to identify the operating system of a target system. It
works by sending specific requests to ports on the target system. If the port is open, the
target system will respond with a message indicating the operating system it is running.

403. Answer: D) To identify security vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 416
Explanation: A vulnerability scan is a type of network scanning technique used to identify
security vulnerabilities on a target system. It works by sending requests to ports on the target
system and then analyzing the responses. If the port is open, the target system will respond
with a message indicating whether or not it has any known security vulnerabilities.

404. Answer: A) Ping sweep

Explanation: A ping sweep is a type of network scanning technique used to discover hosts
on a network. It works by sending ICMP echo requests to a range of IP addresses and then
analyzing the responses. If the target system is active, it will respond with an ICMP echo
reply, indicating that the system is live.

405. Answer: C) Protocol scan

Explanation: A protocol scan is a type of network scanning technique used to identify active
services on a target system. It works by sending specific requests to ports on the target
system. If the port is open, the target system will respond with a message indicating what
service is running on the port.

406. Answer: A) Ping sweep

Explanation: A ping sweep is a type of network scanning technique used to map out the
network. It works by sending ICMP echo requests to a range of IP addresses and then
analyzing the responses. If the target system is active, it will respond with an ICMP echo
reply, indicating that the system is live.

407. Answer: B) Port scan

Explanation: A port scan can be used to detect intruders on a network. It works by sending
specific requests to ports on the target system. If the port is open, the target system will
respond with a message indicating whether or not an intruder is present.

408. Answer: D. Network Monitoring and Port Scanning

Explanation: Nmap stands for Network Mapping and Port Scanning. It is a command-line
tool used for network exploration and security auditing. It can be used to discover hosts on
a network, determine what services they are offering, identify the operating system they are
running, and detect any security issues that may exist. Additionally, it can be used to scan
open ports on a network to determine what services are running on those ports.

R CC E ® 417
409. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Nmap can perform ICMP, SYN, and UDP scans. ICMP scan is used to
determine if a target host is alive and responding. SYN scan is used to determine what ports
are open on the target host. UDP scan is used to determine if a UDP service is running on
the target host. Additionally, Nmap can also be used to perform OS detection and service
detection.

410. Answer: A. nmap -sT

Explanation: The command “nmap -sT” is used to perform a basic Nmap scan. The -sT
option is used to perform a TCP connect scan, which is the most basic type of scan. This
scan will attempt to establish a connection to all of the ports on the target host and
determine which ports are open.

411. Answer: A. nmap -A

Explanation: The command “nmap -A” is used to perform a Nmap scan with OS and
service detection. The -A option is used to enable OS and service detection. This scan will
attempt to detect the operating system of the target host, as well as the services running on
the open ports.

412. Answer: B. nmap -V

Explanation: The command “nmap -V” is used to perform a Nmap scan with verbose
output. The -V option is used to enable verbose output. This scan will output detailed
information about the scan, including the hosts discovered, the ports scanned, and the
services running on the open ports.

413. Answer: A. nmap -sS

Explanation: The command “nmap -sS” is used to perform a Nmap scan with stealth. The
-sS option is used to perform a SYN scan, which is a stealthy scan that does not establish a
connection to the target host. This scan is used to determine what ports are open on the
target host without triggering any security alarms.

414. Answer: A. nmap -sP

R CC E ® 418
Explanation: The command “nmap -sP” is used to perform a Nmap scan with ping sweep.
The -sP option is used to perform a ping sweep, which is used to determine which hosts are
alive on a network. This scan will send ICMP ECHO requests to all hosts on the network
and determine which hosts are responding.

415. Answer: A. nmap -sI

Explanation: The command “nmap -sI” is used to perform a Nmap scan with idle scanning.
The -sI option is used to perform an idle scan, which is used to determine what ports are
open on a target host without establishing a connection. This scan is performed by sending
ICMP ECHO requests to a zombie host, which then forwards the requests to the target
host.

416. Answer: D. nmap -sO

Explanation: The command “nmap -sO” is used to perform a Nmap scan with traceroute.
The -sO option is used to perform a traceroute scan, which is used to determine the route
between the source and the target host. This scan will send packets to the target host and
determine the route taken by the packets.

417. Answer: A. nmap -sF

Explanation: The command “nmap -sF” is used to perform a Nmap scan with fraggle
scanning. The -sF option is used to perform a fraggle scan, which is used to discover hosts
on a network. This scan will send ICMP ECHO requests to a broadcast address and
determine which hosts are responding.

418 Answer: A. To protect personal data

Explanation: The primary purpose of privacy laws is to protect personal data by setting
standards for the collection, storage, and use of information. These laws provide individuals
with the right to access, delete, and control their personal data. They also require
organizations to provide certain safeguards for protecting personal data and to explain why
they are collecting it.

419: Answer: B. General Data Protection Regulation

Explanation: The General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR) is the most common type of
privacy law. It is a comprehensive data protection law that was created to protect the privacy

R CC E ® 419
of individuals in the European Union (EU). It applies to organizations that process the
personal data of individuals who are located in the EU, regardless of the organization's
location. The GDPR sets out obligations on how organizations must handle personal data
including security, obtaining consent, and data subject rights.

420: Answer: A. A privacy law that applies to companies operating in California

Explanation: The California Consumer Privacy Act (CCPA) is a privacy law that applies to
companies operating in California. It provides consumers with greater control and
transparency over their personal information by requiring organizations to inform and
provide consumers with the right to access, delete, and opt-out of the sale of their personal
data. The law also requires organizations to implement measures to protect personal data
and to provide consumers with a way to submit complaints.

421: Answer: A. To protect the privacy of children

Explanation: The Children's Online Privacy Protection Act (COPPA) is a privacy law that is
designed to protect the privacy of children under the age of 13. It requires online services to
obtain parental consent before collecting, using, or disclosing personal information from
children. It also requires services to provide parents with certain rights over their children's
data such as the right to access, delete, and opt-out of data collection.

422: Answer: A. To protect health information

Explanation: The Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act (HIPAA) is a privacy
law that is designed to protect health information. It sets out rules and standards for the
collection, storage, and use of health information by organizations. It also requires
organizations to provide certain safeguards for protecting health information such as
encryption, access controls, and monitoring. The law also provides individuals with the
right to access, delete, and control their health information.

423. Answer: C. To detect and respond to security threats

Explanation: Log management is the process of collecting, analyzing and storing log data
generated by applications and IT infrastructure. It is primarily used for security purposes,
such as detecting and responding to security threats by monitoring and analyzing log data,
as well as for operational purposes, such as troubleshooting and debugging.

R CC E ® 420
424. Answer: C. Security Log

Explanation: Security logs are used to detect malicious activity on a system or network.
Security logs are generated by systems and applications to log security-related events, such as
user logins and failed login attempts, and are used to detect and respond to security threats.

425. Answer: B. Collection

Explanation: Log collection is the most important factor in log management. Log collection
is the process of gathering data from various sources and storing it in a centralized
repository. It is the first step in log management and is necessary for subsequent steps such
as analysis, storage, and retention.

426 Answer: A. System Log

Explanation: System logs are used to monitor system performance. System logs record
information about system operations and activities, such as system startup and shutdown,
user logins and failed login attempts, and application errors. They can be used to
troubleshoot and debug system and application performance issues.

427. Answer: D. Access Log

Explanation: Access logs are used to track user activity. Access logs are generated by web
servers to log user requests for web pages, such as file downloads and search queries. They
can be used to monitor and analyze user activity, such as which pages are being accessed and
which queries are being made.

428. Answer: B. To detect security threats

Explanation: Log analysis is the process of analyzing log data to detect security threats. It
involves examining log data for patterns and anomalies that indicate malicious activity, such
as suspicious user activity or network traffic. Log analysis is an important part of log
management and is used to detect and respond to security threats.

429. Answer: A. To store log data

Explanation: Log storage is the process of storing log data in a centralized repository. Log
storage is necessary for log management and is used to store log data for analysis, reporting,
and long-term retention. Log storage solutions can be either on-premises or cloud-based.

R CC E ® 421
430. Answer: D. To identify system issues

Explanation: Log retention is the process of retaining log data for a specified period of time.
Log retention is important for log management as it allows for the analysis of log data over a
longer period of time, which can be used to identify system issues. Log retention policies
specify how long log data should be retained.

431. Answer: D. Access Log

Explanation: Access logs are used to detect user activity. Access logs are generated by web
servers to log user requests for web pages, such as file downloads and search queries. They
can be used to monitor and analyze user activity, such as which pages are being accessed and
which queries are being made.

432 Answer: C. To detect and respond to security threats

Explanation: Log management is the process of collecting, analyzing and storing log data
generated by applications and IT infrastructure. It is primarily used for security purposes,
such as detecting and responding to security threats by monitoring and analyzing log data,
as well as for operational purposes, such as troubleshooting and debugging.

433. Answer: B. To establish a set of standards and best practices for organizations to
follow

Explanation: The NIST Cybersecurity Framework (NIST CSF) provides organizations with
a set of standards and best practices to help them improve their cybersecurity posture and
address cyber risk. The framework is not intended to replace existing security policies and
procedures, but rather to provide guidance on how to secure and protect networks and
systems.

434. Answer: C. Risk identification and management

Explanation: The primary focus of the NIST Cybersecurity Framework is on risk

identification and management. It provides guidance on establishing risk management
processes and procedures, as well as best practices for mitigating risk. It also includes
guidance on developing and implementing security policies and procedures, as well as
assessing and monitoring the effectiveness of those policies and procedures.

435. Answer: D. All of the above

R CC E ® 422
Explanation: The NIST Cybersecurity Framework is designed to be flexible and scalable,
making it suitable for organizations of all sizes and types, including small businesses, large
enterprises, and government agencies. The framework can be tailored to the specific needs
of each organization, and can provide guidance on how to secure and protect networks and
systems.

436. Answer: A. Identify, Protect, Detect, Respond, Recover

Explanation: The NIST Cybersecurity Framework consists of five core functions: Identify,
Protect, Detect, Respond, and Recover. The Identify function focuses on understanding the
organization’s current state of cybersecurity, while the Protect function focuses on
implementing the necessary security controls. The Detect function focuses on the detection
of potential threats and incidents, and the Respond function focuses on responding to
incidents in a timely and effective manner. Finally, the Recover function focuses on
recovering from incidents and restoring systems and services to an acceptable state.

437. Answer: C. Initial, Developed, Managed, Optimized

Explanation: The NIST Cybersecurity Framework divides its implementation tiers into four
categories: Initial, Developed, Managed, and Optimized. The Initial tier is focused on the
basic security controls, while the Developed tier is focused on the more advanced security
controls. The Managed tier focuses on the organization’s ability to monitor and manage
security controls, and the Optimized tier focuses on the organization’s ability to
continuously improve its security posture.

438. Answer: A. Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification

Explanation: The CMMC Framework is a certification program developed by the

Department of Defense (DoD) as a unified standard for assessing the cybersecurity posture
of all DoD contractors. It is based on the existing Cybersecurity Maturity Model
Certification (CMMC) framework, which was created to help organizations assess their
cybersecurity practices and ensure that contractors meet the minimum security
requirements for all DoD contracts. The CMMC Framework is a five-level rating system
that assesses the implementation and effectiveness of the organization’s cybersecurity
practices. The five levels range from basic cyber hygiene to advanced/progressive practices.

439. Answer: B. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Fundamental, Intermediate, Advanced,

Progressive

R CC E ® 423
Explanation: The CMMC Framework is a five-level rating system that assesses the
implementation and effectiveness of the organization’s cybersecurity practices. The five levels
range from basic cyber hygiene to advanced/progressive practices. The five levels of the
CMMC Framework are as follows: Basic Cyber Hygiene, Fundamental, Intermediate,
Advanced, and Progressive. Each level builds on the previous one and includes additional
security requirements and controls.

440. Answer: D. To provide a unified standard for assessing the cybersecurity posture
of all DoD contractors

Explanation: The CMMC Framework is a certification program developed by the

Department of Defense (DoD) as a unified standard for assessing the cybersecurity posture
of all DoD contractors. It is based on the existing Cybersecurity Maturity Model
Certification (CMMC) framework, which was created to help organizations assess their
cybersecurity practices and ensure that contractors meet the minimum security
requirements for all DoD contracts. The CMMC Framework is a five-level rating system
that assesses the implementation and effectiveness of the organization’s cybersecurity
practices.

441. Answer: A. NIST 800-171 is a federal security standard for protecting sensitive
unclassified data, while CMMC is a certification program for DoD contractors

Explanation: NIST 800-171 is a federal security standard that outlines the security
requirements for protecting sensitive unclassified data housed on federal contractor systems.
CMMC is a certification program developed by the Department of Defense (DoD) as a
unified standard for assessing the cybersecurity posture of all DoD contractors. It is based
on the existing Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC) framework, which
was created to help organizations assess their cybersecurity practices and ensure that
contractors meet the minimum security requirements for all DoD contracts.

442. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Implementing the CMMC Framework provides organizations with numerous

advantages, including increased security posture and reduced risk of data loss, increased
efficiency and cost savings, and improved customer service and satisfaction. The CMMC
Framework is a five-level rating system that assesses the implementation and effectiveness of
the organization’s cybersecurity practices. The five levels range from basic cyber hygiene to
advanced/progressive practices. The CMMC Framework is a certification program

R CC E ® 424
developed by the Department of Defense (DoD) as a unified standard for assessing the
cybersecurity posture of all DoD contractors.

443. Answer: C. To certify organizations’ compliance with cybersecurity requirements

Explanation: The Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC) framework is

designed to certify organizations’ compliance with cybersecurity requirements. The CMMC
provides organizations with guidance on how to securely store, manage, and protect their
confidential information. It is used to assess organizations’ cybersecurity practices and
certify their compliance with established cybersecurity requirements.

444. Answer: A. Basic Cyber Hygiene, Intermediate Cyber Hygiene, Advanced Cyber
Hygiene, High-Level Cyber Hygiene, and Critical Cyber Hygiene

Explanation: The five levels of the Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC)
framework are Basic Cyber Hygiene, Intermediate Cyber Hygiene, Advanced Cyber
Hygiene, High-Level Cyber Hygiene, and Critical Cyber Hygiene. Each level has a different
set of objectives and requirements that organizations must meet in order to be certified.

445. Answer: D. Access Control, Data Security, Configuration Management, and

Incident Response

Explanation: Organizations must address several security domains in order to comply with
the Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC) framework. These security
domains include Access Control, Data Security, Configuration Management, and Incident
Response. Organizations must implement appropriate processes and practices in order to
ensure their systems are secure and protected from malicious actors.

446. Answer: A. Any organization that stores, processes, or transmits controlled

unclassified information

Explanation: Organizations that store, process, or transmit controlled unclassified

information must obtain Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC)
certification. The CMMC provides organizations with guidance on how to securely store,
manage, and protect their confidential information. It is used to assess organizations’
cybersecurity practices and certify their compliance with established cybersecurity
requirements.

447. Answer: B. Confidential data

R CC E ® 425
Explanation: The Cybersecurity Maturity Model Certification (CMMC) framework is
designed to protect confidential data. Confidential data is information that must be
protected from unauthorized access, use, disclosure, or destruction. Organizations must
implement appropriate processes and practices in order to ensure their systems are secure
and protected from malicious actors.

448. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: LDAP provides improved security, faster access time, and improved scalability,
making it an ideal solution for businesses that need to manage large amounts of data.

449. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: The LDAP protocol is used to provide a secure directory for data, transfer data
securely between computers, and authenticate and authorize users.

500. Answer: A. 389

Explanation: The default port for LDAP is port 389. This port is used for unencrypted
LDAP traffic.

501. Answer: C. Login

Explanation: The LDAP protocol is used to provide a secure directory for data, transfer data
securely between computers, and authenticate and authorize users. It does not provide a
login operation.

502. Answer: B. 1024 characters

Explanation: The maximum length of a single LDAP query is 1024 characters. Longer
queries can be broken down into multiple queries.

503. Answer: A. Name

Explanation: The LDAP protocol is used to store data in the form of attributes. Examples of
attributes include name, email, phone number, etc.

504. Answer: B. TLS

R CC E ® 426
Explanation: LDAP uses TLS (Transport Layer Security) for encryption. TLS is a secure
protocol that is used to protect data in transit.

505. Answer: A. To authenticate a user

Explanation: The LDAP bind operation is used to authenticate a user. It is the first step in
the authentication process, and it is used to verify the user's credentials.

506. Answer: A. Username/password

Explanation: LDAP uses username/password authentication for user authentication. Token-

based and biometric authentication are not supported.

507. Answer: C. To search the directory

Explanation: The LDAP search operation is used to search the directory for data. It can be
used to locate a specific entry or to locate entries that match certain criteria.

508. Answer: A. To provide Layer 4 load balancing

Explanation: HAProxy is an open-source, high-performance, reliable load-balancer used for

TCP and HTTP-based applications. It is used to provide Layer 4 load balancing which is
packet-based and takes place at the transport layer. It distributes incoming requests to
multiple backend servers by using various algorithms such as Round Robin, Least
Connections, and Source.

508. Answer: B. [Link]

Explanation: HAProxy uses a configuration file which is usually named [Link],

though other names are also supported. This file is used to configure the various aspects of
HAProxy, such as which backend servers to use, which ports to listen to, and how to handle
requests. It is important to note that the configuration file must be written in the correct
syntax, otherwise HAProxy will not be able to read it and will fail to start.

509. Answer: A. Layer 4 load balancing and ii) Layer 7 load balancing

Explanation: HAProxy is a versatile load balancer which supports both Layer 4 and Layer 7
load balancing. Layer 4 load balancing is packet-based and takes place at the transport layer.
It is used to distribute incoming requests to multiple backend servers using various

R CC E ® 427
algorithms such as Round Robin, Least Connections, and Source. Layer 7 load balancing is
application-based and takes place at the application layer. It is used to distribute incoming
requests to multiple back-end servers based on the content of the request, such as the URL
or HTTP header.

510. Answer: C. 8080

Explanation: The default port for HAProxy is 8080. This means that if a request is sent to
the IP address of the HAProxy server, it will be sent to port 8080 by default. This port can
be changed by editing the configuration file, [Link], and using the “listen” command
to specify a different port.

511. Answer: D. systemctl

Explanation: The command to start HAProxy is “systemctl start haproxy”. This command is
used to start the HAProxy service and is usually run from the command line. Once the
service is started, it will begin accepting requests and distributing them to the specified
backend servers. It is important to note that the HAProxy configuration file, [Link],
must be correctly configured before starting the service.

512. Answer: A. Man in the Middle

Explanation: Man in the Middle (MITM) is a type of attack where the attacker secretly
relays and possibly alters the communication between two parties who believe they are
directly communicating with each other. The attacker is able to eavesdrop on, intercept and
even modify the communication between the two parties, without either party being aware
of the attack.

513. Answer: D. Interception

Explanation: Man-in-the-middle (MITM) is a type of attack where the attacker secretly

relays and possibly alters the communication between two parties who believe they are
directly communicating with each other. The attacker is able to eavesdrop on, intercept and
even modify the communication between the two parties, without either party being aware
of the attack.

514. Answer: C. Man in the Middle

R CC E ® 428
Explanation: Man-in-the-middle (MITM) is a type of attack where the attacker secretly
relays and possibly alters the communication between two parties who believe they are
directly communicating with each other. The attacker is able to eavesdrop on, intercept and
even modify the communication between the two parties, without either party being aware
of the attack.

515. Answer: D. To monitor traffic

Explanation: Man-in-the-middle (MITM) attacks are used by attackers to monitor the

traffic of two parties communicating with each other. The attacker is able to eavesdrop on,
intercept and even modify the communication between the two parties, without either party
being aware of the attack.

516. Answer: C. To monitor traffic

Explanation: Man-in-the-middle (MITM) attacks are used by attackers to monitor the

traffic of two parties communicating with each other. The attacker is able to eavesdrop on,
intercept and even modify the communication between the two parties, without either party
being aware of the attack.

517. Answer: B. By using a compromised router

Explanation: One of the most common ways to perform a Man in the Middle (MITM)
attack is by using a compromised router. The attacker can use the compromised router to
intercept and modify any traffic passing through it. This allows the attacker to eavesdrop on
and modify the communication between two parties, without either party being aware of
the attack.

518. Answer: D. VPNs

Explanation: Virtual Private Networks (VPNs) are the best way to protect against Man in
the Middle (MITM) attacks. VPNs use encryption to secure the communication between
two parties, making it difficult for an attacker to eavesdrop on or modify the
communication without either party being aware of the attack.

519. Answer: A. Asymmetric encryption

Explanation: Asymmetric encryption is used to protect against Man in the Middle (MITM)
attacks. Asymmetric encryption uses two keys - a public key and a private key - to encrypt

R CC E ® 429
and decrypt data. The public key is used to encrypt the data, while the private key is used to
decrypt the data. This makes it difficult for an attacker to eavesdrop on or modify the
communication without either party being aware of the attack.

520. Answer: A. Intrusion detection systems

Explanation: Intrusion detection systems (IDS) are used to detect Man in the Middle
(MITM) attacks. IDS use a combination of signature-based detection and anomaly-based
detection to identify malicious activity on a network. This allows the IDS to detect and alert
on any suspicious activity or communication, such as a MITM attack.

521. Answer: B. By using a rogue access point

Explanation: One of the most common ways to perform a Man in the Middle (MITM)
attack on a wireless network is by using a rogue access point. A rogue access point is an
access point that has been set up by an attacker to intercept and modify any traffic passing
through it. This allows the attacker to eavesdrop on and modify the communication
between two parties, without either party being aware of the attack.

522. Answer: d. Integrate security into DevOps

Explanation: DevSecOps is an approach to development and operations that emphasizes

security at all stages of the software delivery process. The primary goal of DevSecOps is to
integrate security into DevOps to ensure the development, deployment, and maintenance of
secure applications and systems.

523. Answer: b. Improved security

Explanation: The main benefit of DevSecOps is improved security. By integrating security

into the development process, DevSecOps enables organizations to identify and address
security issues earlier in the development process, reducing the risk of security breaches.
Additionally, DevSecOps enables organizations to automate security processes, making
them more efficient and reducing the time and cost of manual security checks.

524. Answer: d. Security culture

Explanation: The primary focus of DevSecOps is to create a security culture within the
organization. This culture emphasizes security throughout the software development process
and encourages collaboration among developers, operations teams, and security teams. By

R CC E ® 430
creating a culture of security, DevSecOps enables organizations to identify and address
security issues earlier in the development process, reducing the risk of security breaches.

525. Answer: a. Automation

Explanation: Automation is the primary tool used in DevSecOps. Automation enables

organizations to streamline and automate security processes, such as security scans,
vulnerability scans, and penetration tests. Automation also enables organizations to quickly
and efficiently deploy secure applications and systems, reducing the risk of security breaches.

526. Answer: c. Security culture

Explanation: The most important aspect of DevSecOps is the security culture. This culture
emphasizes security throughout the software development process and encourages
collaboration among developers, operations teams, and security teams. By creating a culture
of security, DevSecOps enables organizations to identify and address security issues earlier in
the development process, reducing the risk of security breaches.

527. Answer: A. Planning

Explanation: The first step of the Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) is Planning.
Planning involves understanding the software requirements, defining the goals and
objectives of the software, and understanding the risks associated with the project. It also
involves deciding on the resources needed for the project, such as personnel, software,
hardware, and budget. The planning phase is essential for ensuring the successful
completion of the project.

528. Answer: C. Analysis

Explanation: Analysis is one of the phases of the Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC).
During the Analysis phase, the software requirements are analyzed and documented in
detail. This includes gathering user requirements, analyzing business processes, and creating
a system design. The goal of the Analysis phase is to ensure that the project meets the user’s
needs and is feasible.

529. Answer: C. To test the software

Explanation: The Testing phase of the Software Development Life Cycle is used to test the
software to ensure that it meets the user requirements and is free of bugs and errors. During

R CC E ® 431
the Testing phase, the software is tested using a variety of methods such as unit testing,
integration testing, system testing, and acceptance testing. The goal of the Testing phase is
to ensure that the software is functioning properly before it is released to the end user.

530. Answer: A. To design the software

Explanation: The Design phase of the Software Development Life Cycle is used to create the
software design. During the Design phase, the software is designed in detail, including the
user interface, data structures, and algorithms. The goal of the Design phase is to ensure
that the software is designed in a way that meets the user requirements and is efficient.

531. Answer: D. Maintenance

Explanation: The Maintenance phase is the final phase of the Software Development Life
Cycle (SDLC). During the Maintenance phase, changes and updates are made to the
software. This includes bug fixes, security patches, and new features. The goal of the
Maintenance phase is to ensure that the software is running smoothly and efficiently and is
up to date with the latest technologies.

532. Answer: A) A system set up to attract and trap cyber attackers

Explanation: A honeypot is a system set up to attract and trap cyber attackers by appearing
to contain activity of interest to them. It is typically set up in a production environment and
monitored to detect potential malicious activity, allowing security teams to gain insight into
attack techniques and prevent them from happening in the future.

533. Answer: C) To attract and trap cyber attackers

Explanation: The purpose of a honeypot is to attract and trap cyber attackers by appearing
to contain activity of interest to them. It is set up in a production environment and
monitored to detect potential malicious activity, allowing security teams to gain insight into
attack techniques and prevent them from happening in the future.

534. Answer: A) A honeypot is a single system while a honeynet is a network of systems

Explanation: A honeypot is a single system set up to attract and trap cyber attackers by
appearing to contain activity of interest to them. A honeynet is a network of systems
designed to detect malicious activity and identify vulnerable systems. Both are used to gain
insight into attack techniques and prevent them from happening in the future.

R CC E ® 432
535. Answer: C) Attack techniques

Explanation: A honeypot is a system set up to detect malicious activity and identify attack
techniques. It stores information such as the IP address of the attacker, the type of attack,
and the tools and techniques used. This information can then be used to prevent similar
attacks in the future.

536. Answer: D) With a honeypot software

Explanation: A honeypot is monitored using honeypot software, which is designed to detect

malicious activity and identify attack techniques. The software can be installed on a system
or a network of systems and can be configured to log the IP address of the attacker, the type
of attack, and the tools and techniques used.

537. Answer: A) To detect malicious activity

Explanation: A honeywall is a specialized firewall designed to detect malicious activity and

identify attack techniques. It is typically installed on a network of systems and can be
configured to log the IP address of the attacker, the type of attack, and the tools and
techniques used. This information can then be used to prevent similar attacks in the future.

538. Answer: A) A honeypot is a single system while a honeywall is a firewall

Explanation: A honeypot is a single system set up to attract and trap cyber attackers by
appearing to contain activity of interest to them. A honeywall is a specialized firewall
designed to detect malicious activity and identify attack techniques. Both are used to gain
insight into attack techniques and prevent them from happening in the future.

539. Answer: D) To identify vulnerable systems

Explanation: A honeyd is a system designed to identify vulnerable systems by simulating

multiple operating systems and services. It is typically set up in a production environment
and monitored to detect potential malicious activity, allowing security teams to gain insight
into attack techniques and prevent them from happening in the future.

540. Answer: C) Attack techniques

Explanation: A honeyd is a system designed to identify vulnerable systems by simulating

multiple operating systems and services. It collects data such as the IP address of the

R CC E ® 433
attacker, the type of attack, and the tools and techniques used. This information can then be
used to prevent similar attacks in the future.

541. Answer: D) With a honeyd software

Explanation: A honeyd is monitored using honeyd software, which is designed to detect

malicious activity and identify attack techniques. The software can be installed on a system
or a network of systems and can be configured to log the IP address of the attacker, the type
of attack, and the tools and techniques used. This information can then be used to prevent
similar attacks in the future.

542. Answer: A. A container runtime

Explanation: Docker is a container runtime that enables developers to package their

applications and dependencies into individual containers, allowing them to be easily
distributed and run in any environment. Containers are isolated from one another and
bundle their own software, libraries and configuration files, making them ideal for running
distributed applications.

543. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Docker provides developers with several benefits, including increased

scalability, simplified deployment, and reduced resource consumption. By running
applications in containers, developers can quickly scale their applications up or down as
needed, and can easily deploy the same application across multiple environments.
Additionally, containers are much more lightweight than virtual machines, allowing them to
be deployed with less overhead.

544. Answer: B. A package of application files

Explanation: A Docker image is a package of application files and dependencies, which is

used to create a Docker container. Images are typically built from a Dockerfile, which is a
set of instructions that are used to create the image. Images are then used to create
containers for running applications.

545. Answer: A. An online repository for Docker images

Explanation: The Docker Hub is an online repository for Docker images. It provides
developers with a platform to store and share their images, as well as to find images created

R CC E ® 434
by other developers. It is the default registry used by the Docker client, making it easy for
developers to find, pull, and push images.

546. Answer: A. To create Docker images

Explanation: The Dockerfile is a set of instructions used to create a Docker image. It is a

text file that contains commands for creating the image, such as which base image to use,
which packages to include, and which commands to run. The Dockerfile is used to build an
image, which can then be used to create containers for running applications.

547. Answer: C. To enable containerized applications

Explanation: Kubernetes is an open-source platform for container orchestration. It is

designed to automate the deployment, scaling, and management of applications that are run
in containers. Kubernetes helps to manage and run multiple containers as a single system
and provides an efficient way to deploy, scale, and manage containerized applications.

548. Answer: C. Configuration Resources

Explanation: Kubernetes uses a configuration resource called ConfigMaps to store

application configuration. ConfigMaps provide a way to store configuration data that can
be accessed by applications. The data stored in a ConfigMap can be used to provide
environment variables, command-line arguments, file-based configuration, or any other
kind of configuration that an application might need.

549. Answer: D. Secret Resources

Explanation: Kubernetes uses a resource called Secrets to store sensitive information such as
passwords, tokens, and certificates. Secrets are stored securely in the Kubernetes cluster and
can be accessed by applications when needed. Secrets are encrypted and stored using a
secure key, so they cannot be accessed by unauthorized users.

550. Answer: C. Role-based Access Control Resources

Explanation: Kubernetes uses a resource called Role-based Access Control (RBAC) to

manage access control. RBAC allows users to be granted access to certain resources based on
their roles. This resource allows users to be granted specific permissions to access certain
resources, such as creating deployments or pods. RBAC helps to ensure that users can only
access the resources they are authorized to access.

R CC E ® 435
551. Answer: C. Deployment Resources

Explanation: Kubernetes uses a resource called Deployments to deploy applications. A

Deployment is a Kubernetes resource that defines a set of containers, their images, and the
desired state of the containers. A Deployment can be used to deploy applications to a
Kubernetes cluster. It can also be used to manage the lifecycle of the applications, such as
scaling, rolling updates, and rollbacks.

552. Answer: D. Service Resources

Explanation: Kubernetes uses a resource called Services to expose applications to the outside
world. A Service is a Kubernetes resource that provides a way for applications to be accessed
from outside the cluster. Services provide a single point of access, such as an IP address, for
all the containers in a Deployment, enabling external clients to access the application.

553. Answer: B. To provide a way to manage Kubernetes resources

Explanation: The Kubernetes API server is the core component of the Kubernetes cluster. It
provides a way to manage Kubernetes resources, such as Deployments, Services, and
ConfigMaps. The Kubernetes API server is responsible for handling requests from clients,
such as Kubernetes command-line tools and web browsers, and processing those requests to
create, update, or delete resources in the cluster.

554. Answer: C. To provide a way to schedule applications

Explanation: The Kubernetes scheduler is responsible for scheduling applications onto

nodes in the cluster. The scheduler works by looking at the resources that are available in the
cluster, such as CPU and memory, and then finding the optimal place to run an application.
The scheduler also takes into account the constraints that the user may have specified when
creating the application, such as which nodes the application should run on.

555. Answer: A. Azure CLI is a command line tool for managing and automating Azure
resources.

Explanation: Azure CLI is a cross-platform command-line tool used to manage Azure

resources. It provides a different set of tools for creating, deploying, and managing Azure
resources. It also allows for automation of Azure resources using scripts, and can be used in
both Windows and Linux environments.

R CC E ® 436
556. Answer: A. az vm list

Explanation: The az vm list command is used to list all virtual machines in Azure. This
command will provide a list of all the virtual machines in an Azure subscription. It also
provides additional information such as the resource group, location, and state of each
virtual machine.

557. Answer: A. az resource group create

Explanation: The az resource group create command is used to create a new resource group
in Azure. This command requires the name of the resource group and the location in which
it should be created. The resource group will contain all the resources associated with it.

558. Answer: A. az storage account create

Explanation: The az storage account create command is used to create a new storage
account in Azure. This command requires the name of the storage account, the resource
group it should be created in, and the location in which it should be created. It also allows
for additional parameters such as the type of storage account and the replication strategy.

559. Answer: A. az vm delete

560. Answer: B. 22

Explanation: By default, Netcat uses port number 22 on a remote system to establish a

connection. Port 22 is used for SSH connections and is generally used for remote server
administration. It can also be used to transfer files and can be used for port scanning.

561. Answer: A. nc -l

Explanation: The command nc -l is used to start a Netcat listener. The -l option is used to
specify the port on which Netcat should listen for incoming connections. The listener will
listen for incoming connections on the specified port and will then execute the commands
received from the connected system.

562. Answer: B. nc -c

Explanation: The command nc -c is used to connect to a remote host using Netcat. The -c
option is used to specify the hostname or IP address of the remote system. Netcat will then

R CC E ® 437
attempt to connect to the specified remote host, and will execute the commands received
from the connected system.

563. Answer: A. nc -f

Explanation: The command nc -f is used to send a file using Netcat. The -f option is used to
specify the file that should be sent over the connection. Netcat will then read the file and
send it to the remote system, where it will be written to disk.

564. Answer: B. nc -s

Explanation: The command nc -s is used to perform port scanning using Netcat. The -s
option is used to specify the starting and ending port numbers. Netcat will then scan the
specified range of ports, and will report back if any of the ports are open.

565. Answer: A. To capture and analyze network traffic

Explanation: Wireshark is a network packet analyzer that is used to capture and analyze
network traffic. It is used to troubleshoot network issues, detect security threats, and analyze
network protocols.

566. Answer: A. .pcap

Explanation: Wireshark can open files with the .pcap extension, which are files captured
using the network packet analyzer. These files contain data packets that can be analyzed
using Wireshark.

567. Answer: B. Network traffic

Explanation: Wireshark is used to analyze network traffic, which includes data packets sent
and received over a network. It is used to troubleshoot network issues, detect security
threats, and analyze network protocols.

568. Answer: A. Protocol analysis

Explanation: The most important feature of Wireshark is its ability to do protocol analysis.
This allows users to analyze each layer of the network protocol stack and view detailed
information about the packets being sent and received.

R CC E ® 438
569. Answer: A. Download the Wireshark installer

Explanation: The best way to install Wireshark is to download and run the Wireshark
installer. This installer will set up Wireshark and all of its dependencies on the system,
making it easier to use and configure.

570. Answer: A. tcpdump -i eth0

Explanation: The command tcpdump -i eth0 is used to capture all traffic on a network
interface using tcpdump. The -i option tells tcpdump which interface to listen on, and eth0
is the name of the interface.

571. Answer: D. tcpdump -s ip

Explanation: The command tcpdump -s ip is used to capture all packets from a specific IP
address. The -s option tells tcpdump to capture the source IP address, and ip is the IP
address to capture.

572. Answer: D. tcpdump -p port

Explanation: The command tcpdump -p port is used to capture all packets that are destined
for a specific port. The -p option tells tcpdump to capture the destination port, and port is
the port to capture.

573. Answer: D. tcpdump -u udp

Explanation: The command tcpdump -u udp is used to capture all UDP packets. The -u
option tells tcpdump to capture only packets with the UDP protocol, and udp is the
protocol to capture.

574. Answer: D. tcpdump -s string

Explanation: The command tcpdump -s string is used to capture all packets that contain a
specific string. The -s option tells tcpdump to capture the string, and string is the string to
capture.

575. Answer: A. wget -r [Link]

R CC E ® 439
Explanation: The command used to download a file from an FTP server using wget is ‘wget
-r [Link] The -r flag tells wget to recursively download the file, which will ensure that the
entire file is downloaded.

576. Answer: D. wget -m [Link]

Explanation: The command used to download a file from a secure (HTTPS) web server
using wget is ‘wget -m [Link] The -m flag tells wget to mirror the file, which will
ensure that the entire file is downloaded.

577. Answer: A. wget -r [Link]

Explanation: The command used to download a file from an HTTP server using wget is
‘wget -r [Link] The -r flag tells wget to recursively download the file, which will ensure
that the entire file is downloaded.

578. Answer: B. wget -f [Link]

Explanation: The command used to download all the images from a web page using wget is
‘wget -f [Link] The -f flag tells wget to follow all the links on the page, which will
ensure that all the images are downloaded.

579. Answer: C. wget -d [Link]

Explanation: The command used to download all the files from a web page using wget is
‘wget -d [Link] The -d flag tells wget to download all the files, which will ensure that all
the files are downloaded.

580. Answer: C. -w

Explanation: The -w option is used with the grep command to print only the matching
strings. This option matches the whole word and disregards the partial matches.

581. Answer: A. grep pattern filename

Explanation: The correct syntax to use the grep command to search for a pattern in a file is
grep pattern filename. The pattern is the search string and the filename is the file to be
searched.

R CC E ® 440
582. Answer: A. Counts the number of lines containing the pattern

Explanation: The -c option is used with the grep command to count the number of lines
containing the pattern. This option does not display the lines containing the pattern but
only displays the count of the lines containing the pattern.

583. Answer: B. -i

Explanation: The -i option is used with the grep command to ignore case distinctions when
searching for a pattern. This option is used to match both lowercase and uppercase letters.

584. Answer: C. Displays the line numbers of the lines containing the pattern

Explanation: The -n option is used with the grep command to display the line numbers of
the lines containing the pattern. This option displays the line numbers along with the lines
containing the pattern.

585. Answer: A. nessus –scan

Explanation: The command “nessus –scan” is used to scan a remote system for
vulnerabilities using Nessus. It can be used to scan a single host or multiple hosts. The
command will generate a report that details the vulnerabilities found on the system and
provides recommendations for how to fix them.

586. Answer: B. nessus –launch

Explanation: The command “nessus –launch” is used to launch a new scan with Nessus. It
can be used to scan a single host or multiple hosts. The command will generate a report that
details the vulnerabilities found on the system and provides recommendations for how to fix
them.

587. Answer: A. nessus –stop

Explanation: The command “nessus –stop” is used to stop a running Nessus scan. It will
terminate thescan and will not generate a report. It is useful when you need to stop a scan
that is taking too long or if the scan is producing too many false positives.

588. Answer: A. nessus –list

R CC E ® 441
Explanation: The command “nessus –list” is used to view a list of all running scans on a
Nessus server. It will display the status of the scans and provide information such as the
target, the start time, and the duration of the scan.

589. Answer: A. nessus –delete

Explanation: The command “nessus –delete” is used to delete a scan from the Nessus server.
It will permanently remove the scan and all associated data from the server and cannot be
undone. It should only be used when the scan is no longer needed.

590. Answer: B. msfpayload

Explanation: MSFVenom is a tool used to create payloads and encode them. The command
used to generate a payload using MSFVenom is msfpayload. This command allows the user
to specify various parameters such as the target platform and output format, and can be
used to generate multiple types of payloads.

591. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: MSFVenom can be used to generate multiple types of payloads, such as

shellcode, reverse shell and Meterpreter payloads. All of these payloads can be generated
using the msfvenom command.

592. Answer: A. msfencode

Explanation: MSFVenom can be used to encode a generated payload using the msfencode
command. This command allows the user to specify various parameters such as the target
platform and output format, and can be used to encode multiple types of payloads.

593. Answer: A. To create and encode payloads

Explanation: The main purpose of MSFVenom is to create and encode payloads. This tool
can be used to generate multiple types of payloads, such as shellcode, reverse shell and
Meterpreter payloads. It can also be used to encode these payloads using the msfencode
command.

594. Answer: C. RAW

R CC E ® 442
Explanation: The default output format of MSFVenom is RAW. This format can be used to
generate a payload that can be executed on any platform. The user can also specify a
different output format, such as EXE, DLL or PE, depending on the target platform.

595. Answer: D. A digital image steganography tool

Explanation: Stegsnow is a digital image steganography tool that hides data within an image
file. It uses a technique known as Least Significant Bit (LSB) insertion to embed the secret
data within the least significant bits of the image. This makes it difficult to detect the
hidden data without knowing the exact location and method of insertion.

596. Answer: D. No encryption

Explanation: Stegsnow does not use any encryption to protect the hidden data. It relies
solely on the LSB insertion technique to hide the data from prying eyes. The data is not
encrypted in any way and must be protected with a secure password to prevent
unauthorized access.

597. Answer: A. Text

Explanation: Stegsnow is designed to hide text data within an image file. It does not support
the hiding of other types of data such as images, audio, or video.

598. Answer: B. In the least significant bits of the image file

Explanation: Stegsnow uses a technique known as Least Significant Bit (LSB) insertion to
embed the secret data within the least significant bits of the image. This makes it difficult to
detect the hidden data without knowing the exact location and method of insertion.

599. Answer: C. To hide data within an image

Explanation: Stegsnow is a digital image steganography tool that hides data within an image
file. It uses a technique known as Least Significant Bit (LSB) insertion to embed the secret
data within the least significant bits of the image. This makes it difficult to detect the
hidden data without knowing the exact location and method of insertion.

Explanation: The az vm delete command is used to delete a virtual machine in Azure. This
command requires the name of the virtual machine and the resource group it belongs to.
Once the command is run, the virtual machine and all associated resources will be deleted.

R CC E ® 443
600. Answer: B. aws s3api list-buckets --region

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to list all the buckets in a specific region is "aws
s3api list-buckets --region <region_name>". This command is used to list all the buckets in
a specified region, such as "us-east-1" or "eu-west-1".

601. Answer: A. aws s3 sync

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to sync an S3 bucket with a local directory is "aws s3
sync". This command is used to synchronize the contents of an S3 bucket with the contents
of a local directory. It can be used to upload files from the local directory to the S3 bucket,
or to download files from the S3 bucket to the local directory.

602. Answer: B. aws ec2 run-instances

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to create an EC2 instance is "aws ec2 run-instances".
This command is used to create an EC2 instance in AWS. It can be used to create a single
instance or multiple instances in one command.

603. Answer: C. aws ec2 describe-instances

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to list the running EC2 instances is "aws ec2
describe-instances". This command is used to list all the EC2 instances in AWS, including
both running and stopped instances. It can be used with filters to list only the instances that
are running.

604. Answer: A. aws ec2 create-security-group

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to create a security group is "aws ec2 create-security-
group". This command is used to create a security group in AWS. It can be used to specify
the name and description of a security group, as well as the list of inbound and outbound
rules.

605. Answer: B. aws ebs describe-volumes

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to list all the Amazon EBS volumes is "aws ebs
describe-volumes". This command is used to list all the EBS volumes in AWS. It can be
used with filters to list only the volumes that meet certain criteria, such as specific size or
availability zone.

R CC E ® 444
606. Answer: A. aws iam create-user

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to create an IAM user is "aws iam create-user". This
command is used to create an IAM user in AWS. It can be used to specify the username and
other account details, such as the user's access policy and group membership.

607. Answer: B. aws rds describe-instances

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to list all the running Amazon RDS instances is "aws
rds describe-instances". This command is used to list all the RDS instances in AWS,
including both running and stopped instances. It can be used with filters to list only the
instances that are running.

608. Answer: C. aws s3 rb

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to delete an S3 bucket is "aws s3 rb". This command
is used to delete an S3 bucket and all the objects in it. It can be used with the "--force"
option to delete the bucket even if it is not empty.

609. Answer: B. aws sns describe-topics

Explanation: The AWS CLI command to list all the Amazon SNS topics is "aws sns
describe-topics". This command is used to list all the SNS topics in AWS. It can be used
with filters to list only the topics that meet certain criteria, such as specific topic name or
status.

610. Answer: A. A WebShell is a type of malicious software that provides a backdoor

into a web server, allowing an attacker to control it remotely.

Explanation: A WebShell is a type of malicious software that provides a backdoor into a web
server, allowing an attacker to control it remotely. It is typically installed on the web server
by an attacker, who then has access to the web server, allowing them to run arbitrary code,
modify or delete files, and access sensitive data.

611. Answer: A. A Backdoor is a type of malicious software that is used to gain

unauthorized access to a computer system.

Explanation: A Backdoor is a type of malicious software that is used to gain unauthorized

access to a computer system. It is typically installed on the system by an attacker, who then

R CC E ® 445
has access to the system, allowing them to run arbitrary code, modify or delete files, and
access sensitive data.

612. Answer: A. A WebShell is used to gain access to a web server, while a Backdoor is
used to gain access to a computer system.

Explanation: A WebShell is a type of malicious software that provides a backdoor into a web
server, allowing an attacker to control it remotely. A Backdoor is a type of malicious
software that is used to gain unauthorized access to a computer system. The main difference
between the two is that a WebShell is used to gain access to a web server, while a Backdoor
is used to gain access to a computer system.

613. Answer: D. The risks of using a WebShell or Backdoor include data exfiltration,
system vulnerability, and malicious code execution.

Explanation: The risks of using a WebShell or Backdoor include data exfiltration, system
vulnerability, and malicious code execution. Data exfiltration is when an attacker steals data
from a system. System vulnerability refers to the fact that an attacker can exploit the
backdoor to gain unauthorized access to the system. Malicious code execution is when an
attacker uses the backdoor to run malicious code on the system, which can lead to further
damage or data theft.

614. Answer: C. WebShells and Backdoors can be prevented by using strong

authentication, patching web servers regularly, and using security measures such as web
application firewalls and antivirus software.

Explanation: WebShells and Backdoors can be prevented by using strong authentication,

patching web servers regularly, and using security measures such as web application firewalls
and antivirus software. Strong authentication requires users to provide multiple pieces of
evidence to prove their identity, such as a password and a security token. Patching web
servers regularly ensures that any security vulnerabilities are quickly patched to prevent
attackers from exploiting them. Web application firewalls and antivirus software provide an
additional layer of security against malicious code.

615. Answer: C. A WordPress plugin is a piece of software that can be installed onto a
WordPress website to extend its functionality.

Explanation: A WordPress plugin is a program, or a set of one or more functions, written in

the PHP scripting language, that adds a specific set of features or services to the WordPress

R CC E ® 446
website. These functions and features can range from simple ones, such as displaying the
date or time, to complex ones, such as providing an e-commerce platform or a content
management system.

616. Answer: B. A fake plugin is a fraudulent program that appears to be a legitimate

WordPress plugin, but is actually malicious.

Explanation: A fake plugin is a malicious program that is disguised as a legitimate

WordPress plugin, with the aim of stealing data or damaging the website. These fake plugins
try to resemble legitimate ones, in order to trick users into downloading or activating them.

617. Answer: B. Install only plugins from trusted sources.

Explanation: The best way to protect a WordPress website from fake plugins is to install
only plugins from trusted sources, such as the WordPress Plugin Directory, or from
reputable plugin developers. Doing so will ensure that the plugin is genuine and not
malicious.

618. Answer: B. Uninstall the plugin immediately.

Explanation: If a malicious plugin is detected on a WordPress website, it should be

uninstalled immediately. This will ensure that the malicious code is completely removed
from the website, and the website is protected from any further damage or data theft.

619. Answer: A. To protect the website from malicious activity.

Explanation: WordPress security plugins are designed to protect websites from malicious
activity, such as fake plugins. These plugins monitor the website for malicious plugins, scan
the website for malicious code, and block malicious plugins from being installed.

620. Answer: A. Phishing is a type of cybercrime that uses social engineering

techniques to deceive victims into revealing sensitive information such as usernames,
passwords, and credit card details.

Explanation: Phishing is a type of cybercrime that utilizes social engineering techniques,

such as creating fake emails or websites, to convince victims to provide sensitive
information. Once the information is obtained, the attacker can use it to gain access to
accounts, commit identity theft, and other malicious activities.

R CC E ® 447
621. Answer: A. Email

Explanation: The most common way for a phishing attack to occur is via email. Attackers
often send emails that appear to be legitimate but are actually malicious. The emails usually
contain links to fake websites or malicious attachments that can be used to gain sensitive
information or install malware.

622. Answer: A. Gain access to sensitive information

Explanation: The primary goal of a phishing attack is to gain access to sensitive information
such as usernames, passwords, and credit card details. Attackers use this information to
commit identity theft and other malicious activities.

623. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: The best defense against phishing attacks is to use a combination of strong
passwords, exercise caution when opening emails, and install antivirus software. Strong
passwords make it difficult for attackers to guess, while caution with emails can help prevent
falling for phishing scams. Finally, antivirus software can detect and block malicious
attachments and websites.

624. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: You can tell if an email is a phishing attack by checking the sender address,
analyzing the link destination, and scanning the email for suspicious content. Attackers
often use spoofed sender addresses to make it appear as though the email is coming from a
legitimate source. Additionally, the link destination should be checked to ensure that it is
not leading to a malicious website. Finally, the email should be scanned for suspicious
content, such as requests for sensitive information or unusual requests.

625. Answer: A. Spear phishing

Explanation: Spear phishing is the most common type of phishing attack. It is a targeted
attack that is designed to gain access to sensitive information by impersonating a trusted
individual or organization. Attackers often use personal information, such as names and
addresses, to create a sense of familiarity and trust with the victim.

626. Answer: D. All of the above

R CC E ® 448
Explanation: The best way to protect against phishing attacks is to use a combination of
two-factor authentication, install antivirus software, and update system software. Two-factor
authentication adds an extra layer of security to accounts, making it much more difficult for
attackers to gain access. Antivirus software can help detect and block malicious attachments
and websites, while keeping system software up to date can help protect against known
vulnerabilities.

627. Answer: A. Educate users

Explanation: The most effective way to prevent phishing attacks is to educate users.
Educating users on how to recognize and avoid phishing scams can help them avoid falling
victim to these attacks. Additionally, users should be taught to be suspicious of emails from
unknown sources and to never click on links or open attachments from unknown senders.

628. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Examples of phishing attacks include a malicious website, an email with a

malicious attachment, and an email with a malicious link. Attackers use these methods to
gain access to sensitive information or install malware. Attackers may also use social
engineering techniques to convince victims to provide information or click on malicious
links.

629. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: The most effective way to respond to a phishing attack is to change passwords,
report the attack, and delete the email. Changing passwords immediately helps to prevent
attackers from gaining access to accounts. Reporting the attack can help to identify the
attacker and prevent future attacks. Finally, deleting the email helps to remove any malicious
content from the user’s computer.

630. Answer: A. A keylogger is a type of surveillance software (malware) designed to

stealthily record keystrokes and other user activity on a computer or mobile device.

Explanation: A keylogger is a type of malware specifically designed to record (log)

keystrokes and other user activity on a computer or mobile device. Keyloggers can be used
for malicious purposes such as stealing passwords, credit card numbers, and other personal
information. It is important to be aware of the risks associated with keyloggers and to take
steps to protect your computer from this type of malicious software.

R CC E ® 449
631. Answer: A. To monitor user activity and log keystrokes

Explanation: The main purpose of a keylogger is to monitor user activity and log keystrokes.
Keyloggers can be used for a variety of malicious purposes, such as stealing passwords, credit
card numbers, and other personal information. It is important to be aware of the risks
associated with keyloggers and to take steps to protect your computer from this type of
malicious software.

632. Answer: A. By recording keystrokes and user activity

Explanation: Keyloggers work by recording keystrokes and user activity. They are designed
to stealthily record keystrokes and other user activity on a computer or mobile device.
Keyloggers can be used for malicious purposes such as stealing passwords, credit card
numbers, and other personal information. It is important to be aware of the risks associated
with keyloggers and to take steps to protect your computer from this type of malicious
software.

633. Answer: A. Install antivirus software

Explanation: Installing antivirus software is the best way to protect your computer from
keyloggers. Antivirus software can detect and remove malicious keyloggers from your
computer, as well as detect any malicious software that may be installed on your computer.
It is also important to keep your antivirus software up to date and be aware of the risks
associated with keyloggers.

634. Answer: A. To steal passwords and other personal information

Explanation: Keyloggers can be used for malicious purposes such as stealing passwords,
credit card numbers, and other personal information. They are designed to stealthily record
keystrokes and other user activity on a computer or mobile device. It is important to be
aware of the risks associated with keyloggers and to take steps to protect your computer
from this type of malicious software.

635. Answer: C. To collect user data

Explanation: Spyware is a type of malicious software that is installed on a computer or other

device without the user's knowledge or consent. Its primary purpose is to collect user data,
such as browsing activity, login credentials, and other sensitive information, and transmit it
to a third-party.

R CC E ® 450
636 Answer: B. Install anti-virus software

Explanation: Anti-virus software is designed to detect and remove malicious software,

including spyware, from a computer. Installing anti-virus software is the best way to protect
a computer from spyware, as it can detect and remove spyware before it can cause any
damage.

637. Answer: C. Usernames and passwords

Explanation: Spyware is designed to collect personal data, such as usernames and passwords,
as well as browsing activity and other sensitive information. This data can then be used by
the spyware developer to gain access to the user's accounts or to create false accounts in their
name.

638. Answer: C. Drive-by download

Explanation: Drive-by downloads are the most common method used to install spyware
onto a computer. This type of attack occurs when a user visits a malicious website and is
then automatically prompted to download a file, which is actually a piece of spyware.

639. Answer: B. Use a spyware remover

Explanation: A spyware remover is a type of software that is designed to detect and remove
malicious software, including spyware, from a computer. It is the best way to remove
spyware from a computer, as it can detect and remove spyware before it can cause any
damage.

640. Answer: B) To hide the existence of a message

Explanation: Steganography is the practice of concealing a file, message, image, or video

within another file, message, image, or video. The main purpose of Steganography is to hide
the existence of the message from any third party, so that only the sender and the intended
recipient know about the existence of the message.

641. Answer: C) LSB Substitution

Explanation: LSB Substitution is a type of Steganography technique which is used to hide

data by replacing the least significant bits of the cover media with the data of the secret

R CC E ® 451
message. It is a simple yet effective technique to hide data within a cover media in such a
way that it is undetectable by human senses.

642. Answer: D) RSA

Explanation: RSA (Rivest–Shamir–Adleman) is a popular public-key cryptography

algorithm used for data encryption and decryption. It is not a Steganography algorithm as it
does not hide the existence of a message. Steganography algorithms are used to conceal the
existence of a message within another file, message, image, or video.

643. Answer: B) Steganography is more secure

Explanation: Steganography is more secure than Cryptography as the presence of the

message is not revealed to any third party. By using Steganography, the sender and the
intended recipient are the only parties that know about the existence of the message. On the
other hand, Cryptography is used to encrypt the message, and the presence of the message is
known to all parties involved in the communication.

644. Answer: B) Spatial Domain Steganography

Explanation: Spatial Domain Steganography is a type of Steganography in which the secret

message is embedded directly into the cover media. In this technique, the secret message is
hidden by replacing some of the pixels in the cover media with the data of the secret
message. This technique is simple yet effective and does not require any complex
calculations.

645. Answer: b) Backup all important data regularly

Explanation: Backing up important data regularly is the most effective way to prevent a
ransomware attack. Ransomware is a type of malicious software that encrypts or locks files,
demanding a ransom to be paid in order for the files to be decrypted and restored. Having a
reliable backup of all important data means that if an attack does occur, the data can be
restored without paying the ransom.

646. Answer: c) To demand a ransom

Explanation: The main purpose of a ransomware attack is to demand a ransom.

Ransomware is a type of malicious software that encrypts or locks files, demanding a
ransom to be paid in order for the files to be decrypted and restored.

R CC E ® 452
647. Answer: d) Ransomware

Explanation: Ransomware is the type of malicious software that is used in a ransomware

attack. Ransomware is a type of malicious software that encrypts or locks files, demanding a
ransom to be paid in order for the files to be decrypted and restored.

648. Answer: c) Backup all important data regularly

Explanation: Backing up important data regularly is the most effective way to prevent a
ransomware attack. Ransomware is a type of malicious software that encrypts or locks files,
demanding a ransom to be paid in order for the files to be decrypted and restored. Having a
reliable backup of all important data means that if an attack does occur, the data can be
restored without paying the ransom.

649. Answer: b) Through email attachments

Explanation: The most common way a ransomware attack is initiated is through email
attachments. Ransomware is typically spread through malicious attachments in emails, often
appearing to come from a legitimate source. When the attachment is opened, the malicious
software is installed, encrypting files and demanding a ransom to be paid in order for the
files to be decrypted and restored.

650. Answer: c) Documents and media files

Explanation: Documents and media files are typically the target of a ransomware attack.
Ransomware is a type of malicious software that encrypts or locks files, demanding a
ransom to be paid in order for the files to be decrypted and restored. Documents and media
files are the most valuable files, so they are often targeted.

651. Answer: c) Ransomware

Explanation: Ransomware is the type of malicious software that is used in a ransomware

attack. Ransomware is a type of malicious software that encrypts or locks files, demanding a
ransom to be paid in order for the files to be decrypted and restored.

652. Answer: d) Backup all important data regularly

Explanation: Backing up important data regularly is the most effective way to protect
against a ransomware attack. Ransomware is a type of malicious software that encrypts or

R CC E ® 453
locks files, demanding a ransom to be paid in order for the files to be decrypted and
restored. Having a reliable backup of all important data means that if an attack does occur,
the data can be restored without paying the ransom.

653. Answer: c) Through email attachments

Explanation: The most common way a ransomware attack is spread is through email
attachments. Ransomware is typically spread through malicious attachments in emails, often
appearing to come from a legitimate source. When the attachment is opened, the malicious
software is installed, encrypting files and demanding a ransom to be paid in order for the
files to be decrypted and restored.

654. Answer: c) To demand a ransom

Explanation: The main goal of a ransomware attack is to demand a ransom. Ransomware is

a type of malicious software that encrypts or locks files, demanding a ransom to be paid in
order for the files to be decrypted and restored.

655. Answer: A) DNS amplification attack

Explanation: ARP spoofing, also known as ARP cache poisoning, is a type of attack in
which an attacker sends malicious ARP messages to a local area network in order to link the
attacker's MAC address with the IP address of a legitimate user. Attackers can use this
method to gain access to the network or launch other types of attacks such as man-in-the-
middle attacks or Smurf attacks. However, DNS amplification attacks are not related to
ARP spoofing. DNS amplification attacks involve the attacker sending large amounts of
DNS queries to a DNS server in order to flood the server with responses.

656. Answer: D) To redirect network traffic

Explanation: ARP spoofing is a type of attack in which an attacker sends malicious ARP
messages to a local area network in order to link the attacker's MAC address with the IP
address of a legitimate user. The purpose of ARP spoofing is to redirect network traffic from
the legitimate user to the attacker's computer. This allows the attacker to gain access to the
network, steal data, launch denial of service attacks, or perform other malicious activities.

657. Answer: A) IP address

R CC E ® 454
Explanation: An ARP request is a packet sent by a computer on a local area network in
order to determine the MAC address of another computer on the same network. The
request includes the IP address of the target computer, and the computer that receives the
request responds with its MAC address. The MAC address is used to link the two
computers on the network.

658. Answer: B) Man-in-the-middle attack

Explanation: ARP spoofing is a type of attack in which an attacker sends malicious ARP
messages to a local area network in order to link the attacker's MAC address with the IP
address of a legitimate user. This allows the attacker to gain access to the network and
launch a man-in-the-middle attack. In a man-in-the-middle attack, the attacker intercepts
communication between two parties and can modify or steal data. ARP spoofing does not
enable denial of service attacks, brute force attacks, or buffer overflow attacks.

659. Answer: B) IP and MAC addresses

Explanation: ARP spoofing is a type of attack in which an attacker sends malicious ARP
messages to a local area network in order to link the attacker's MAC address with the IP
address of a legitimate user. In order to launch this type of attack, the attacker must have the
IP and MAC addresses of the target computer. The attacker also needs the MAC address of
their own computer in order to link their computer to the target computer.

660 Answer: D) Use static ARP entries

Explanation: ARP spoofing is a type of attack in which an attacker sends malicious ARP
messages to a local area network in order to link the attacker's MAC address with the IP
address of a legitimate user. The most effective way to prevent ARP spoofing attacks is to
use static ARP entries, which are entries in the ARP table that map IP addresses to MAC
addresses and cannot be modified by an attacker. Other measures such as disabling ARP,
enabling firewalls, and implementing port security may help to protect against ARP
spoofing attacks, but they are not as effective as static ARP entries.

661. Answer: B) Intrusion Detection System

Explanation: An intrusion detection system (IDS) is a device that is used to detect malicious
activity on a network. IDSs are used to detect ARP spoofing attacks by monitoring the ARP
traffic on the network and looking for suspicious activity. IDSs can detect ARP spoofing
attacks by monitoring for abnormal ARP messages, such as messages with spoofed IP or

R CC E ® 455
MAC addresses, or messages that are sent from an unknown source. Firewalls, network
switches, and network routers are not used to detect ARP spoofing attacks.

662. Answer: D) Smurf attack

Explanation: Smurf attacks are a type of attack that is used to launch ARP spoofing attacks.
In a Smurf attack, an attacker sends a large number of ICMP echo requests (also known as
"pings") to a broadcast address on the network. The attacker then spoofs the source IP
address of the pings so that they appear to come from the IP address of the target computer.
When the computers on the network respond to the pings, the attacker's computer is able
to link the attacker's MAC address with the IP address of the target computer and launch
the ARP spoofing attack. Brute force attacks, man-in-the-middle attacks, and buffer
overflow attacks are not used to launch ARP spoofing attacks.

663. Answer: B) By using a man-in-the-middle attack

Explanation: ARP spoofing is a type of attack in which an attacker sends malicious ARP
messages to a local area network in order to link the attacker's MAC address with the IP
address of a legitimate user. This allows the attacker to gain access to the network and
launch a man-in-the-middle attack. In a man-in-the-middle attack, the attacker intercepts
communication between two parties and can modify or steal data. ARP spoofing cannot be
used to launch Smurf attacks or brute force attacks.

664. Answer: C) ARP spoofing attack

Explanation: ARP spoofing is a type of attack in which an attacker sends malicious ARP
messages to a local area network in order to link the attacker's MAC address with the IP
address of a legitimate user. This allows the attacker to gain access to the network and
launch a man-in-the-middle attack. ARP spoofing is not used to launch denial of service
attacks or DNS amplification attacks.

665. Answer: A. A dictionary attack is a type of password cracking method that uses a
list of words as possible passwords.

Explanation: A dictionary attack is a type of password cracking technique where a list of

words is used to guess passwords. It works by trying all the words in the dictionary as a
possible password until it finds the correct one. It is an effective method of cracking
passwords, as many users tend to use words found in the dictionary as their passwords.

R CC E ® 456
666. Answer: A. A rainbow table attack is a type of password cracking technique that
uses pre-computed hashes.

Explanation: A rainbow table attack is a type of password cracking technique that uses pre-
computed hashes. Rainbow tables are large tables of pre-computed hashes for common
passwords and word lists. They are used to quickly crack passwords without having to
compute the hashes for each password. This makes them an effective method of cracking
passwords.

667. Answer: C. Brute force attack

Explanation: A brute force attack is a type of password cracking technique that tries all
possible combinations of characters. It works by going through a list of possible passwords
and trying them all until the correct one is found. This is an effective method of cracking
passwords, however it is time consuming as it has to go through all the possible
combinations.

668. Answer: A. A dictionary attack uses a list of words as possible passwords while a
brute force attack tries all possible combinations of characters.

Explanation: The difference between a dictionary attack and a brute force attack is that a
dictionary attack uses a list of words as possible passwords while a brute force attack tries all
possible combinations of characters. A dictionary attack is an effective method of cracking
passwords, as many users tend to use words found in the dictionary as their passwords.
However, it is time consuming as it has to go through all the words in the dictionary. A
brute force attack is an effective method of cracking passwords, however it is also time
consuming as it has to go through all the possible combinations.

669. Answer: A. A hybrid attack is a type of password cracking technique that

combines multiple methods.

Explanation: A hybrid attack is a type of password cracking technique that combines

multiple methods. It works by combining dictionary attacks, brute force attacks, and other
techniques to try and crack passwords. This makes it an effective method of cracking
passwords, as it can use multiple methods to crack a password.

670: Answer: A. OAuth is an open standard for authorization that enables users to
securely access resources without having to share their credentials.

R CC E ® 457
Explanation: OAuth is an open standard for authorization that enables users to securely
access resources without having to share their credentials. It provides a way for users to grant
third-party applications access to their resources without having to share their passwords or
other sensitive information. It also provides a secure way for applications to access resources
on behalf of users.

671: Answer: C. To provide authorization for users

Explanation: The primary purpose of OAuth is to provide authorization for users. OAuth is
an open standard for authorization that enables users to securely access resources without
having to share their credentials. It provides a way for users to grant third-party applications
access to their resources without having to share their passwords or other sensitive
information.

672: Answer: B. Token-based authorization

Explanation: OAuth uses token-based authorization. OAuth is an open standard for

authorization that enables users to securely access resources without having to share their
credentials. It provides a way for users to grant third-party applications access to their
resources without having to share their passwords or other sensitive information. The
authorization process uses a token-based approach, where a token is issued to the
application when the user grants access to their resources.

673: Answer: A. Authorization server, resource server and client

Explanation: The main components of the OAuth protocol are the authorization server,
resource server and client. The authorization server is responsible for authenticating the user
and issuing access tokens. The resource server is responsible for storing and managing the
user's resources. The client is responsible for making requests to the authorization server and
resource server.

674: Answer: B. Token-based authentication

Explanation: OAuth uses token-based authentication. OAuth is an open standard for

authorization that enables users to securely access resources without having to share their
credentials. It provides a way for users to grant third-party applications access to their
resources without having to share their passwords or other sensitive information. The
authentication process uses a token-based approach, where a token is issued to the
application when the user grants access to their resources.

R CC E ® 458
675. Answer: B. 11 Gbps

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 delivers a maximum speed of 11 Gbps, which is 3x faster than Wi-Fi
5, allowing for faster downloads, better video streaming and more reliable connections.

676. Answer: D. To increase network capacity

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 is designed to increase network capacity and provide better user
experience by improving the overall performance of the network. It does this by increasing
the number of devices that can be connected to the network, reducing network latency, and
improving network security.

677. Answer: C. 50 m

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 has a range of up to 50 m, which is significantly higher than the

previous Wi-Fi standards. This improved range ensures that users can stay connected in
areas where traditional Wi-Fi networks may not reach.

678. Answer: D. Increased network capacity

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 is designed to increase network capacity and provide better user
experience by improving the overall performance of the network. It does this by increasing
the number of devices that can be connected to the network, reducing network latency, and
improving network security.

679. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 utilizes the latest technologies including MU-MIMO, OFDMA, and
BSS Coloring to increase network capacity and improve user experience. These technologies
allow for more devices to be connected to the network, reduce latency, and increase security.

680. Answer: C. Both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 supports both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz data rates, making it the ideal
choice for home or business networks that need to support multiple devices simultaneously.
Additionally, the higher data rates of Wi-Fi 6 can improve the speed and reliability of
connections.

681 Answer: D. All of the above

R CC E ® 459
Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 uses WPA, WPA2, and WPA3 encryption protocols to secure data
transmissions. WPA3 is the latest encryption protocol and provides enhanced security with
improved encryption and authentication.

682. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 utilizes a combination of OFDM, QAM, and BPSK modulation

techniques to improve the speed and reliability of data transmissions. These modulation
techniques allow for higher data rates and better overall performance.

683. Answer: C. Both 2.4 GHz and 5 GHz

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 supports both the 2.4 GHz and the 5 GHz frequency bands, allowing
for faster speeds and improved connection reliability. The higher frequency band also
enables more devices to connect to the network simultaneously.

684. Answer: D. 64

Explanation: Wi-Fi 6 has a maximum number of 64 devices that can be connected to the
network simultaneously. This is significantly higher than previous Wi-Fi standards, allowing
for more devices to be connected to the network at the same time.

685. Answer: A. A wireless access point that is not authorized by an organization

Explanation: A Rogue Access Point (RAP) is an unauthorized wireless access point that is
connected to an organization’s network, either intentionally or unintentionally. It is not
authorized by the organization and can be used to gain unauthorized access to the network
and steal data.

686. Answer: B. To provide unauthorized access to the organization's network

Explanation: The purpose of a Rogue Access Point is to provide unauthorized access to the
organization's network. It can be used to gain access to sensitive information, or to launch
attacks against the network.

687. Answer: B. Unauthorized access and data corruption

Explanation: The security risks associated with rogue access points include unauthorized
access to the organization's network and data corruption. Rogue access points can be used

R CC E ® 460
to gain access to sensitive information, or to launch attacks against the network, which
could result in data being stolen or corrupted.

688. Answer: C. Utilizing wireless network monitoring tools

Explanation: The best way to detect and prevent rogue access points is to utilize wireless
network monitoring tools. These tools can detect and identify rogue access points, and can
help organizations take the necessary steps to protect their networks.

689. Answer: D. Unusual or unknown wireless networks appearing on the network

Explanation: One of the signs that a rogue access point has been installed on the network is
the appearance of unusual or unknown wireless networks on the network. This could
indicate that someone has connected an unauthorized access point to the network, and it
should be investigated further.

690. Answer: A. To detect and respond to malicious activity

Explanation: Snort is an open source Intrusion Detection System (IDS) that is used to
detect and respond to malicious activity on a network. It is capable of monitoring network
traffic in real time and determining if the traffic is malicious or not. It can be used to detect
and respond to various types of attacks such as denial of service (DoS), port scans, buffer
overflows, and more. It can also be used to detect malicious activity that is not easily
detected by other security measures.

691. Answer: B. It is an open source intrusion detection system

Explanation: Snort is an open source Intrusion Detection System (IDS) that is used to
detect and respond to malicious activity on a network. It is capable of monitoring network
traffic in real time and determining if the traffic is malicious or not. It can be used to detect
and respond to various types of attacks such as denial of service (DoS), port scans, buffer
overflows, and more. It can also be used to detect malicious activity that is not easily
detected by other security measures.

692. Answer: A. Denial of service

Explanation: Snort is an open source Intrusion Detection System (IDS) that is used to
detect and respond to malicious activity on a network. It is capable of detecting various
types of attacks such as denial of service (DoS), port scans, buffer overflows, and more. It

R CC E ® 461
can also be used to detect malicious activity that is not easily detected by other security
measures.

693. Answer: C. It is free and open source

Explanation: One of the main advantages of using Snort IDS is that it is free and open
source. This means that it can be used without any licensing fees and can be freely modified
and distributed. Additionally, it is highly customizable and can be easily configured to meet
the needs of different organizations.

694. Answer: C. Packet data

Explanation: Snort is an open source Intrusion Detection System (IDS) that is used to
detect and respond to malicious activity on a network. It is capable of capturing packet data
from a network in real time and analyzing it for malicious activity. It can be used to detect
and respond to various types of attacks such as denial of service (DoS), port scans, buffer
overflows, and more.

695. Answer: A. A firewall is used to prevent malicious activity while Snort IDS is used
to detect and respond to malicious activity

Explanation: Firewalls are used to prevent malicious activity by blocking or filtering

network traffic. Snort IDS is used to detect and respond to malicious activity on a network.
It is capable of monitoring network traffic in real time and determining if the traffic is
malicious or not. It can be used to detect and respond to various types of attacks such as
denial of service (DoS), port scans, buffer overflows, and more.

696. Answer: A. Signature-based rules

Explanation: Snort IDS uses signature-based rules to detect malicious activity on a network.
These rules are based on patterns of known malicious activity and can be used to detect
attacks such as denial of service (DoS), port scans, buffer overflows, and more. The rules are
highly customizable and can be adjusted to meet the needs of different organizations.

697. Answer: A. To reduce false positives

Explanation: Snort IDS uses preprocessors to reduce false positives. These preprocessors are
used to analyze network traffic and determine if it is malicious or not. The preprocessors can
be used to detect various types of malicious activity such as port scans, buffer overflows, and

R CC E ® 462
more. They can also be used to reduce the amount of false positives that are generated by
the IDS.

698. Answer: D. Rule-based language

Explanation: Snort IDS uses a rule-based language to write rules for detecting malicious
activity. This language is similar to programming languages like C++ and Java, but is
specifically designed for writing rules for intrusion detection systems. The language allows
for the creation of highly customizable rules that can be used to detect various types of
malicious activity such as denial of service (DoS), port scans, buffer overflows, and more.

699. Answer: B. Network data

Explanation: Snort IDS is capable of analyzing network data in real time to detect and
respond to malicious activity. It can be used to detect various types of attacks such as denial
of service (DoS), port scans, buffer overflows, and more. It can also be used to detect
malicious activity that is not easily detected by other security measures.

700. Answer: D) Signature

Explanation: OSSEC uses a signature-based detection method to identify malicious

activities and system intrusions. This method involves the comparison of suspicious activity
against a database of known malicious patterns. The signature-based method is one of the
most commonly used methods for intrusion detection systems and is highly effective in
detecting known threats.

701. Answer: D) All of the above

Explanation: OSSEC is an intrusion detection system that logs system alerts, network
traffic, and user actions. It monitors the system log files, network traffic, and user activity to
detect suspicious activity and potential threats. It also provides alerts and notifications when
such activities are detected.

702. Answer: D) All of the above

Explanation: OSSEC is a multi-platform intrusion detection system that supports

Windows, Linux, and MacOS operating systems. It is designed to detect and alert on
suspicious activities and potential threats across all platforms. It also provides detailed
reports about the activities it detects.

R CC E ® 463
703. Answer: D) All of the above

Explanation: OSSEC is a multi-purpose intrusion detection system that collects system logs,
network traffic, and user activity. It analyzes the data it collects to detect suspicious activities
and potential threats. It also provides alerts and notifications when such activities are
detected.

704. Answer: D) All of the above

Explanation: OSSEC is an intrusion detection system that takes a variety of actions upon
detection of a malicious activity. It logs the activity, sends alerts, and can block the traffic if
necessary. It is designed to detect and alert on suspicious activities and potential threats, and
provides detailed reports about the activities it detects.

705. Answer: C. To encrypt data

Explanation: RSA encryption is a cryptographic algorithm used to securely encrypt data. It

uses public and private keys to encrypt and decrypt data, ensuring that only the intended
recipient can view the original data.

706. Answer: B. Asymmetric

Explanation: RSA encryption is an asymmetric algorithm, meaning it uses two different

keys for encryption and decryption. A public key is used to encrypt the data, while a private
key is used to decrypt the data.

707. Answer: D. 1024 bits

Explanation: RSA encryption can support key lengths up to 1024 bits, which provides a
high level of security. However, longer key lengths are recommended for maximum security.

708. Answer: B. By using a pseudo-random number generator

Explanation: The public key in RSA encryption is generated using a pseudo-random

number generator. This is done to ensure that the public and private keys are different, and
that only the intended recipient can decrypt the data.

709. Answer: B. It is secure

R CC E ® 464
Explanation: The main benefit of RSA encryption is that it is extremely secure. It uses
public and private keys to encrypt and decrypt data, which ensures that only the intended
recipient can view the original data.

710. Answer: B. To encrypt data

Explanation: The RSA algorithm is used to securely encrypt data. It uses public and private
keys to encrypt and decrypt data, ensuring that only the intended recipient can view the
original data.

711. Answer: C. 512 bits

Explanation: RSA encryption can encrypt data up to 512 bits in length. This is sufficient
for most applications, but longer key lengths are recommended for maximum security.

712. Answer: C. By using public and private keys

Explanation: RSA encryption ensures data security by using public and private keys. The
public key is used to encrypt the data, while the private key is used to decrypt the data. This
ensures that only the intended recipient can view the original data.

713. Answer: C. To encrypt data

Explanation: The purpose of public and private keys in RSA encryption is to securely
encrypt data. The public key is used to encrypt the data, while the private key is used to
decrypt the data. This ensures that only the intended recipient can view the original data.

714. Answer: B. Asymmetric

Explanation: RSA encryption is an asymmetric encryption algorithm, meaning it uses two

different keys for encryption and decryption. A public key is used to encrypt the data, while
a private key is used to decrypt the data.

715. Answer: A. To provide a secure communication channel

Explanation: The primary purpose of TLS (Transport Layer Security) is to provide a secure
communication channel between two systems. TLS is a cryptographic protocol which is
used to ensure that data sent over a network is securely encrypted and authenticated, thus
preventing eavesdropping and tampering.

R CC E ® 465
716. Answer: C. To provide encryption and authentication

Explanation: A digital certificate is an important component of TLS. It is used to provide

authentication and encryption for secure communication over a network. The digital
certificate contains the public key of the communicating party, which is used to encrypt the
data that is sent over the network. The certificate also contains the digital signature of the
certificate issuer, which is used to authenticate the certificate and thus the user.

717. Answer: B. By using encryption algorithms

Explanation: TLS provides confidentiality by using encryption algorithms. Encryption

algorithms are used to encrypt data that is sent over the network, thus preventing
eavesdropping. The encryption algorithms used by TLS are based on public-key
cryptography, which requires the use of a digital certificate in order to authenticate the
communicating parties.

718. Answer: A. Public-key cryptography

Explanation: TLS uses public-key cryptography for authentication. Public-key cryptography

requires the use of a digital certificate which contains the public key of the communicating
party. The public key is used to encrypt the data that is sent over the network, and the
digital signature of the certificate issuer is used to authenticate the certificate and thus the
user.

719. Answer: B. To establish a secure connection

Explanation: The TLS Handshake Protocol is used to establish a secure connection between
two systems. The protocol is used to authenticate the server and verify the client, and to
negotiate the cryptographic algorithms that will be used for encryption and authentication.
Once the handshake is completed, a secure connection is established and data can be sent
over the network.

720. Answer: C. To facilitate secure financial transactions

Explanation: Blockchain technology is a digital ledger system which stores and transmits
data in an immutable and secure manner. It was initially designed to facilitate the secure
transfer of digital currencies such as Bitcoin, but it is now used for a variety of different
purposes. One of its primary purposes is to facilitate secure financial transactions, as it
allows for secure and efficient transfer of digital assets without third-party intermediaries.

R CC E ® 466
721. Answer: B. A ledger of transactions stored on multiple servers

Explanation: A distributed ledger is a type of ledger which is stored across multiple

computers or servers. This type of ledger is used in blockchain technology, and it allows for
secure, distributed and immutable storage of data. In the context of blockchain technology,
a distributed ledger stores information about transactions and allows for efficient sharing of
data among multiple parties.

722. Answer: C. A distributed algorithm used to achieve consensus

Explanation: A consensus algorithm is a distributed algorithm which is used to reach

consensus among multiple parties in a distributed system. It is used in blockchain
technology to validate and secure transactions, and it is used to ensure that all nodes in the
network agree on the same version of the distributed ledger. The most popular consensus
algorithms used in blockchain technology are Proof of Work (PoW) and Proof of Stake
(PoS).

723. Answer: D. A program which executes transactions automatically

Explanation: A smart contract is a program which executes transactions automatically and

securely when certain conditions are met. It is used in blockchain technology to facilitate
secure and efficient transactions between multiple parties, and it can be used for a variety of
different applications such as supply chain management, insurance, and digital asset
exchange. Smart contracts are usually written in a high-level programming language such as
Solidity or Vyper.

724. Answer: A. A distributed application running on a blockchain

Explanation: A decentralized application (DApp) is a type of application which runs on a

decentralized peer-to-peer network and is powered by a blockchain. DApps are usually open
source and can be used for a variety of different applications such as distributed computing,
digital asset exchange, and distributed storage. DApps provide increased security, privacy,
and scalability compared to traditional applications.

725. Answer: A. To reduce the attack surface

Explanation: Zero-trust architecture is designed to reduce the attack surface by eliminating

the traditional reliance on perimeter-based security, such as firewalls, to protect the

R CC E ® 467
organization's assets. Instead, it relies on a variety of technologies and processes to protect
access to the organization's applications and data, no matter where they are located.

726. Answer: B. Identity and Access Management, Multi-Factor Authentication, and

Data Encryption

Explanation: Zero-trust architecture is a security approach that eliminates the traditional

reliance on perimeter-based security. The key components of a zero-trust architecture are
identity and access management, multi-factor authentication, and data encryption. These
components are used to provide secure access to applications and data, no matter their
location.

727. Answer: B. Increased security

Explanation: The main benefit of using a zero-trust architecture is increased security. By

eliminating the traditional reliance on perimeter-based security, such as firewalls,
organizations can reduce their attack surface and ensure secure access to their applications
and data, no matter where they are located.

728. Answer: B. By using a layered security architecture

Explanation: A zero-trust architecture relies on a layered security architecture to ensure

secure access to applications and data. The architecture includes identity and access
management, multi-factor authentication, and data encryption to reduce the attack surface
and ensure secure access to the organization's assets, no matter where they are located.

729. Answer: B. To authorize users

Explanation: Identity and access management is an important component of a zero-trust

architecture. The primary goal of identity and access management is to authorize users,
ensuring that only authorized users have access to the organization's applications and data.
It is also used to authenticate users and monitor user activity.

730. Answer: D. Access control

Explanation: Access control is the most critical security principle to build into the core of an
application. Access control is the process of granting, denying, or restricting access to certain
resources, based on the identity of the user or the application itself. Access control ensures

R CC E ® 468
that only authorized users can access the resources they need, while preventing unauthorized
users from gaining access.

731. Answer: A. To protect data from unauthorized access

Explanation: Encryption is a security measure used to protect data from unauthorized

access. Encryption scrambles data into an unreadable format that can only be read by those
with the correct encryption key. This prevents unauthorized users from accessing the data,
even if they have gained access to the system.

732. Answer: D. To grant access to certain resources

Explanation: Authorization is the process of granting access to certain resources, based on

the identity of the user or the application itself. Authorization ensures that only authorized
users can access the resources they need, while preventing unauthorized users from gaining
access. This is accomplished by assigning roles and permissions to users and applications,
allowing them to access only the resources they need.

733. Answer: B. To reduce the risk of data breaches

Explanation: Building security principles into the core of an application is essential in order
to reduce the risk of data breaches. Security principles, such as authentication,
authorization, and encryption, help ensure that only authorized users can access the
resources they need, while preventing unauthorized users from gaining access. This helps to
protect sensitive data from being accessed by unauthorized users, reducing the risk of data
breaches.

734. Answer: B. Access control

Explanation: Access control is the most important security principle to consider when
developing an application. Access control is the process of granting, denying, or restricting
access to certain resources, based on the identity of the user or the application itself. Access
control ensures that only authorized users can access the resources they need, while
preventing unauthorized users from gaining access. This helps to protect sensitive data from
being accessed by unauthorized users, reducing the risk of data breaches.

735. Answer: B. Security Operations Center (SOC)

R CC E ® 469
Explanation: Security Operations Centers (SOCs) are used in coordination with cyber
security teams and external third parties. SOCs involve the process of monitoring,
detecting, analyzing and responding to cyber security threats. They utilize a combination of
automated tools and manual processes to detect and respond to cyber security incidents.
Additionally, SOCs are used to coordinate with external third parties on the technical
aspects of outsourced services such as penetration testing, vulnerability scanning, and
incident response.

736. Answer: A. To detect and respond to cyber security incidents

Explanation: The primary purpose of a Security Operations Center (SOC) is to detect and
respond to cyber security incidents. SOCs utilize a combination of automated tools and
manual processes to monitor, detect, analyze and respond to cyber security threats.
Additionally, SOCs are used to coordinate with external third parties on the technical
aspects of outsourced services such as penetration testing, vulnerability scanning, and
incident response.

737. Answer: A. Automated tools and manual processes

Explanation: Security Operations Centers (SOCs) utilize both automated tools and manual
processes to detect and respond to cyber security incidents. Automated tools are used to
detect and analyze security threats, while manual processes are used to respond to incidents.
Additionally, SOCs are used to coordinate with external third parties on the technical
aspects of outsourced services such as penetration testing, vulnerability scanning, and
incident response.

738. Answer: C. Providing technical support for outsourced services

Explanation: Security Operations Centers (SOCs) are used to coordinate with external third
parties on the technical aspects of outsourced services such as SOC, penetration testing,
vulnerability scanning or incident response. This involves providing technical support for
these services, such as setting up systems, identifying and addressing issues, and providing
training. Additionally, SOCs are used to monitor and analyze cybersecurity threats, respond
to security incidents, and develop automated tools.

739. Answer: D. Developing automated tools

Explanation: Security Operations Centers (SOCs) are used to monitor and analyze
cybersecurity threats, respond to security incidents, and coordinate with external third

R CC E ® 470
parties on the technical aspects of outsourced services. However, they are not used to
develop automated tools. Automated tools are used to detect and analyze security threats,
while manual processes are used to respond to incidents. Additionally, SOCs are used to
coordinate with external third parties on the technical aspects of outsourced services such as
penetration testing, vulnerability scanning, and incident response.

740. Answer: C. To protect against inappropriate exposure of Personal Identifiable

Information (PII)

Explanation: Conducting random checks of staff activities is an important measure to

protect against inappropriate exposure of Personal Identifiable Information (PII). This
practice helps to ensure that staff are following the appropriate protocols for protecting
confidential information and preventing unauthorized access.

741. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Personal Identifiable Information (PII) is any information related to an

individual's identity that can be used to identify a person. This includes sensitive data such
as social security numbers, bank account numbers, and credit card numbers that should be
kept confidential.

742. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Conducting random checks of staff activities provides a number of benefits,

including improved security, reduced risk of data breach, and increased accountability.
These checks help to ensure that employees are following the appropriate protocols for
protecting confidential information and preventing unauthorized access.

743. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: During random checks of staff activities, all types of activities should be
monitored, including accessing of confidential information, handling of physical
documents, and use of computers and other devices. This helps to ensure that employees are
following the appropriate protocols for protecting confidential information and preventing
unauthorized access.

744. Answer: D. All of the above

R CC E ® 471
Explanation: The best way to protect Personal Identifiable Information (PII) is to
implement a comprehensive security system that includes data encryption, restricted access
to sensitive information, and strong authentication systems. This helps to ensure that
confidential data is kept secure and that unauthorized access is prevented.

745. Answer: B. To ensure compliance with security regulations

Explanation: The primary purpose of participating in scheduled security audits is to ensure

compliance with security regulations and best practices. Security audits help identify and
address any potential security issues in the system, as well as any vulnerabilities that have
been found. This helps to ensure that the system remains secure and compliant with security
regulations.

746 Answer: A. Improved security awareness

Explanation: Participating in scheduled security audits can provide a range of potential

benefits, including improved security awareness. Regular security audits can help identify
potential security issues and vulnerabilities in the system, as well as areas where security
awareness needs to be improved. This can help ensure that the system remains secure and
compliant with security regulations.

747. Answer: B. System configuration information

Explanation: During a security audit, system configuration information is typically collected

in order to assess the security of the system. This information can include details about the
system architecture, user accounts, application settings, and other relevant configuration
details. This information is then used to identify any potential security issues or
vulnerabilities in the system.

748 Answer: C. Increased costs

Explanation: Participating in scheduled security audits can come with a range of potential
risks, including increased costs. Security audits require time and resources, as well as
specialized skills, in order to properly assess the security of the system. As such, they can be
an expensive process, and can result in increased costs for the organization if the audit
reveals significant security issues that need to be addressed.

749. Answer: A. Regularly review audit results

R CC E ® 472
Explanation: One of the best practices for participating in scheduled security audits is to
regularly review the audit results. This helps to ensure that any potential security issues or
vulnerabilities are identified and addressed in a timely manner. Regularly reviewing audit
results also helps to ensure that the system remains secure and compliant with security
regulations.

750. Answer: B. Onsite training on data protection and privacy

Explanation: Security awareness training is an effective way to educate personnel on the

importance of cyber security measures, such as data protection and privacy. It typically
includes programs such as onsite training, online courses, interactive videos, and written
guides.

751. Answer: A. Improved security posture

Explanation: Security awareness training is beneficial for organizations as it increases the

security posture by educating personnel on cyber security measures and best practices. This
reduces the risk of data breaches, and also improves overall employee productivity and
customer service.

752. Answer: B. Onsite training on data protection and privacy

Explanation: Onsite training on data protection and privacy is typically a part of a security
awareness training program that provides personnel with the knowledge and skills needed to
protect the organization from security threats. Other training programs include online
courses, interactive videos, and written guides.

753. Answer: D. To educate personnel on security measures

Explanation: Security awareness training is an effective way to educate personnel on the

importance of cyber security measures and best practices. It typically includes programs such
as onsite training, online courses, interactive videos, and written guides. The purpose of this
training is to ensure that personnel are educated on the security measures that need to be
taken to protect the organization from security threats.

754. Answer: C. Introductory video on identifying phishing attacks

Explanation: Security awareness training typically includes programs such as onsite training,
online courses, interactive videos, and written guides. An introductory video on identifying

R CC E ® 473
phishing attacks is an example of an interactive video that personnel can watch to learn
about cyber security measures and best practices.

755: Answer: B. All users should have access to only the information they need to
perform their job

Explanation: The principle of least privilege is a security best practice that states that users
should only be given the minimum privileges necessary to complete their tasks. This means
that users should be given access to only the information and resources they need to
perform their job, and no more. This limits the potential for security breaches and
unauthorized access to sensitive data and systems.

756. Answer: D. Network segmentation

Explanation: Network segmentation is the process of dividing a computer network into

subnetworks, each of which only has access to the necessary resources. By segmenting
networks, organizations can better protect their sensitive data and reduce the risk of
malicious activity. This is why organizations should stay current with their security plans
and ensure that network segmentation is properly implemented.

757. Answer: A. To ensure adherence to legal and regulatory requirements

Explanation: A compliance governance framework is a set of principles, policies, and

procedures that organizations put in place to ensure that they are in compliance with
applicable laws, regulations, and standards. The framework helps organizations ensure that
they are adhering to legal and regulatory requirements, while also providing guidance on
ethical decision-making and helping to meet strategic objectives and financial goals.

758. Answer: C. Effective communication and monitoring

Explanation: Effective communication and monitoring are key to ensuring adherence to the
goals and objectives of a compliance governance framework. This includes making sure that
all employees understand the framework, providing clear guidance on how to comply with
it, and ensuring that there are adequate systems in place to monitor compliance. Regular
internal audits, comprehensive training programs, and proactive risk management are all
important components of a compliance governance framework, but effective
communication and monitoring are essential for success.

759. Answer: B. To ensure legal compliance

R CC E ® 474
Explanation: The primary goal of a compliance governance framework is to ensure legal
compliance. This means making sure that the organization is adhering to all applicable legal
and regulatory requirements. It also includes providing guidance on ethical decision-making
and protecting the organization's reputation. While reducing operational risk and increasing
profitability are important goals, they are secondary to ensuring legal compliance.

760. Answer: C. Effective communication and monitoring

Explanation: Effective communication and monitoring are the most important component
of a compliance governance framework. This involves making sure that all employees
understand the framework, providing clear guidance on how to comply with it, and
ensuring that there are adequate systems in place to monitor compliance. Comprehensive
training programs, proactive risk management, and regular internal audits are all important
components of a compliance governance framework, but effective communication and
monitoring are essential for success.

761. Answer: D. To ensure legal compliance

Explanation: The primary benefit of a compliance governance framework is to ensure legal

compliance. This means making sure that the organization is adhering to all applicable legal
and regulatory requirements. It also includes providing guidance on ethical decision-making
and protecting the organization's reputation. While reducing operational risk and increasing
profitability are important goals, they are secondary to ensuring legal compliance.

762. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: The Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) is a systematic process for
developing software applications. It typically consists of the following steps: planning,
designing, developing, testing, deploying, and maintaining.

763. Answer: B. It provides feedback to the development team

Explanation: Cybersecurity should be incorporated into the Software Development Life

Cycle (SDLC) to ensure that security is considered throughout the development process.
Cybersecurity experts can provide feedback to the development team on potential security
risks and how to mitigate them.

764. Answer: D. All of the above

R CC E ® 475
Explanation: Incorporating cybersecurity into the Software Development Life Cycle
(SDLC) can provide a number of benefits, including increased security, reduced cost, and
improved performance. By incorporating security measures early in the development
process, organizations can ensure that their applications are as secure as possible.

765. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: There are several best practices for incorporating cybersecurity into the
Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC). These include establishing security policies,
implementing secure coding standards, conducting security testing, and deploying security
measures. By following these practices, organizations can ensure that their applications are
as secure as possible.

766. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: The most common security threats to applications developed during the
Software Development Life Cycle (SDLC) include SQL injection, cross-site scripting, and
unauthorized access. By incorporating security measures into the development process,
organizations can reduce the risk of these threats.

767. Answer: A. To improve the security posture of the organization

Explanation: Revising security guidelines and policies based on security incidents is an

important step in improving an organization's security posture. This allows organizations to
identify potential patterns in security incidents, address gaps in security controls, and
update policies and procedures to better protect their systems and data. Additionally, it
allows organizations to stay abreast of the latest security threats and trends so they can adjust
their security posture accordingly.

768 Answer: C. Implementing comprehensive security reviews

Explanation: A comprehensive security review is the most effective cybersecurity practice for
an organization to protect its resources. This includes a review of existing systems, processes,
and technologies to identify vulnerabilities, potential threats, and areas of improvement. It
also includes the implementation of best practices and appropriate security safeguards to
protect against malicious activity.

769. Answer: D. Increased security compliance

R CC E ® 476
Explanation: Having a cybersecurity policy in place helps organizations to meet their legal
and regulatory requirements, as well as industry standards. It also helps to improve customer
trust in the organization’s security practices, as well as increase network visibility and reduce
the costs associated with a security breach.

770. Answer: A. Password complexity

Explanation: Password complexity is not a security control. Security controls are measures
taken to protect information and systems from unauthorized access, use, disclosure,
disruption, modification, or destruction. Examples of security controls include system
hardening, data encryption, and access control.

771. Answer: A. To identify security vulnerabilities

Explanation: The primary goal of a security risk assessment is to identify security

vulnerabilities and potential threats to an organization’s information and systems. This
includes a review of existing systems, processes, and technologies to identify areas of
improvement and determine the best security controls to be implemented.

772. Answer: C. Utilizing a Security Information and Event Management (SIEM)

system

Explanation: A Security Information and Event Management (SIEM) system is the best way
to ensure continuous monitoring of an organization’s cybersecurity posture. This system
provides a centralized platform to collect, analyze, and alert on security events from various
sources, such as network devices, servers, applications, and user activity. It helps
organizations to detect, investigate, and respond to potential threats in a timely manner.

773. Answer: A. Identify potential risks

Explanation: Performing a risk assessment requires the identification of potential risks in

order to assess the likelihood of their occurrence and the potential impact they may have.
Once potential risks have been identified, they can then be prioritized, security controls can
be implemented, and the risks can be monitored.

774. Answer: B. Identification of vulnerabilities

R CC E ® 477
Explanation: A risk assessment is used to identify and evaluate the potential risks to an
organization or system. This involves the identification of threats, the identification of
vulnerabilities, the estimation of risk likelihood, and the estimation of risk impact.

775. Answer: B. Risk analysis

Explanation: Risk analysis is a process used to identify potential risks and assess the
likelihood of their occurrence and the potential impact they may have. It is a necessary part
of the risk assessment process, and is used to identify potential risks, prioritize them, and
develop strategies for mitigating them.

776. Answer: D. Risk management

Explanation: Risk management is a process used to prioritize the risks identified in a risk
assessment. It involves assessing the potential impacts of the risks, evaluating the potential
costs of mitigating them, and developing strategies for mitigating them.

777. Answer: C. Risk mitigation

Explanation: Risk mitigation is a process used to develop strategies for mitigating risks. It
involves assessing the potential impacts of the risks, evaluating the potential costs of
mitigating them, and developing strategies for mitigating them.

778. Answer: A. Assessing and Evaluating Risk

Explanation: Prioritize risks is a process that involves assessing and evaluating the risks
associated with a particular project or task. It involves estimating the potential risk impact
and identifying risk contingencies. The final step is assigning a risk priority to each risk so
that the most important risks can be addressed first.

779. Answer: B. Cost and Probability

Explanation: The two main criteria used to prioritize risks are cost and probability. Cost
refers to the monetary cost of addressing the risk, while probability refers to the likelihood
of the risk event occurring. The higher the cost and probability, the higher the risk priority.

780. Answer: A. High, Medium, and Low

R CC E ® 478
Explanation: The three categoriesr of risk priority are high, medium, and low. High priority
risks are those that have the highest cost and probability, while medium and low priority
risks are those that have a lower cost and probability. High priority risks should be addressed
first, followed by medium and low priority risks.

781. Answer: B. To identify the most important risks

Explanation: The purpose of risk prioritization is to identify the most important risks in
order to focus on those first and to allocate resources accordingly. It helps to prioritize
resources and efforts and to ensure that the most important risks are addressed first.

782. Answer: B. Assessing and Evaluating Risk

Explanation: The first step in the risk prioritization process is to assess and evaluate the risks
associated with a particular project or task. This involves determining the potential cost and
probability of the risk and identifying any potential contingencies. Once this is done, the
next step is to estimate the risk impact and assign a risk priority.

783. Answer: B. To alert stakeholders to changes in risk

Explanation: Reporting changes in risk to stakeholders is an important activity that can be

used to alert stakeholders to changes in risk that could potentially impact their business.
This is done by monitoring changes in risk and informing stakeholders of any changes so
they are aware and can take the necessary steps to manage the risk.

784. Answer: B. To assess the security of a system

Explanation: A vulnerability assessment is the process of identifying, quantifying, and

prioritizing (or ranking) the vulnerabilities in a system in order to determine the level of
risk. It is an important part of an overall security assessment and helps to identify and
address any potential security weaknesses.

785 Answer: C. Implementing security measures

Explanation: A vulnerability assessment is a process that involves identifying, quantifying,

and prioritizing (or ranking) the vulnerabilities in a system in order to determine the level of
risk. This process does not include the implementation of security measures.

786. Answer: B. To identify and document all potential risks

R CC E ® 479
Explanation: The primary goal of a vulnerability assessment is to identify and document all
potential risks that could affect the security of a system. This includes identifying potential
security threats and analyzing and mitigating any potential security weaknesses.

787. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: A vulnerability assessment requires data from multiple sources, such as system
logs, network traffic, and configuration settings. This data is used to identify potential
security threats and vulnerabilities and to quantify the level of risk.

788. Answer: C. Prioritizing risks

Explanation: Prioritizing risks is the most important step in a vulnerability assessment. This
step involves ranking the identified vulnerabilities in order of importance, so that the most
serious risks can be addressed first. This helps to ensure that the most important security
weaknesses are addressed in a timely and effective manner.

789. Answer: A. To identify and address the most urgent security risks first

Explanation: Vulnerability prioritization is an approach to security risk management that

helps identify, assess, and address the most urgent security risks first. This process ensures
that the most important risks are addressed first, so that security resources are used
effectively and efficiently.

790. Answer: B. Improved security posture

Explanation: Vulnerability prioritization helps improve an organization's security posture by

identifying and addressing the most urgent security risks first. This allows organizations to
focus their efforts on the most important security risks, reducing the likelihood of a
successful attack and minimizing the risk of data breaches.

791. Answer: B. Assess the potential impact of vulnerabilities

Explanation: Vulnerability scoring helps to assess the potential impact of vulnerabilities by

assigning a numerical value based on the severity of the vulnerability. This helps
organizations prioritize their efforts and focus on the most urgent security risks first.

792. Answer: A. Identifying the risks

R CC E ® 480
Explanation: The first step of the vulnerability prioritization process is to identify the risks.
This involves identifying potential threats, vulnerabilities, and potential impacts. Once the
risks have been identified, they can be assigned weights, scored, and mitigated.

793. Answer: D. To maximize the use of security resources

Explanation: The goal of a vulnerability prioritization process is to maximize the use of

security resources by identifying and addressing the most urgent security risks first. This
approach ensures that security resources are used effectively and efficiently, reducing the
likelihood of a successful attack and minimizing the risk of data breaches.

794. Answer: A. A report that outlines the potential vulnerabilities of a system or

organization

Explanation: A vulnerability report is a report that outlines the potential security risks,
threats, and vulnerabilities of a system or organization. This report will typically include
details such as the type of vulnerability, the risk associated with the vulnerability, and the
steps that can be taken to remediate the vulnerability.

795. Answer: A. To inform stakeholders of potential risks and threats

Explanation: The primary purpose of reporting changes in vulnerabilities to stakeholders is

to inform them of potential risks and threats. This can include identifying and outlining
potential vulnerabilities, the severity of the vulnerability, and potential steps that can be
taken to mitigate the risk. By reporting changes in vulnerabilities to stakeholders, they can
be better informed of the potential risks and take steps to protect the system or organization
from potential threats.

796. Answer: A. The type of vulnerability, B. The risk associated with the vulnerability

Explanation: A vulnerability report typically includes details such as the type of

vulnerability, the risk associated with the vulnerability, and the steps that can be taken to
remediate the vulnerability. This report will help stakeholders identify potential threats and
take steps to protect the system or organization from potential threats.

797. Answer: A. To provide stakeholders with information about potential threats

Explanation: The importance of reporting changes in vulnerabilities to stakeholders is to

provide them with information about potential threats. By informing stakeholders of

R CC E ® 481
potential vulnerabilities, they can be better informed of the potential risks and take steps to
protect the system or organization from potential threats.

798. Answer: A. To identify and outline potential threats

Explanation: The goal of a vulnerability report is to identify and outline potential threats.
This report will typically include details such as the type of vulnerability, the risk associated
with the vulnerability, and the steps that can be taken to remediate the vulnerability. By
reporting changes in vulnerabilities to stakeholders, they can be better informed of the
potential risks and take steps to protect the system or organization from potential threats.

799. Answer: C. To analyze threats to an organization

Explanation: Threat assessment is the process of identifying, analyzing, and responding to

potential threats posed to an organization. It includes identifying potential vulnerabilities
and the potential attackers that could exploit them. This helps to identify, evaluate and
prioritize the security risks in order to take appropriate preventive measures.

800. Answer: B. To prevent potential attacks

Explanation: The primary goal of a threat assessment is to identify potential threats and
prevent potential attacks. This is done by identifying potential vulnerabilities and the
potential attackers that could exploit them, and by analyzing the risks posed by these threats
in order to take appropriate preventive measures.

801. Answer: A. Identifying potential attackers

Explanation: Threat assessment involves identifying potential attackers, analyzing the risks
posed by the threats, and evaluating potential risks in order to take preventive measures.
This includes identifying potential vulnerabilities and the potential attackers that could
exploit them.

802. Answer: B. Evaluating potential risks

Explanation: Evaluating potential risks is the most important step in a threat assessment as
it helps to identify, prioritize and respond to potential threats. This includes identifying
potential vulnerabilities and the potential attackers that could exploit them, and analyzing
the risks posed by the threats in order to take appropriate preventive measures.

R CC E ® 482
803. Answer: A. Prevention of potential attacks

Explanation: The primary outcome of a threat assessment is the prevention of potential

attacks. This is done by identifying potential vulnerabilities and the potential attackers that
could exploit them, and by analyzing the risks posed by the threats in order to take
appropriate preventive measures.

804: Answer: C) To assess the impact of threats on an organization

Explanation: Threat prioritization is the process of assessing the potential threats to an

organization and determining the urgency and impact of those threats. This helps to
identify the most pressing threats and allocate resources effectively to address them.

805: Answer: D) Threat intelligence

Explanation: Threat intelligence is information about potential threats to an organization

and their associated risks. This is used to assess the impact of threats on an organization and
prioritize them accordingly.

806: Answer: C) Maximized resource utilization

Explanation: Threat prioritization allows organizations to assess the potential threats to an

organization and allocate resources effectively to address the most pressing threats. This
helps to ensure resources are not wasted on low-priority threats and that they are used in the
most efficient manner possible.

807: Answer: C) Large corporations

Explanation: Threat prioritization is most beneficial for large corporations due to the large
number of potential threats and the need to efficiently allocate resources to address them.
This helps to ensure resources are not wasted on low-priority threats and that they are used
in the most efficient manner possible.

808: Answer: B) Identifying threats

Explanation: The first step in the threat prioritization process is to identify potential threats
to an organization. This helps to assess the impact of threats on an organization and
prioritize them accordingly.

R CC E ® 483
809. Answer: B. Through an external report

Explanation: An external report is the most common method of reporting changes in

threats to stakeholders. Reports can be tailored to the stakeholders’ needs, allowing them to
easily understand the risks and take the appropriate action. Reports can also provide detailed
information on the threats, including their sources, potential impact, and suggested
mitigation strategies.

810. Answer: B. Risk assessment data

Explanation: Risk assessment data should be included in a report on changes in threats to

stakeholders. This data can provide stakeholders with an overview of the risks, their sources,
and potential impacts. Additionally, it can help stakeholders identify the most effective
mitigation strategies to reduce the risks.

811. Answer: B. To provide stakeholders with an overview

Explanation: The main purpose of a report on changes in threats to stakeholders is to

provide stakeholders with an overview of the risks, their sources, and potential impacts.
Additionally, it can help stakeholders identify the most effective mitigation strategies to
reduce the risks.

812. Answer: C. Through a stakeholder meeting

Explanation: A stakeholder meeting is the most effective way to communicate changes in

threats to stakeholders. This type of meeting allows stakeholders to engage in dialogue, ask
questions, and receive direct feedback on the risks and potential impacts. Additionally, it
can help stakeholders identify the most effective mitigation strategies to reduce the risks.

813. Answer: C. Mitigation strategies

Explanation: Mitigation strategies should be included in a report on changes in threats to

stakeholders. This information can provide stakeholders with an understanding of the risks,
their sources, and potential impacts. Additionally, it can help stakeholders identify the most
effective mitigation strategies to reduce the risks.

814 Answer: B. To gain insights into security threats

R CC E ® 484
Explanation: Threat intelligence research involves gathering and analyzing data about
threats from a variety of sources, such as open source intelligence (OSINT), dark web data,
and malware analysis, in order to gain insights into potential security threats. This
information can be used to inform security strategies and identify malicious actors.

815. Answer: A. To identify security flaws

Explanation: Scheduled vulnerability scans are used to detect and identify any security flaws
in the system or network that can be exploited by malicious actors. This helps in ensuring
that the system or network is properly secured.

816. Answer: D. Vulnerability Scanner

Explanation: A vulnerability scanner is a tool used to scan for weaknesses in the security of a
computer or network. It can be used to detect known vulnerabilities, such as those specified
in the Common Vulnerabilities and Exposures (CVE) database, as well as unknown
vulnerabilities.

817. Answer: A. A false indication of a vulnerability

Explanation: A false positive is an incorrect indication of an asset being vulnerable when it is

actually secure. This can happen when the vulnerability scanner incorrectly identifies a
vulnerability, or when the system is incorrectly identified as vulnerable when it is actually
secure.

818. Answer: C. Security Scanner

Explanation: A security scanner is a tool that can detect and fix vulnerabilities on an asset. It
can be used to detect known vulnerabilities, as well as unknown vulnerabilities, and can also
be used to patch systems to prevent further exploitation of the vulnerabilities.

819. Answer: B. Port Scanner

Explanation: A port scanner is a tool that is used to scan for open ports on a network. It can
be used to identify which ports are open and accessible, and can be used to detect any
potential vulnerabilities associated with the open ports.

820. Answer: C. Security Scanner

R CC E ® 485
Explanation: A security scanner can be used to detect malware on a system. It can scan the
system for known malware signatures, as well as detect unknown malware signatures, and
can be used to remove malicious software from the system.

821 Answer: A. To provide centralized logging of security events

Explanation: A SIEM system is primarily used to collect and analyze security data from
multiple sources. It allows organizations to centralize logging of security events and alert on
suspicious activities. It also provides visibility into the organization's security posture,
allowing for improved risk management and compliance.

822. Answer: All of the above

Explanation: A SIEM system can collect data from multiple sources, including network
traffic, authentication logs, application logs, and operating system logs. This data is then
aggregated and correlated to provide visibility into the organization's security posture and
enable the detection of suspicious activities.

823. Answer: C. To provide automated security incident response

Explanation: An incident response plan is a set of procedures that an organization follows

when responding to a security incident. The plan outlines the steps that should be taken to
assess the incident, contain it, investigate it, and remediate it. The goal of the plan is to
provide a consistent and automated response to security incidents, allowing the organization
to respond quickly and effectively.

824. Answer: C. System images

Explanation: During a forensic analysis of a security incident, system images are collected to
help analyze the incident. System images are copies of the entire system state, including the
operating system, applications, and configuration. They can be used to investigate the
incident and determine the root cause.

825. Answer: D. To detect and prevent malicious software

Explanation: The primary goal of malware protection is to detect and prevent malicious
software from infecting an organization's systems. Malware protection solutions use a
variety of techniques, such as signature-based detection, heuristics, and behavior analysis, to

R CC E ® 486
detect and block malicious code. These solutions can also be used to clean up existing
infections and prevent future ones.

826. Answer: A. To identify security threats

Explanation: Security event monitoring is the process of identifying and responding to

security-related events on a computer or network. It is used to detect and identify potential
security threats, such as malicious activity, system errors, and unauthorized access. By
monitoring security events, organizations can respond quickly to security incidents and
reduce the risk of a successful attack.

827. Answer: B. System logins

Explanation: Security event monitoring involves the monitoring of system logins, user
authentication, application changes, and network traffic. System logins are an important
security event to monitor, as they can indicate attempts at unauthorized access to the
system. Monitor system logins regularly to detect suspicious activity and prevent
unauthorized access.

828. Answer: D. To identify system vulnerabilities

Explanation: Vulnerability testing is the process of identifying, assessing, and remediating

system weaknesses. The primary purpose of vulnerability testing is to detect and report
weaknesses in the system that can be exploited by malicious actors, thereby reducing risk
and detecting potential threats.

829. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: Vulnerability testing can be conducted using a variety of techniques, including

application security testing, network security testing, and penetration testing. All three of
these techniques are used to detect and identify system weaknesses that can be exploited by
malicious actors.

830. Answer: B. To reduce risk and detect potential threats

Explanation: The primary goal of vulnerability testing is to reduce risk and detect potential
threats. Vulnerability testing helps to identify system weaknesses and potential exploits that
can be used by malicious actors to gain access to sensitive information or carry out other
malicious activities.

R CC E ® 487
831. Answer: C. Penetration testing

Explanation: Penetration testing is one of the most common types of vulnerability testing. It
involves using tools and techniques to identify and exploit system vulnerabilities in order to
gain access to sensitive information or carry out other malicious activities.

832. Answer: C. To reduce risk and detect potential threats

Explanation: A vulnerability assessment is a systematic process for identifying, evaluating,

and remediating system weaknesses. The primary purpose of a vulnerability assessment is to
reduce risk and detect potential threats by identifying system vulnerabilities and potential
exploits that can be used by malicious actors.

833. Answer: C. The likelihood of exploitation

Explanation: When prioritizing vulnerabilities based on an organization's objectives, the

likelihood of exploitation should be the priority. The severity of the vulnerability, the cost of
fixing the vulnerability, and the time to address the vulnerability may all be important
considerations, but the likelihood of exploitation should be the primary focus. This is
because the goal of any risk management strategy is to reduce the overall risk posed to the
organization, and the likelihood of exploitation is a good indicator of the potential risk.

834. Answer: C. The potential impact of the vulnerability

Explanation: The potential impact of a vulnerability is an important factor to consider when

prioritizing vulnerabilities based on an organization's objectives. The cost of fixing the
vulnerability, the difficulty of exploiting the vulnerability, and the time to address the
vulnerability are all important considerations, but the potential impact of the vulnerability
should be the primary focus. This is because the goal of any risk management strategy is to
reduce the overall risk posed to the organization, and the potential impact of the
vulnerability is a good indicator of the potential risk.

835. Answer: C. The likelihood of exploitation

Explanation: When prioritizing vulnerabilities based on an organization's objectives, the

likelihood of exploitation should be the primary focus. The cost of fixing the vulnerability,
the difficulty of exploiting the vulnerability, and the time to address the vulnerability may
all be important considerations, but the likelihood of exploitation should be the priority.
This is because the goal of any risk management strategy is to reduce the overall risk posed

R CC E ® 488
to the organization, and the likelihood of exploitation is a good indicator of the potential
risk.

836. Answer: C. The potential impact of the vulnerability

Explanation: The potential impact of a vulnerability is an important factor to consider when

prioritizing vulnerabilities based on an organization's objectives. The number of systems
affected, the cost of fixing the vulnerability, and the time to address the vulnerability are all
important considerations, but the potential impact of the vulnerability should be the
primary focus. This is because the goal of any risk management strategy is to reduce the
overall risk posed to the organization, and the potential impact of the vulnerability is a good
indicator of the potential risk.

837. Answer: C. The likelihood of exploitation

Explanation: When prioritizing vulnerabilities based on an organization's objectives, the

likelihood of exploitation should be the primary focus. The severity of the vulnerability, the
cost of fixing the vulnerability, and the time to address the vulnerability may all be
important considerations, but the likelihood of exploitation should be the priority. This is
because the goal of any risk management strategy is to reduce the overall risk posed to the
organization, and the likelihood of exploitation is a good indicator of the potential risk.

838. Answer: B. Static code analysis

Explanation: Static code analysis is a key component of software security analysis. It involves
analyzing the code of a software application without executing it in order to identify
potential security issues and vulnerabilities. By using static code analysis, developers can find
and fix security issues early in the development process, before they become a problem. This
helps prevent security breaches and data loss.

839. Answer: A. To identify and address security weaknesses

Explanation: A threat model is a process used to identify potential security weaknesses and
threats within a software system. It is used to help developers identify and address security
weaknesses before they become a problem. The purpose of a threat model is to identify and
address security weaknesses in a software system, so that any potential security issues can be
addressed before they become a problem.

840. Answer: D. Static code analysis

R CC E ® 489
Explanation: Static code analysis is a type of software security analysis used to identify
potential security issues in the source code of a software application. It involves analyzing
the code of the software application without executing it in order to identify potential
security issues and vulnerabilities. Static code analysis is an important part of the software
security analysis process, as it helps developers identify and fix security issues before they
become a problem.

841. Answer: B. To develop secure software

Explanation: The primary goal of software security analysis is to develop secure software.
This involves identifying and addressing security weaknesses in the source code, as well as
conducting penetration testing, dynamic code analysis, and risk assessments. By using
software security analysis, developers can ensure that their software is secure and meets
industry standards.

842. Answer: C. Network monitoring

Explanation: Network monitoring is not an example of software security analysis. Software

security analysis involves analyzing the source code of a software application to identify
potential security issues and vulnerabilities. It also involves conducting penetration testing,
dynamic code analysis, and risk assessments. Network monitoring, on the other hand, is
used to monitor the activity and performance of a computer network.

843. Answer: a) Implementing a secure configuration and maintaining it over time

Explanation: Security configuration management is the process of implementing a secure

configuration and maintaining it over time. This involves documenting existing
configurations, assessing the security of systems, updating security settings and patching
vulnerabilities, and monitoring compliance with security policies.

844. Answer: a) Change management and configuration documentation

Explanation: Security configuration management consists of two main components: change

management and configuration documentation. Change management involves tracking and
controlling changes to the system, while configuration documentation involves
documenting the existing configurations of the system. This helps to ensure that security
settings are updated and vulnerabilities are patched.

845. Answer: c) To ensure compliance with security policies

R CC E ® 490
Explanation: The purpose of security configuration management is to ensure compliance
with security policies. This involves documenting existing configurations, assessing the
security of systems, updating security settings and patching vulnerabilities, and monitoring
compliance with security policies.

846. Answer: c) Improved system security

Explanation: Security configuration management can provide a number of benefits,

including improved system security. This is achieved by documenting existing
configurations, assessing the security of systems, updating security settings and patching
vulnerabilities, and monitoring compliance with security policies.

847. Answer: a) Documenting existing configurations

Explanation: The first step in the security configuration management process is to

document existing configurations. This involves creating a record of the current
configuration of the system, which can then be used to assess the security of the system,
update security settings, patch vulnerabilities, and monitor compliance with security
policies.

848 Answer: A. Burp Suite

Explanation: Burp Suite is an integrated platform for performing security testing of web
applications. It contains a variety of tools to help with the discovery and triage of
vulnerabilities, such as a proxy, spider, and intruder.

849. Answer: D. AppScan

Explanation: AppScan is a vulnerability scanning and analysis tool that helps to identify,
triage, and remediate security issues in applications and systems. It includes features such as
automated scanning, manual scanning, and manual penetration testing.

850. Answer: C. Security Onion

Explanation: Security Onion is a Linux distribution designed for network security

monitoring and analysis. It includes tools such as Snort, Suricata, and Bro for identifying
and analysing network activity.

R CC E ® 491
851. Answer: D. Metasploit

Explanation: Metasploit is a framework for penetration testing, vulnerability assessment,

and exploitation. It includes a suite of tools for identifying, exploiting, and verifying
vulnerabilities.

852. Answer: D. Burp Suite

Explanation: Burp Suite is an integrated platform for performing security testing of web
applications. It contains a variety of tools to help with the discovery and triage of
vulnerabilities, such as a proxy, spider, and intruder.

853. Answer: B. Collect relevant data

Explanation: The most important step when collecting data for technical documentation of
new vulnerabilities is to collect relevant data. This includes researching potential threats,
gathering evidence from security scans, and analyzing the data to identify potential
vulnerabilities. Once the data is collected, it can then be used to create a detailed report that
outlines the security risks present in the system.

854. Answer: B. Penetration testing

Explanation: Penetration testing is the most effective way to collect data for technical
documentation of new vulnerabilities. Penetration testing is a method of assessing the
security of a system or network by attempting to exploit any potential weaknesses. This
helps to identify any potential vulnerabilities that may be present in the system, which can
then be documented in the technical documentation.

855. Answer: B. Identifying potential vulnerabilities

Explanation: Collecting data for technical documentation of new vulnerabilities can help to
identify potential vulnerabilities. By researching potential threats, gathering evidence from
security scans, and analyzing the data, it is possible to identify any potential weaknesses in
the system. This data can then be used to create a detailed report that outlines the security
risks present in the system.

856. Answer: C. Vulnerability assessment report

R CC E ® 492
Explanation: A vulnerability assessment report is the most important document when it
comes to collecting data for technical documentation of new vulnerabilities. This report is a
detailed analysis of the system's potential vulnerabilities, which can be used to create a
comprehensive report outlining the security risks present in the system. The report can also
be used to identify any potential weaknesses in the system, and to develop strategies for
mitigating any risks that may be present.

857. Answer: C. Identifying potential threats

Explanation: Identifying potential threats is the most important step in the process of
collecting data for technical documentation of new vulnerabilities. By researching potential
threats and analyzing the data, it is possible to identify any potential weaknesses in the
system. Once the threats have been identified, it is then possible to create a detailed report
outlining the security risks present in the system.

858. Answer: D) All of the above

Explanation: A risk assessment must be performed when a new system or process is

introduced, when an existing system or process is changed, or when a potential security
vulnerability is identified. This assessment helps identify and prioritize risks and develop
appropriate strategies for managing those risks.

859. Answer: D) All of the above

Explanation: The risk assessment process includes steps such as identifying the source of the
risk, assessing the impact of the risk, and developing a plan to manage the risk. It is
important to understand the potential impacts of a risk before developing strategies to
manage it.

860. Answer: D) All of the above

Explanation: Risk management strategies can include developing a contingency plan,

implementing preventive measures, and allocating resources to mitigate the risk. These
strategies can help reduce the likelihood of a risk occurring and/or the impact of the risk if it
does occur.

861. Answer: D) All of the above

R CC E ® 493
Explanation: Once the risk assessment has been completed, it is important to document the
results of the assessment, monitor the risk to ensure it does not reoccur, and report the
results to relevant stakeholders. This ensures that the assessment results are properly tracked,
monitored, and communicated.

862. Answer: A. Identify the risks

Explanation: The first step in conducting a risk assessment is to identify the risks associated
with a particular activity or process. This involves thoroughly researching the activity or
process and assessing the potential risks associated with it. Once the risks have been
identified, they can then be assigned a risk rating, a risk management plan can be
developed, and control measures can be implemented to reduce or eliminate the risks.

863. Answer: C. Root Cause Analysis

Explanation: Quantitative Risk Assessment and Qualitative Risk Analysis are both types of
risk assessments. They involve analyzing the potential risks associated with a particular
activity or process and determining the likelihood of them occurring. Risk Identification is
also a type of risk assessment, which involves identifying the potential risks associated with a
particular activity or process. Root Cause Analysis, however, is not a type of risk assessment.
It involves identifying the root cause of a problem and determining how it can be addressed.

864. Answer: B. Defining the scope of the assessment

Explanation: Defining the scope of the assessment is a key component of conducting a risk
assessment. It involves determining the boundaries of the assessment, including defining the
objectives and goals, establishing the timeline, and outlining the resources that will be
needed. Once the scope of the assessment is defined, the other components of the
assessment, such as identifying the risks, assigning a risk rating, developing a risk
management plan, and implementing control measures can be completed.

865 Answer: B. Change management

Explanation: Training and education, developing a contingency plan, and installing a

firewall are all examples of control measures that can be implemented after a risk assessment.
Change management, however, is not an example of a control measure. Change
management involves planning, implementing, and monitoring changes to ensure that they
are successful and meet the desired outcomes.

R CC E ® 494
866. Answer: D. To reduce the potential for loss

Explanation: The purpose of risk assessments is to reduce the potential for loss. This
involves identifying potential risks associated with a particular activity or process and
assessing the likelihood of them occurring. Once the risks have been identified, control
measures can be implemented to reduce or eliminate them. Risk assessments also help to
ensure compliance with applicable regulations and standards.

867. Answer: B. To identify the differences between the current and desired state of a
system

Explanation: Gap analysis is the process of comparing the actual performance or results of a
system to the desired or expected performance or results. It is used to identify the differences
between the current state and the desired future state of a system, thus allowing
organizations to determine what needs to be done to bridge the gap.

868. Answer: A. Establishing clear roles and responsibilities

Explanation: Establishing clear roles and responsibilities for each team member is an
important factor for a successful implementation of an audit compliance framework as it
ensures that all team members are aware of their tasks and responsibilities. This helps to
ensure that all team members are working towards the same goals and that any potential
issues can be addressed quickly and efficiently.

869. Answer: A. To ensure compliance with legal requirements

Explanation: The primary purpose of an audit compliance framework is to ensure that an

organization is compliant with applicable legal and regulatory requirements. The framework
provides a structure and guidance to help organizations comply with applicable laws,
regulations, and other standards. It also helps organizations to identify potential areas of
non-compliance and take corrective action.

870. Answer: B. It helps to identify and mitigate potential risks.

Explanation: Having a well-defined audit compliance framework is important as it helps to

identify and mitigate potential risks. Having a clear understanding of the applicable laws
and regulations and a documented process for managing compliance helps to ensure that an
organization is not exposed to any potential risks or liabilities.

R CC E ® 495
871. Answer: A. It helps to reduce the risk of non-compliance.

Explanation: Implementing an audit compliance framework helps to reduce the risk of non-
compliance. Having an established process in place helps to ensure that all team members
are aware of the applicable laws and regulations and are following the appropriate
procedures to ensure compliance. This helps to reduce the risk of any potential liabilities or
penalties that could arise from non-compliance.

872. Answer: C. To implement and monitor compliance

Explanation: The role of team members when implementing an audit compliance

framework is to ensure that all applicable laws and regulations are being followed, and to
monitor compliance with the established framework. This includes ensuring that all team
members understand the requirements, implementing any changes or updates to the
framework, and monitoring any potential areas of non-compliance.

873. Answer: C. To increase security

Explanation: Script automation for security tasks is a process used to automate the
execution of security tasks by writing scripts that will execute the specific security tasks.
Automating security tasks can help to increase security as scripts can be used to quickly run
checks, enforce policies and detect anomalies.

874. Answer: A. Enhanced accuracy

Explanation: Script automation for security tasks can help to enhance accuracy as scripts are
able to quickly and accurately execute security tasks. Scripts are able to check and detect
anomalies in real-time to ensure that the system is secure and running properly.

875. Answer: D. Improved security

Explanation: Script automation for security tasks is a process used to automate the
execution of security tasks by writing scripts that will execute the specific security tasks.
Automating security tasks can help to improve security as scripts can be used to quickly run
checks, enforce policies and detect anomalies.

876. Answer: B. Increase security

R CC E ® 496
Explanation: Script automation for security tasks is a process used to automate the
execution of security tasks by writing scripts that will execute the specific security tasks.
Automating security tasks can help to increase security as scripts can be used to quickly run
checks, enforce policies and detect anomalies.

877. Answer: D. Difficulty of maintenance

Explanation: Script automation for security tasks is a process used to automate the
execution of security tasks by writing scripts that will execute the specific security tasks. One
of the challenges of script automation is the difficulty of maintenance, as scripts need to be
regularly updated to keep up with the changing security landscape and any changes to the
system.

878: Answer: B. Performing regular inspections

Explanation: Regular physical inspections are the most effective way to assess physical
security of digital connectivity equipment such as routers, switches, and servers. Inspections
can help identify any tampering or damage to the equipment, and any unauthorized access.

879: Answer: D. Network Intrusion Detection Systems

Explanation: Network Intrusion Detection Systems (NIDS) are a type of security measure
that can be used to detect and prevent tampering of network equipment, such as routers,
switches, and servers. NIDS monitor network traffic and can detect malicious activities,
such as unauthorized access and malicious code.

880 Answer: C. It is difficult to decrypt

Explanation: Encryption is a security measure that can be used to protect digital

connectivity equipment such as routers, switches, and servers. One of the advantages of
using encryption is that it is difficult to decrypt, which increases the security of the
equipment by making it more difficult for unauthorized access and tampering.

881: Answer: B. To identify any tampering or damage

Explanation: CCTV cameras can be used to assess physical security of digital connectivity
equipment, such as routers, switches, and servers. The purpose of installing CCTV cameras
is to identify any tampering or damage to the equipment, as well as any unauthorized
access.

R CC E ® 497
882: Answer: B. Implementing biometric authentication

Explanation: Biometric authentication is the best way to protect digital connectivity

equipment, such as routers, switches, and servers, from unauthorized access. Biometric
authentication uses physical characteristics, such as fingerprints, to verify a person's identity
and grant access to the equipment.

883. Answer: A. Identifying key assets and vulnerabilities

Explanation: The key component of formulating an effective risk and threat action plan is
identifying key assets and vulnerabilities. This includes identifying the assets that need to be
protected, the potential threats that could compromise those assets and the vulnerabilities
that could be exploited by those threats. Once this information is gathered, then it can be
used to devise a plan to mitigate the risks.

884. Answer: D. Implementing a monitoring system

Explanation: To ensure that the risk and threat action plan is effective, a monitoring system
must be implemented. This system should be designed to detect any changes in the risk and
threat landscape, as well as any changes in the assets and vulnerabilities. This system should
be regularly reviewed and updated to ensure that it is providing an effective and accurate
picture of the current risk and threat environment.

885. Answer: D. To define the acceptable level of risk

Explanation: The purpose of having a risk appetite is to define the acceptable level of risk
that an organization is willing to take. This helps to ensure that the organization is taking
on the right amount of risk that is necessary to achieve its objectives, while also mitigating
any potential risks that could be detrimental to the organization.

886. Answer: C. Identifying key assets and vulnerabilities

Explanation:The first step in creating a risk and threat action plan is identifying key assets
and vulnerabilities. This includes identifying the assets that need to be protected, the
potential threats that could compromise those assets and the vulnerabilities that could be
exploited by those threats. Once this information is gathered, then it can be used to devise a
plan to mitigate the risks.

887. Answer: C. To reduce the risk of a threat

R CC E ® 498
Explanation: The primary goal of a risk and threat action plan is to reduce the risk of a
threat. This plan should be designed to mitigate any potential risks and threats to the
organization, as well as any vulnerabilities that could be exploited. The plan should also
provide a framework for responding to any identified risks and threats, as well as any
incidents that occur.

888. Answer: A. Ensuring access control

Explanation: Access control is the most important aspect of managing physical

vulnerabilities of an organization. It involves controlling who can access a particular area,
and when and how. This includes implementing security measures such as locks, ID cards,
biometric readers, and CCTV cameras. It also involves making sure that only authorized
personnel have access to sensitive data and equipment.

889. Answer: B. Firewalls

Explanation: Firewalls are technical measures used to protect computer networks and
systems from unauthorized access. They are not physical security measures, as they are
implemented using software and hardware. Physical security measures are measures used to
protect a physical area such as a building, data center, or server room. Examples of these
measures include access control, video surveillance, and auditing.

890. Answer: A. Establishing security policies

Explanation: Establishing security policies is the most effective way to protect an

organization’s physical assets. This involves setting guidelines for access control, data
protection, and security protocols. It also involves instituting procedures for monitoring and
responding to security threats. Other measures such as hiring security guards, installing
physical barriers, and implementing security software can also help to protect physical
assets, but establishing security policies is the most important step.

891. Answer: A. To detect suspicious activity

Explanation: Video surveillance is used in physical security to detect suspicious activity. This
includes unauthorized entry into restricted areas, theft, and vandalism. Video surveillance
systems can also be used to monitor employee behavior and detect intruders. However, their
primary purpose is to detect suspicious activity and ensure the safety and security of an
organization’s physical assets.

R CC E ® 499
892. Answer: C. Employee training

Explanation: Employee training is the most important factor in preventing physical security
breaches. Employees must be aware of the security protocols in place and understand their
obligations to follow them. This includes following access control procedures, being alert to
suspicious activity, and reporting any security incidents. Video surveillance, access control,
and environmental monitoring can help to prevent security breaches, but employee training
is the most important factor.

893. Answer: A. To protect networks from unauthorized access

Explanation: Firewalls are a security measure that protect networks from unauthorized
access. They are designed to control the flow of traffic between networks and verify users to
ensure that only legitimate connections are allowed. Firewalls can also detect and remove
viruses, but this is not their primary purpose. Data encryption is another security measure
used to protect data from unauthorized access.

894. Answer: B. Disable unnecessary services

Explanation: Disabling any unnecessary services is the most efficient way to harden a
firewall as this reduces the attack surface and the possibility of intrusions. Unnecessary
services are those that are not required for the operation of the system, and can be disabled
by the system administrator. This reduces the attack surface and decreases the chances of an
intrusion.

895. Answer: B. Regularly review the firewall configuration

Explanation: It is important to regularly review the firewall configuration to ensure it is

secure and up to date. This includes checking the rules and settings to ensure they are
correctly configured, and ensuring that any new software or hardware components are
correctly configured and secured. This helps to ensure that the firewall is providing the
maximum level of protection against potential threats.

896. Answer: A. Implement a firewall policy

Explanation: Implementing a firewall policy is the best way to harden a firewall to prevent
intrusion. A firewall policy defines the rules and settings that must be followed in order to
protect the assets of the organization. This includes specifying which ports and protocols
can be used, which services are allowed, and what types of traffic are allowed. Implementing

R CC E ® 500
a firewall policy also helps to ensure that the assets of the organization are protected from
potential intrusions.

897. Answer: D. Configure the firewall correctly

Explanation: Configuring the firewall correctly is the most effective way to ensure the
security of a firewall. This includes ensuring that the rules and settings are correctly
configured, and that any new software or hardware components are correctly configured
and secured. It is also important to regularly review the firewall configuration to ensure it is
up to date and providing the maximum level of protection against potential threats.

[Link]: B. Regularly review the firewall configuration

Explanation: It is important to regularly review the firewall configuration to ensure it is

secure and up to date. This includes checking the rules and settings to ensure they are
correctly configured, and ensuring that any new software or hardware components are
correctly configured and secured. This helps to ensure that the firewall is providing the
maximum level of protection against potential threats.

Answer: C. Risk management.

Explanation: The most important factor when formulating mitigation plans is risk
management. Mitigation plans are designed to identify potential risks that could affect the
success of a project and develop strategies to reduce or eliminate those risks. Risk
management is essential to ensure the project is successful and the desired outcome is
achieved.

899. Answer: A) A threat that exploits a previously unknown vulnerability

Explanation: A zero-day threat is a type of cyber threat that exploits a previously unknown
vulnerability in a system, application, or network. It is important to note that the threat is
unknown to the system administrator, meaning that the system has not yet been patched or
updated to prevent the exploit from occurring. This can leave systems vulnerable to
exploitation until a patch or update is released, making it an especially dangerous type of
cyber threat.

900. Answer: D) To exploit a previously unknown vulnerability

R CC E ® 501
Explanation: The purpose of a zero-day threat is to exploit a previously unknown
vulnerability in a system, application, or network. This can allow attackers to gain access to
sensitive data, create malicious backdoors, or disrupt system operations. As the vulnerability
is unknown to the system administrator, it can remain unpatched and vulnerable to
exploitation until a patch or update is released.

901. Answer: C) Implement patch management

Explanation: The best way to prevent a zero-day threat from exploiting a vulnerable system
is to implement a patch management system. A patch management system is a process that
ensures that all systems are regularly updated with the latest security patches to close any
vulnerabilities that may have been discovered. By regularly updating systems with the latest
security patches, organizations can reduce the risk of a zero-day threat exploiting their
systems.

902. Answer: C) Heartbleed

Explanation: Heartbleed is an example of a zero-day vulnerability. It is a security bug in the

OpenSSL cryptographic software library that was discovered in April 2014. The
vulnerability allowed attackers to exploit the bug and gain access to sensitive data without
the system administrator being aware of the exploit. The vulnerability was patched shortly
after it was discovered, but the exploit was still able to be used until the patch was released.

903. Answer: C) A zero-day threat is an unknown exploit while a zero-day vulnerability

is an unknown security bug

Explanation: The difference between a zero-day threat and a zero-day vulnerability is that a
zero-day threat is an unknown exploit that exploits a previously unknown vulnerability in a
system, application, or network. A zero-day vulnerability, on the other hand, is an unknown
security bug that can allow attackers to exploit the system. It is important to note that the
vulnerability must first be discovered before it can be exploited, making it a particularly
dangerous type of cyber threat.

904. Answer: D. To identify and mitigate potential threats

Explanation: Zero-day threat management is an essential component of a comprehensive

cybersecurity strategy. It is designed to identify and mitigate potential threats before they
can cause harm. The goal of threat management is to identify, monitor, and respond to

R CC E ® 502
threats in a timely manner in order to reduce the risk of data breaches and protect against
cyber-attacks.

905. Answer: A. Network monitoring tools

Explanation: Network monitoring tools are an important component of zero-day threat

management. These tools can be used to identify suspicious activity on the network and
detect potential threats. Network monitoring tools can also be used to detect malicious
traffic, malicious code, and attempts to compromise systems.

906. Answer: C. To identify potential threats

Explanation: The primary goal of zero-day threat management is to identify potential

threats before they can cause harm. This includes monitoring the network for suspicious
activity, identifying malicious traffic and code, and responding to security incidents in a
timely manner. By identifying potential threats, organizations can prevent cyber-attacks and
reduce the risk of data breaches.

907. Answer: A. Heuristic analysis

Explanation: Heuristic analysis is a technique used for detecting zero-day threats. This
technique involves analyzing the behavior of a system or application to identify potential
threats. Heuristic analysis can be used to detect malicious code, suspicious activity, and
attempts to compromise systems.

908. Answer: D. By implementing network monitoring tools

Explanation: Network monitoring tools are an important component of zero-day threat

management. These tools can be used to monitor the network for suspicious activity, detect
malicious traffic, identify malicious code, and respond to security incidents in a timely
manner. By implementing network monitoring tools, organizations can protect against zero-
day threats and reduce the risk of data breaches.

909. Answer: B. To ensure that vulnerabilities are mitigated

Explanation: The primary goal of monitoring and follow-up of vulnerabilities is to ensure

that identified vulnerabilities have been mitigated by the relevant departments. This ensures
the security of the system and helps prevent security breaches.

R CC E ® 503
910. Answer: B. Risk assessment

Explanation: Risk assessment is an important activity that should be performed to monitor

and follow-up vulnerabilities. This activity helps to identify and prioritize the vulnerabilities
according to their risk level and allows organizations to take appropriate measures to
mitigate them.

911. Answer: A. To reduce the risk of security breaches

Explanation: By monitoring and following-up on vulnerabilities, organizations can identify

and mitigate potential vulnerabilities before they can be exploited. This helps to reduce the
risk of security breaches, protect confidential data, and comply with security standards.

912. Answer: D. Regular risk assessments

Explanation: Regular risk assessments are the most effective way to ensure that
vulnerabilities are mitigated. This activity helps to identify and prioritize the vulnerabilities
according to their risk level and allows organizations to take appropriate measures to
mitigate them.

913. Answer: C. Risk identification and risk mitigation

Explanation: Risk assessment consists of two main components: risk identification and risk
mitigation. Risk identification involves identifying vulnerabilities and prioritizing them
according to their risk level. Risk mitigation involves taking appropriate measures to
mitigate the identified vulnerabilities.

914. Answer: B. To monitor and detect malicious activity

Explanation: An Intrusion Detection System (IDS) is a type of security system used to

monitor and detect malicious activity on a network. The purpose of an IDS is to detect
malicious activity such as unauthorized access, malicious code, and other security threats,
and prevent them from causing damage.

915. Answer: A. Network-based IDS and Host-based IDS

Explanation: There are two main types of Intrusion Detection Systems (IDS): Network-
based IDS and Host-based IDS. Network-based IDS monitors all network traffic and looks

R CC E ® 504
for suspicious activity. Host-based IDS monitors activity on individual computers and looks
for suspicious activity.

916. Answer: B. To monitor and detect malicious activity

Explanation: The main function of a Network-based Intrusion Detection System (IDS) is to

monitor and detect malicious activity on a network. It monitors all network traffic and
looks for suspicious activity such as unauthorized access, malicious code, and other security
threats, and prevents them from causing damage.

917. Answer: B. To monitor and detect malicious activity

Explanation: The main function of a Host-based Intrusion Detection System (IDS) is to

monitor and detect malicious activity on individual computers. It monitors activity on
individual computers and looks for suspicious activity such as unauthorized access,
malicious code, and other security threats, and prevents them from causing damage.

918. Answer: A. Increased security

Explanation: The primary benefit of using an Intrusion Detection System (IDS) is increased
security. An IDS is able to monitor and detect malicious activity on a network or individual
computers, and prevent them from causing damage. This helps to protect against security
threats and ensure the security of data and systems.

919. Answer: D. Signature Analysis

Explanation: signature analysis is the key component of a managed intrusion prevention

system (IPS). This involves using signatures or patterns that are associated with known
threats and malicious activities. The IPS will look for these patterns in the incoming packets
and can then take action to block the malicious traffic and prevent an attack.

920. Answer: B. Prevent threats

Explanation: The primary purpose of a Managed Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) is to

prevent threats from entering a network or system. It does this by using signatures or
patterns associated with known threats, and blocking any malicious traffic that matches
these patterns. The IPS can also take other measures, such as blocking certain IP addresses
or ports to further protect the system.

R CC E ® 505
921. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: A Managed Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) can detect and prevent a variety
of attacks, including malware, DDoS, and phishing attacks. It does this by using signatures
or patterns associated with known threats, and blocking any malicious traffic that matches
these patterns. The IPS can also take other measures, such as blocking certain IP addresses
or ports to further protect the system.

922. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: A Managed Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) typically monitors all types of
traffic, including both internal and external traffic, as well as network traffic. It does this by
using signatures or patterns associated with known threats, and blocking any malicious
traffic that matches these patterns. The IPS can also take other measures, such as blocking
certain IP addresses or ports to further protect the system.

923. Answer: D. All of the above

Explanation: A Managed Intrusion Prevention System (IPS) protects against threats by

blocking malicious traffic, detecting threats, and monitoring traffic. It does this by using
signatures or patterns associated with known threats, and blocking any malicious traffic that
matches these patterns. The IPS can also take other measures, such as blocking certain IP
addresses or ports to further protect the system.

924. Answer: C. Unauthorized data access

Explanation: Unauthorized data access is an example of an unauthorized activity, which

includes accessing or attempting to access data or resources without permission or authority.
This could be through accessing a restricted website, installing malicious software, or
logging into a secure system.

925. Answer: C. Monitor user access rights

Explanation: Monitoring user access rights is the best way to ensure access to protected data
is secure. This allows the organization to control who has access to the data, as well as what
kind of access they have. Additionally, monitoring access rights can help to identify
potentially malicious activity and prevent unauthorized access.

926. Answer: B. Analyze the threat landscape

R CC E ® 506
Explanation: Analyzing the threat landscape is the first step in identifying and addressing
risks associated with access to protected data. By understanding the potential threats and
vulnerabilities, organizations can better prepare for potential cyberattacks and ensure that
access to protected data is secure.

927. Answer: D. To control user access to data

Explanation: The main purpose of implementing an access control system is to control user
access to data. This system allows organizations to determine who has access to the data, as
well as what kind of access they have. This can help to limit the number of people who can
access the data, and it can help to prevent unauthorized access.

928. Answer: C. Monitor user activity

Explanation: Monitoring user activity is the best way to protect against malicious activity
associated with access to protected data. This allows organizations to identify potentially
malicious activity and prevent unauthorized access. Additionally, monitoring user activity
can help to ensure that employees are adhering to security protocols, such as not sharing
passwords or using insecure methods of access.

929. Answer: D. Train employees on security protocols

Explanation: Training employees on security protocols is the most effective way to reduce
the risk of data breaches associated with access to protected data. By educating employees on
best practices for data security, such as not sharing passwords or using insecure methods of
access, organizations can ensure that their data remains secure. Additionally, training can
help employees to identify potential threats and respond appropriately.

930. Answer: A. Establishing a governance structure

Explanation: Establishing a governance structure is the most important step in defining and
handling risks associated with vendors and other third parties. This structure should include
clear roles and responsibilities for each party, as well as processes for identifying, assessing,
approving, and monitoring third-party vendors. This structure should be documented and
should be reviewed and updated regularly.

931. Answer: B. To verify that vendors have the necessary licenses and certifications

R CC E ® 507
Explanation: Conducting background checks is an important step in ensuring that vendors
and third parties are properly qualified and have the necessary licenses and certifications to
handle the work they are contracted to perform.

932. Answer: B. To ensure the security of the system

Explanation: Updating security plans based on changes in the baseline of hardware and
software settings and configurations helps to ensure the security of the system. This involves
making sure that the system is up to date with the most secure settings and configurations,
and that any vulnerabilities are addressed as soon as they arise.

933. Answer: A. Changes in user access privileges

Explanation: When updating security plans based on changes in the baseline of hardware
and software settings and configurations, changes in user access privileges should be taken
into account. This includes adding or removing users, changing user roles, or changing user
permissions. It is important to ensure that users are only given the access privileges that are
necessary for them to perform their job.

934. Answer: B. To mitigate potential security risks

Explanation: The primary goal of updating security plans based on changes in the baseline
of hardware and software settings and configurations is to mitigate potential security risks.
This involves identifying any potential threats, assessing the risks associated with those
threats, and taking steps to minimize those risks. This could include implementing
additional security measures, patching any vulnerabilities, or enforcing stricter access
controls.

935. Answer: D. To ensure the system is up to date

Explanation: It is important to update security plans based on changes in the baseline of

hardware and software settings and configurations to ensure that the system is up to date.
This includes making sure that the system is running the most recent version of the
operating system, and that all security patches and updates have been applied. Additionally,
it is important to ensure that the system is configured with the most secure settings and
configurations, and that any vulnerabilities are addressed as soon as they arise.

936. Answer: C. Increased system security

R CC E ® 508
Explanation: The primary benefit of updating security plans based on changes in the
baseline of hardware and software settings and configurations is increased system security.
This involves making sure that the system is up to date with the most secure settings and
configurations, and that any vulnerabilities are addressed as soon as they arise. Additionally,
it helps to ensure that users are only given the access privileges that are necessary for them to
perform their job, and that any access controls are enforced.

937. Answer: B. To ensure that security measures are regularly enforced

Explanation: Scheduled monitoring of the implementation of security policies and

guidelines is essential for organizations to ensure that their security measures are regularly
enforced. This helps to protect them from potential security threats and malicious activities.
It also helps to identify any potential vulnerabilities and areas of improvement in their
security measures.

938. Answer: B. Nmap

Explanation: Nmap is a free, open-source tool used to scan networks and detect security
threats. It can detect open ports, identify operating systems, and detect services running on
the network. It can also be used to perform vulnerability scans to identify any areas of risk.

939. Answer: A. Cost savings

Explanation: The primary benefit of using open source security tools is cost savings. Open
source tools are free to use and can be obtained without having to pay licensing fees.
Additionally, they are often more secure than their proprietary counterparts, as they are
open to public scrutiny and can be easily patched when security issues are discovered.

940. Answer: A. Lack of support

Explanation: One of the primary limitations of using open source security tools is the lack
of support. Open source projects are typically not backed by vendors and therefore do not
have dedicated support staff to help with any problems or questions that may arise.
Additionally, as open source projects are maintained by volunteers, they can often be slow to
fix security issues or release updates.

941. Answer: B. Nessus

R CC E ® 509
Explanation: Nessus is an open source vulnerability scanner that can be used to scan
networks and detect security threats. It can be used to identify missing patches, detect open
ports, and detect vulnerabilities. It can also be used to generate detailed reports of the
network's security status.

942. Answer: C. Open source community

Explanation: One of the primary advantages of using open source security tools is access to
the open source community. Open source projects typically have a large community of users
who are actively involved in the project and can provide support, bug fixes, and advice.
Additionally, the open source community can help to identify and address any security
issues quickly and effectively.

943. Answer: A. Open source security tools are available for free, while closed source
security tools require payment.

Explanation: Open source security tools are available for free, meaning that anyone can
install and use them without needing to pay for a license. In contrast, closed source security
tools require a payment in order to gain access to the product. Additionally, open source
security tools are usually more customizable, as anyone can access and modify the source
code.

944. Answer: A. A comprehensive analysis of the incident

Explanation: Providing a comprehensive analysis of the incident to the governance team is

the best way to ensure that they have a clear understanding of the incident, its implications,
and any additional steps required to address the incident. This analysis should include
details such as the system affected, the data that was compromised, and the actions taken to
remediate the incident.

945. Answer: B. Details of the incident

Explanation: Providing the governance team with details of the incident is essential to
ensure that they have a clear understanding of what happened, what data was compromised,
and what steps have been taken to remediate any damage. This information should include
a timeline of the incident, details of the system affected, and any additional steps taken to
prevent similar incidents in the future.

946. Answer: C. To ensure understanding of the incident and its implications

R CC E ® 510
Explanation: Providing feedback to the governance team after a security incident is essential
to ensure that they have a clear understanding of the incident and its implications. This
feedback should include details of the incident, the data that was compromised, and the
steps taken to remediate any damage. It should also provide recommendations for
preventing similar incidents in the future.

947. Answer: B. A detailed explanation of the incident

Explanation: Providing a detailed explanation of the incident to the governance team is

essential to ensure that they have a clear understanding of the incident and its implications.
This explanation should include a timeline of the incident, details of the system affected,
and any additional steps taken to remediate any damage. It should also include
recommendations for preventing similar incidents in the future.

948. Answer: C. To ensure understanding of the incident and its implications

Explanation: Providing feedback to the governance team after a security incident is essential
to ensure that they have a clear understanding of the incident and its implications. This
feedback should include details of the incident, the data that was compromised, and the
steps taken to remediate any damage. It should also provide recommendations for
preventing similar incidents in the future.

949. Answer: B. A user attempting to access a restricted system

Explanation: A security incident is any malicious activity that presents a threat to an

organization’s security. Examples of security incidents include unauthorized access to a
system, data theft, and malware attacks. In this case, option B is the correct answer, as a user
attempting to access a restricted system is an example of a security incident.

950. Answer: D. Identification, Analysis, and Resolution

Explanation: The security incident response process consists of three main steps:
Identification, Analysis, and Resolution. The Identification step involves detecting and
recognizing a security incident. The Analysis step involves gathering evidence and analyzing
the incident. The Resolution step involves taking action to mitigate the incident and
prevent future incidents. Option D is the correct answer in this case.

951. Answer: A. To determine the severity of the incident

R CC E ® 511
Explanation: Classifying a security incident involves assessing the severity of the incident
and assigning it a level of risk. This helps organizations prioritize their response to the
incident and determine the necessary resources to address the incident. Option A is the
correct answer in this case.

952. Answer: B. To prioritize the response to security incidents

Explanation: The hierarchy of security incidents is a structure used to prioritize the response
to security incidents. It is used to assign each incident an appropriate level of priority and to
identify the resources needed to respond to the incident. Option B is the correct answer in
this case.

953. Answer: B. A false positive is a security incident that is correctly identified, while a
false negative is a security incident that is incorrectly identified.

Explanation: A false positive is a security incident that is incorrectly identified, while a false
negative is a security incident that is incorrectly identified. In other words, a false positive is
when a security incident is identified when it actually does not exist, while a false negative is
when a security incident is not identified when it actually does exist. Option B is the correct
answer in this case.

954. Answer: A. To minimize the impact of incidents and problems on the organization

Explanation: The main goal of incident and problem management is to minimize the
impact of incidents and problems on the organization by providing swift and effective
resolution. It also aims to ensure that any potential problems are identified and addressed
before they cause disruption.

955. Answer: D. Reduced downtime and improved service levels

Explanation: Incident and problem management can help reduce downtime by quickly
identifying and resolving any issues that arise. It also helps to improve service levels by
ensuring that any issues are addressed promptly and that any potential problems are
identified before they cause disruption.

956. Answer: A. Incident management focuses on resolving individual incidents, while

problem management focuses on identifying and addressing root causes of incidents

R CC E ® 512
Explanation: Incident management focuses on resolving individual incidents as quickly as
possible, while problem management focuses on identifying and addressing root causes of
incidents in order to minimize the impact of similar incidents in the future.

957. Answer: D. To systematically implement incident and problem management

processes

Explanation: Applying knowledge of incident and problem management is important in

order to ensure that incident and problem management processes are implemented
systematically and properly. This helps to ensure that any potential problems are identified
and addressed before they cause disruption and minimize the impact of incidents and
problems on the organization.

958. Answer: B. To keep operations running in the event of an emergency

Explanation: A Business Continuity Plan (BCP) is a comprehensive document that outlines

how an organization will recover from an emergency, such as a natural disaster, power
failure, or data breach. It provides procedures for restoring critical systems, operations,
personnel, and communication so that operations can continue with minimal disruption.

959. Answer: A. Maintaining and updating backup systems

Explanation: Implementing a Disaster Recovery Plan involves maintaining and updating

backup systems, verifying the accuracy of data backups, training employees on disaster
recovery procedures, and monitoring system performance.

960. Answer: A. To minimize downtime

Explanation: The main goal of implementing a Disaster Recovery Plan is to minimize

downtime and enable the organization to quickly restart operations in the event of a
disaster. It also helps protect data integrity, increase system performance, and reduce system
maintenance costs.

961. Answer: C. Developing a risk assessment plan

Explanation: The first step in the implementation of a Disaster Recovery Plan is to develop
a risk assessment plan to identify potential threats and vulnerabilities. This is followed by
identifying critical systems, establishing recovery priorities, and deploying a backup system.

R CC E ® 513
962. Answer: A. Regularly testing the plan

Explanation: Regularly testing the Disaster Recovery Plan is an important factor in its
successful implementation. This helps to ensure that the plan is adequate and up to date,
and helps identify any potential issues. Other important factors include establishing
recovery objectives, ensuring data security, and implementing the plan quickly.

963. Answer: D. Documenting the plan

Explanation: The final step in the implementation of a Disaster Recovery Plan is

documenting the plan. This involves creating detailed documentation that outlines the
processes and procedures for responding to a disaster. Other steps in the implementation
process include training employees, deploying the plan, and testing the plan.

964. Answer: A. Analyzing the incident

Explanation: Analyzing the incident is the first and most important step in handling the
first response in case of a security breach. This involves collecting data about the breach
such as the source, affected systems and networks, potential attack vectors, and the extent of
the damage. This data will be used to identify the cause of the breach, take corrective action,
and report the incident.

965. Answer: B. Taking corrective action

Explanation: Taking corrective action is the best way to mitigate the effects of a security
breach. This involves taking steps to contain the breach, such as isolating affected systems
and networks, disabling accounts, and resetting passwords. It also involves restoring any lost
data and implementing preventive measures to prevent future breaches.

966. Answer: C. Documenting the incident

Explanation: Documenting the incident is the most important step in reporting a security
breach. This involves collecting data about the breach such as the source, affected systems
and networks, potential attack vectors, and the extent of the damage. This data will be used
to identify the cause of the breach, take corrective action, and notify affected individuals.

967. Answer: A. Implementing preventive measures

R CC E ® 514
Explanation: Implementing preventive measures is the best way to prevent future security
breaches. This involves taking steps such as implementing access controls, conducting
regular vulnerability scans, and updating software and systems regularly. It also involves
training employees on security best practices and educating them on the importance of
cybersecurity.

968. Answer: B. After analyzing the incident

Explanation: A third-party expert should be engaged after analyzing the incident. This is to
ensure that the breach is contained and the data is analyzed accurately. The expert will also
be able to provide valuable insights on the cause of the breach and the best course of action
to take.

969: Answer: A. To detect and respond to security threats

Explanation: The primary objectives of a Security Operations Center (SOC) is to detect,

analyze, and respond to security threats and incidents. This includes monitoring for
suspicious activity, responding to security alerts and incidents, and providing
recommendations to mitigate security risks.

970: Answer: B. To improve the performance of the SOC

Explanation: Participating in the improvement process for the Security Operations Center
(SOC) is important in order to improve the performance of the SOC. This includes
identifying weaknesses in security protocols, improving response times, and updating
security policies.

971: Answer: C. Monitoring for suspicious activity

Explanation: Security Operations Center (SOC) analysts are responsible for monitoring for
suspicious activity, analyzing security alerts and incidents, and responding to security
threats. They may also be responsible for developing security policies, providing training on
security protocols, and troubleshooting network problems.

972: Answer: D. To prevent security breaches

Explanation: The primary goal of a Security Operations Center (SOC) is to prevent security
breaches and protect an organization’s data. This includes monitoring for suspicious activity,

R CC E ® 515
responding to security alerts and incidents, and providing recommendations to mitigate
security risks.

973: Answer: C. To improve the performance of the SOC

Explanation: Implementing a Security Operations Center (SOC) improvement process is

important in order to improve the performance of the SOC. This includes identifying
weaknesses in security protocols, improving response times, and updating security policies.

974. Answer: A. To detect and respond to threats

Explanation: Threat hunting is a proactive approach to cybersecurity that focuses on

identifying and responding to potential threats before they can cause damage. It involves
analyzing data sources and logs, as well as monitoring user activity, to detect malicious or
suspicious behavior. Through threat hunting, organizations can gain insights into their
security posture, allowing them to better prepare for future threats and advise supervisors on
suggested cybersecurity enhancements.

975. Answer: A. To improve the security posture of the organization

Explanation: Making recommendations to fix vulnerabilities based on security breaches is

an important part of a comprehensive security strategy. It is essential to identify potential
risks and take steps to mitigate them. Doing so helps to improve the overall security posture
of the organization by reducing the risk of potential security breaches.

976. Answer: C. Implementing security patches

Explanation: Security patches are a common and effective method of making

recommendations to fix vulnerabilities in a system. These patches correct existing
vulnerabilities in the system and reduce the risk of future security breaches. It is important
to regularly check for, and install, any available security patches to ensure the system
remains secure.

977. Answer: A. Unauthorized access

Explanation: Unauthorized access is a common security breach that can be prevented by

making recommendations to fix vulnerabilities. By identifying any potential weak points in
the system, such as unsecured ports, weak passwords, or lack of encryption, security teams

R CC E ® 516
can take steps to ensure that any unauthorized access is prevented or at least made more
difficult.

978. Answer: B. Conducting regular security audits

Explanation: Conducting regular security audits is a good way to ensure that

recommendations to fix vulnerabilities are implemented. During an audit, a security team
can evaluate the system for any potential weaknesses or vulnerabilities and recommend any
changes that need to be made. This helps to ensure that any vulnerabilities are identified
and addressed, thus improving the system's overall security posture.

979. Answer: D. Improved overall security posture

Explanation: Making recommendations to fix vulnerabilities based on security breaches is

an important part of a comprehensive security strategy. Doing so helps to improve the
overall security posture of the organization by identifying potential risks and taking steps to
mitigate them. This helps to reduce the risk of potential security breaches and ensures that
the system remains secure.

980. Answer: A. Backup Software

Explanation: Backup software is a tool used to create copies of files, databases, or entire
systems in order to protect them against data loss or corruption. This allows for recovery of
lost or corrupted data in the event of system failure or disaster.

981. Answer: A. Establishing a Recovery Plan

Explanation: Establishing a recovery plan is an important step when recovering assets. This
plan outlines the steps necessary to ensure a successful recovery in the event of a disruption,
such as data loss, system failure, or other disaster. It also defines the goals, resources, and
timeline for recovery.

982. Answer: B. To restore data

Explanation: The primary goal of asset recovery is to restore lost or corrupted data in the
event of system failure or disaster. This includes recovering data from backups, restoring
deleted files, or restoring system files.

983. Answer: D. Ensuring Data Encryption

R CC E ® 517
Explanation: Data encryption is the most effective way to ensure data security during asset
recovery. Encryption helps protect data by making it unreadable to anyone without the
encryption key. This helps to protect data from unauthorized access, as well as providing an
additional layer of security against data loss or corruption.

984. Answer: D. Recovery Software

Explanation: Recovery software is a tool used to restore data from a backup. This software
allows for the restoration of lost or corrupted data from a backup, as well as providing
features such as data verification and validation.

985. Answer: D. Structured Query Language Injection

Explanation: SQL Injection is a type of vulnerability that involves maliciously manipulating

an application's Structured Query Language (SQL) queries to gain access to unauthorized
data. SQL Injection attacks are made possible by the use of user input that is not properly
validated and can be used to access confidential data or execute malicious operations such as
deleting data from the database.

986. Answer: C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

Explanation: Insecure Direct Object Reference is a type of vulnerability that occurs when an
application references an object using a direct reference, such as a file path or an ID. This
type of vulnerability can allow attackers to access restricted data or execute malicious
operations, such as modifying data or deleting records.

987. Answer: B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

Explanation: Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) is a type of vulnerability that involves maliciously

injecting malicious JavaScript code into a web page. This type of vulnerability can be used
to steal user data, redirect users to malicious websites, or execute malicious operations such
as deleting data from the database.

988. Answer: A. Broken Authentication

Explanation: Broken Authentication is a type of vulnerability that occurs when

authentication mechanisms are weak or misconfigured. This type of vulnerability can allow
attackers to gain access to unauthorized data or execute malicious operations such as
deleting data from the database.

R CC E ® 518
989. Answer: C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

Explanation: Insecure Direct Object Reference is a type of vulnerability that occurs when an
application references an object using a direct reference, such as a file path or an ID. This
type of vulnerability can allow attackers to access restricted data or execute malicious
operations, such as modifying data or deleting records.

990. Answer: D. Structured Query Language Injection

Explanation: SQL Injection is a type of vulnerability that involves maliciously manipulating

an application's Structured Query Language (SQL) queries to gain access to unauthorized
data. SQL Injection attacks are made possible by the use of user input that is not properly
validated and can be used to access confidential data or execute malicious operations such as
deleting data from the database.

991. Answer: B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

Explanation: Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) is a type of vulnerability that involves maliciously

injecting malicious JavaScript code into a web page. This type of vulnerability can be used
to steal user data, redirect users to malicious websites, or execute malicious operations such
as deleting data from the database.

992. Answer: D. Structured Query Language Injection

Explanation: SQL Injection is a type of vulnerability that involves maliciously manipulating

an application's Structured Query Language (SQL) queries to gain access to unauthorized
data. SQL Injection attacks are made possible by the use of user input that is not properly
validated and can be used to access confidential data or execute malicious operations such as
deleting data from the database.

993. Answer: B. Cross-Site Scripting (XSS)

Explanation: Cross-Site Scripting (XSS) is a type of vulnerability that involves maliciously

injecting malicious JavaScript code into a web page. This type of vulnerability can be used
to steal user data, redirect users to malicious websites, or execute malicious operations such
as deleting data from the database.

994. Answer: C. Insecure Direct Object Reference

R CC E ® 519
Explanation: Insecure Direct Object Reference is a type of vulnerability that occurs when an
application references an object using a direct reference, such as a file path or an ID. This
type of vulnerability can allow attackers to access restricted data or execute malicious
operations, such as modifying data or deleting records.

995. Answer: B. Constructor

Explanation: In [Link], the keyword ‘constructor’ is used to define a class. A constructor is

a special method that is used to initialize the newly created object and to set up the initial
state of the object.

996. Answer: A. To import modules

Explanation: The ‘require’ function in [Link] is used to import modules. It is used to

include modules that exist in separate files and to use their functionality in the current file.

997. Answer: B. With the keyword ‘function’

Explanation: In [Link], functions are defined with the keyword ‘function’. Functions are
blocks of code that can be reused and that can accept parameters.

998. Answer: C. To export variables and functions

Explanation: The ‘exports’ object in [Link] is used to export variables and functions from a
file so that they can be used in other files. This is useful for sharing code between different
files in an application.

999. Answer: A. Var

Explanation: In [Link], variables are defined with the keyword ‘var’. Variables are used to
store data that can be used throughout the program.

1000. Answer: A. HelloWorld

Explanation: In Python, when two strings are combined using the ‘+’ operator, they are
concatenated together. In this example, the strings "Hello" and "World" are combined to
form the string "HelloWorld".

1002. Answer: D. int x

R CC E ® 520
Explanation: In Python, variables are declared by assigning a value to a variable name. The
type of the variable is determined by the value assigned. In this example, an integer variable
is declared by assigning the value "int" to the variable "x".

1003. Answer: B. 2

Explanation: In Python, variables can be assigned new values. In this example, the variable
"a" is assigned the value of the variable "b", which is 2. Thus, the output of this code is 2.

1004. Answer: C. def my_function

Explanation: In Python, functions are defined using the keyword "def". This keyword is
used to declare the name of the function and its parameters. In this example, the function
"my_function" is defined using the keyword "def".

1005. Answer: C. for

Explanation: In Python, loops are written using the keyword "for". This keyword is used to
define a loop that iterates over a sequence of items. In this example, the keyword "for" is
used to write a loop.

1006. Answer: B. World

Explanation: In Python, multiple variables can be assigned values in a single statement. In

this example, the variables "x" and "y" are assigned the values of each other in a single
statement. Thus, the output of this code is "World".

1007. Answer: A. +

Explanation: In Python, arithmetic operations are performed using the arithmetic operators.
In this example, the "+" operator is used to perform addition.

1008. Answer: B. x is not greater than y

Explanation: In Python, the "if-else" statement is used to execute a block of code if a

condition is true, or a different block of code if the condition is false. In this example, the
condition "x > y" is false, so the block of code under the "else" statement is executed, which
prints out "x is not greater than y".

R CC E ® 521
1009. Answer: A. "Hello {}"

Explanation: In Python, strings can be formatted using the format() method. This method
uses the "{}" placeholder to insert variables into a string. In this example, the "{}"
placeholder is used to insert a variable into the string "Hello {}".

1010. Answer: A. function funct_name()

Explanation: The correct syntax for creating a function in Bash is "function funct_name()".
The keyword "function" must be used followed by the name of the function and two
parentheses. Option B is not a valid syntax, Option C is missing the keyword "function"
and Option D is a command that does not exist in Bash.

1011. Answer: D. To display text

Explanation: The "echo" command is used to display text in Bash. Option A is incorrect as
it is used to display the value of a variable, Option B is incorrect as it is used to assign values
to variables and Option C is incorrect as it is used to terminate a program.

1012. Answer: A. To execute a command if a condition is true

Explanation: The "if" statement is used to execute a command if a condition is true. Option
B is incorrect as it is used to execute a command if a condition is false, Option C is
incorrect as it is used to compare two values and Option D is incorrect as it is used to loop
through an array.

1013. Answer: D. array_name [value1, value2]

Explanation: The correct syntax for creating an array in Bash is "array_name [value1,
value2]". Option A is incorrect as it is missing the brackets, Option B is incorrect as it is
using curly braces instead of brackets and Option C is incorrect as it is using parentheses
instead of brackets.

1014. Answer: A. while [condition]

Explanation: The correct syntax for creating a while loop in Bash is "while [condition]".
Option B is incorrect as it is missing the keyword "while", Option C is incorrect as it is
using curly braces instead of brackets and Option D is incorrect as it is using curly braces
instead of brackets.

R CC E ® 522
1015. Answer: B. for [variable in list]

Explanation: The correct syntax for the "for" loop in Bash is "for [variable in list]". Option
A is incorrect as it is using parentheses instead of brackets, Option C is incorrect as it is
missing the keyword "for" and Option D is incorrect as it is using curly braces instead of
brackets.

1016. Answer: D. To execute a command based on the value of a variable

Explanation: The "case" statement is used to execute a command based on the value of a
variable. Option A is incorrect as it is used to test a condition, Option B is incorrect as it is
used to execute a command if a condition is true and Option C is incorrect as it is used to
compare two values.

1017. Answer: B. variable_name = "value"

Explanation: The correct syntax for declaring a variable in Bash is "variable_name =

"value"". Option A is incorrect as it is missing the keyword "declare", Option C is incorrect
as it is missing the keyword "set" and Option D is incorrect as it is missing the keyword
"variable".

1018. Answer: C. To move the first argument of the script to the last position

Explanation: The "shift" command is used to move the first argument of the script to the
last position. Option A is incorrect as it is used to shift the position of an element in an
array, Option B is incorrect as it is used to move the cursor on the screen and Option D is
incorrect as it is used to move the last argument of the script to the first position.

1019. Answer: A. To end the current loop

Explanation: The "break" command is used to end the current loop. Option B is incorrect
as it is used to terminate the current program, Option C is incorrect as it is used to move
the first argument of the script to the last position and Option D is incorrect as it is used to
move the last argument of the script to the first position.

1020. Answer: a. cat

Explanation: The 'cat' command is used in Linux to print the contents of a file on the
terminal. It is short for 'concatenate.'

R CC E ® 523
1021. Answer: a. chmod

Explanation: The 'chmod' command is used to change the permission of a file in Linux. It
stands for 'change mode' and is used to set read, write and execute permissions for the user,
group and other users.

1022. Answer: b. kill

Explanation: The 'kill' command is used to terminate a running process in Linux. It sends a
signal to the process to terminate it immediately.

1023. Answer: c. tail

Explanation: The 'tail' command is used to view the system log files in Linux. It prints the
last few lines of the log files, which can be helpful for troubleshooting.

1024. Answer: c. grep

Explanation: The 'grep' command is used to search for a string in a file in Linux. It stands
for 'global regular expression print' and is used to search for patterns in a file.

1025. Answer: c. ls

Explanation: The 'ls' command is used to list the files in a directory in Linux. It stands for
'list' and can be used with many different flags to list files in different ways.

1026. Answer: b. cp

Explanation: The 'cp' command is used to copy files in Linux. It stands for 'copy' and can
be used to copy files from one directory to another.

1027. Answer: a. mkdir

Explanation: The 'mkdir' command is used to create a new directory in Linux. It stands for
'make directory' and is used to create a new directory in the current working directory.

1028. Answer: d. rmdir

R CC E ® 524
Explanation: The 'rmdir' command is used to remove a directory in Linux. It stands for
'remove directory' and is used to delete an empty directory.

1029. Answer: a. pwd

Explanation: The 'pwd' command is used to see the current working directory in Linux. It
stands for 'print working directory' and is used to print the path of the current working
directory.

1030. Answer: A) A semicolon (;)

Explanation: A semicolon (;) is the correct way to end a PHP statement. It indicates the end
of a statement and tells the interpreter to execute the code. A period (.), comma (,) and
colon (:) are not used to end a PHP statement.

1031. Answer: C) function myFunction()

Explanation: The correct way to write a function in PHP is function myFunction(). The
keyword 'function' is followed by the name of the function, which must be followed by
parentheses ().

1032. Answer: B) include "[Link]"

Explanation: The correct way to include a file in a PHP script is include "[Link]".
The keyword 'include' is followed by the filename and path in quotes. The pound (#)
symbol is not used to include a file in a PHP script.

1033. Answer: D) define CONSTANT_NAME

Explanation: The correct way to define a constant in PHP is define CONSTANT_NAME.

The keyword 'define' is followed by the name of the constant being defined. A constant is a
name and value pair that cannot be changed during the execution of the script.

1034. Answer: A) <?php

Explanation: The correct way to start a PHP script is <?php. This opens a block of PHP
code, which is the basic syntax for all PHP scripts. The other options (<?, <script>, and <?
script>) are not valid PHP syntax.

R CC E ® 525
1035 Answer: A. [Link]

Explanation: [Link] is an open-source, cross-platform, event-driven I/O server-side

JavaScript environment that allows developers to create web applications using JavaScript on
the server-side. [Link] is used for creating web servers and networking tools, and for
running command-line tools.

1036. Answer: D. Scripting

Explanation: [Link] is a scripting language, meaning that it is a language that is interpreted

at run-time rather than compiled. This makes it easy to write and execute code quickly, as
the code is only interpreted at run-time. [Link] is often used for scripting web servers,
applications, and databases.

1037. Answer: C. To manage asynchronous I/O

Explanation: The [Link] event loop is used to manage asynchronous I/O. This means that
it is used to manage the flow of data between the application and the operating system. The
event loop is the core of the [Link] runtime, and it is responsible for managing
asynchronous I/O operations.

1038. Answer: C. Asynchronous programming

Explanation: [Link] is an event-driven, asynchronous programming language. This means

that it is designed to handle multiple inputs and outputs at the same time. [Link] can
handle multiple requests simultaneously, and it can also handle multiple responses
simultaneously. This makes [Link] well-suited for applications that need to process large
amounts of data in a short period of time.

1039. Answer: C. Event-driven

Explanation: [Link] uses an event-driven architecture. This means that it is designed to

handle multiple inputs and outputs at the same time. [Link] can handle multiple requests
simultaneously, and it can also handle multiple responses simultaneously. This makes
[Link] well-suited for applications that need to process large amounts of data in a short
period of time.

1040. Answer: A. var myObj = {};

R CC E ® 526
Explanation: The correct syntax for creating an object in JavaScript is to use the object
literal notation: var myObj = {};. This syntax creates an empty object, which can then have
properties added to it. Option B is incorrect since it does not assign the object to a variable.
Option C is incorrect since it does not use the object literal notation. Option D is incorrect
since it does not assign the object to a variable.

1041. Answer: A. function myFunc() {};

Explanation: The correct syntax for declaring a function in JavaScript is to use the function
keyword: function myFunc() {};. This syntax declares a function with the given name, which
can then have code written inside it. Option B is incorrect since it does not use the function
keyword. Option C is incorrect since it does not use the function keyword. Option D is
incorrect since it does not assign the function to a variable.

1042. Answer: A. var myArr = [];

Explanation: The correct syntax for creating an array in JavaScript is to use the array literal
notation: var myArr = [];. This syntax creates an empty array, which can then have elements
added to it. Option B is incorrect since it does not assign the array to a variable. Option C
is incorrect since it does not use the array literal notation. Option D is incorrect since it
does not assign the array to a variable.

1043. Answer: B. for(var i=0; i<10; i++) {}

Explanation: The correct syntax for a for loop in JavaScript is to use the for keyword and
specify the initial condition, the end condition, and the increment/decrement step: for(var
i=0; i<10; i++). This syntax will execute the code inside the loop 10 times, with the variable
i increasing by 1 each time. Option A is incorrect since it does not declare the variable i.
Option C is incorrect since it does not specify the initial condition and the increment/
decrement step. Option D is incorrect since it does not use the for keyword.

1044. Answer: A. var myVar;

Explanation: The correct syntax for declaring a variable in JavaScript is to use the var
keyword: var myVar;. This syntax declares a variable with the given name, which can then
have a value assigned to it. Option B is incorrect since it does not use the var keyword.
Option C is incorrect since it does not use the var keyword. Option D is incorrect since it
does not assign a value to the variable.

R CC E ® 527
1045. Answer: B) int name;

Explanation: In C++, the syntax for declaring a variable is the data type followed by the
variable name. For example, int name; declares an integer variable called name.

1046. Answer: D) while(condition){}

Explanation: In C++, the syntax for a while loop is while(condition){} where the condition
is specified within parentheses and the code to be executed is placed within curly braces.

1047. Answer: C) #include<file>

Explanation: In C++, the syntax for including a header file is #include<file> where the file
name is placed within angled brackets.

1048. Answer: A) void functionName()

Explanation: In C++, the syntax for defining a function is the return type followed by the
function name and parentheses. For example, void functionName() defines a function
named functionName with a return type of void.

1049. Answer: A) var = value

Explanation: In C++, the syntax for performing an assignment operation is var = value
where the value is assigned to the variable on the left-hand side.

1050. Answer: A) public class ClassName { }

Explanation: The correct syntax for a main class in Java is public class ClassName { }. The
main class needs to be declared as public, so that it can be accessed by other classes or
packages. It also needs to include the class name, which is followed by a pair of curly braces.
Inside these braces is the code that will be executed when the program is run.

1051. Answer: A) while(condition) { }

Explanation: The syntax for a while loop in Java is while(condition) { }. The condition will
be evaluated before each iteration of the loop, and the loop will continue to execute until

R CC E ® 528
the condition evaluates to false. The code to be executed inside the loop is written between
the braces.

1052. Answer: D) public static void methodName() { }

Explanation: The correct syntax for declaring a method in Java is public static void
methodName() { }. The method needs to be declared as public so that it can be accessed by
other classes or packages. It also needs to include the static keyword, which indicates that
the method can be accessed without having to create an instance of the class. Finally, it
needs to include the return type, which in this case is void, followed by the method name
and a pair of parentheses. The code to be executed when the method is called is written
between the curly braces.

1053. Answer: B) type varName;

Explanation: The correct syntax for declaring a variable in Java is type varName;. The type
refers to the data type of the variable, such as int, double, or String. The variable name is the
name of the variable, which must start with a letter and can contain letters, numbers, and
underscores. No value needs to be assigned to the variable when it is declared, as this can be
done later.

1054. Answer: B) switch (value) { }

Explanation: The correct syntax for a switch statement in Java is switch (value) { }. The
value is the expression that will be evaluated by the switch statement. The switch statement
will then compare the value with the cases, which are written between the curly braces. Each
case must include the keyword case followed by a value, and the code to be executed when
that case is matched.

1055. Answer: D. <link rel="stylesheet" type="text/css" href="[Link]"

Explanation: HTML5 syntax for specifying an external style sheet is <link rel="stylesheet"
type="text/css" href="[Link]". This is used to link an external style sheet to a web page.

1056. Answer: C. <video src="video.mp4">

Explanation: The correct HTML5 syntax for adding a video to a web page is <video
src="video.mp4">. This is used to embed a video file in a web page.

R CC E ® 529
1057. Answer: C. <img src="[Link]">

Explanation: The correct HTML5 syntax for adding an image to a web page is <img
src="[Link]">. This is used to embed an image file in a web page.

1058. Answer: C. <a href="hyperlink">

Explanation: The correct HTML5 syntax for creating a hyperlink is <a href="hyperlink">.
This is used to create a hyperlink to another web page or another website.

1059. Answer: A. <table>

Explanation: The correct HTML5 syntax for creating a table is <table>. This is used to
create a table in an HTML document.

1060. Answer: A. <!--this is a comment-->

Explanation: The correct HTML5 syntax for adding a comment to a web page is <!--this is
a comment-->. This is used to add a comment to an HTML document.

1061. Answer: B. <h1>

Explanation: The correct HTML5 syntax for adding a heading is <h1>. This is used to
create a heading in an HTML document.

1062. Answer: B. state foo;

Explanation: In Solidity, state variables are declared with the keyword "state", followed by
the type and name of the variable. For example, to declare a string state variable called
"foo", the syntax would be "state string foo;".

1063. Answer: A. modifier

Explanation: In Solidity, function modifiers are used to define conditions that must be met
before a function is executed. The keyword used to specify a function modifier is
"modifier", followed by the name of the modifier. For example, to create a modifier called
"onlyOwner", the syntax would be "modifier onlyOwner {...}".

1064. Answer: D. constructor {}

R CC E ® 530
Explanation: In Solidity, constructors are special functions that are called when an instance
of a contract is created. The syntax used to define a constructor is "constructor {}". For
example, to define a constructor with no parameters, the syntax would be "constructor {}".

1065. Answer: A. event

Explanation: In Solidity, events are used to log information about a contract on the
blockchain. The keyword used to specify an event is "event", followed by the name and
parameters of the event. For example, to create an event called "Transfer", the syntax would
be "event Transfer(address from, address to, uint256 amount)".

1066. Answer: B. function

Explanation: In Solidity, functions are used to define the logic of a contract. The keyword
used to define a function is "function", followed by the name and parameters of the
function. For example, to define a function called "transfer", the syntax would be "function
transfer(address to, uint256 amount)".

1067. Answer: A. operation FunctionName (input1 : type1, input2 : type2) :

returnType is ...

Explanation: The correct syntax for declaring a function in Q# is "operation FunctionName

(input1 : type1, input2 : type2) : returnType is ...", which declares a function with a given
name, the types of its inputs, and the type of its output.

1068. Answer: C. X(q);

Explanation: The correct syntax for applying the X gate to qubit q in Q# is "X(q);", which
applies the X gate to the given qubit.

1069. Answer: B. Measure(q, [Link]);

Explanation: The correct syntax for measuring a qubit q in the computational basis in Q# is
"Measure(q, [Link]);", which measures the given qubit in the computational
basis.

1070. Answer: C. A smart contract is a computer program that can be programmed to

execute pre-defined rules and regulations when certain conditions are met.

R CC E ® 531
Explanation: A smart contract is a computer program that is written to run on the
Ethereum blockchain. It runs on the Ethereum Virtual Machine (EVM) and is typically
written in a high-level language such as Solidity. A smart contract can be programmed to
execute pre-defined rules and regulations when certain conditions are met, such as
transferring assets from one party to another.

1071. Answer: D. To automate the execution of agreements and transactions.

Explanation: Ethereum smart contracts are used to automate the execution of agreements
and transactions. They are computer programs that are written to run on the Ethereum
blockchain and can be programmed to execute pre-defined rules and regulations when
certain conditions are met. This allows users to trustlessly transfer digital assets, execute
complex agreements, and ensure certain conditions are met before any action is taken.

1072. Answer: A. A fee paid to miners for processing the transaction.

Explanation: In Ethereum, a “gas” is a fee paid to miners for processing a transaction or

executing a smart contract. Every transaction requires a certain amount of gas to be paid,
which is proportional to the complexity of the transaction. The amount of gas required is
determined by the amount of computation and storage required to execute the transaction.

1073. Answer: D. To execute and run the Ethereum smart contracts.

Explanation: The Ethereum Virtual Machine (EVM) is a virtual machine that executes
Ethereum smart contracts. It is a 256-bit register stack designed to run the same code
regardless of the blockchain or platform it is running on. The EVM is used to execute and
run the Ethereum smart contracts, and is also used to verify and enforce the terms of a
contract.

1074. Answer: C. Solidity

Explanation: Solidity is the programming language typically used to write Ethereum smart
contracts. It is a high-level language that is designed to make it easier to write and
understand smart contracts. Solidity is compiled into bytecode, which is then run on the
Ethereum Virtual Machine (EVM) and executed on the Ethereum blockchain.

1075. Answer: B. To store and manage cryptographic keys.

R CC E ® 532
Explanation: An Ethereum wallet is used to store and manage cryptographic keys, which are
used to access digital assets stored on the Ethereum blockchain. The wallet also stores
information such as the user’s Ether balance and transaction history. Ethereum wallets are
available as software applications, hardware devices, or web-based services.

1076. Answer: A. To facilitate the transfer of digital assets.

Explanation: The Ethereum blockchain is an open, distributed ledger that is used to

facilitate the transfer of digital assets. It is a secure platform that allows users to trustlessly
transfer digital assets and execute complex agreements. The Ethereum blockchain can also
be used to execute Ethereum smart contracts, which are computer programs that are written
to run on the Ethereum blockchain and can be programmed to execute pre-defined rules
and regulations when certain conditions are met.

1077. Answer: C. To enable users to have full control over their data.

Explanation: A decentralized application (DApp) is a type of software application that runs

on a distributed computing system, such as the Ethereum blockchain. It is designed to
enable users to have full control over their data and transactions, without relying on a third-
party. DApps can be used to facilitate the transfer of digital assets, execute complex
agreements, and run Ethereum smart contracts.

1078 Answer: B. To limit the amount of computation that can be done in a transaction.

Explanation: The Ethereum Gas Limit is a limit on the amount of computation that can be
done in a transaction. It is used to prevent malicious users from overloading the Ethereum
network with too much computation, which would lead to slow transaction processing or
even a network crash. The amount of gas required for a transaction depends on the
complexity of the computation required.

1079. Answer: A. A fee paid to miners for processing the transaction.

Explanation: In Ethereum, a “gas price” is the amount of Ether (ETH) that is paid to
miners for processing a transaction or executing a smart contract. The gas price is
determined by the miner, and is typically higher for more complex transactions. The
amount of gas required for a transaction is proportional to the amount of computation and
storage required to execute the transaction.

1080. Answer: A. 1 megabyte

R CC E ® 533
Explanation: Bitcoin blocks have a maximum size of 1 megabyte (1,000,000 bytes) that
limits the number of transactions that can fit in a single block. This size limit has been in
place since the beginning of the Bitcoin network and is seen as a way to prevent spam
transactions and ensure network performance.

1081. Answer: A. SHA-256

Explanation: The Bitcoin network is secured using the SHA-256 algorithm. SHA-256 is a
cryptographic hash function that takes an input of any size and produces a 256-bit (32-
byte) output. This output is used as a digital signature for a transaction and is used to ensure
that the transaction has not been modified or tampered with.

1082. Answer: A. Mining

Explanation: Mining is the process of verifying transactions on the Bitcoin network. Miners
use specialized hardware to solve complex mathematical problems in order to validate
transactions and add new blocks to the blockchain. This process is rewarded with newly
minted Bitcoins and transaction fees.

1083. Answer: A. 21 million

Explanation: The maximum number of Bitcoin that can ever exist is 21 million. This
number is hard-coded into the Bitcoin protocol and is based on the total amount of Bitcoin
that will ever be mined (mined Bitcoin are created in a process called mining). Once 21
million Bitcoin have been mined, no more will ever be created.

1084. Answer: B. Validation

Explanation: The process of verifying the validity of a transaction is called validation. This is
the process of ensuring that the inputs of a transaction are valid and that the output funds
are not already spent. This is an important step in the Bitcoin network to ensure that
transactions are valid and that coins cannot be double spent.

1085. Answer: A. The Blockchain

Explanation: The Blockchain is the public ledger that stores all Bitcoin transactions. This
decentralized ledger is secured through the use of cryptography and distributed consensus
algorithms. The Blockchain is constantly updated as new blocks are added, creating an
immutable record of all Bitcoin transactions.

R CC E ® 534
1086. Answer: A. Mining

Explanation: Mining is the process of creating a new block on the Bitcoin network. Miners
use specialized hardware to solve complex mathematical problems in order to validate
transactions and add new blocks to the blockchain. This process is rewarded with newly
minted Bitcoins and transaction fees.

1087. Answer: C. Sending

Explanation: The process of transferring Bitcoin from one user to another is called sending.
This is done by signing a transaction with the user's private key, which creates a digital
signature that is broadcast to the Bitcoin network. After the transaction is verified and
included in a block, the Bitcoin is transferred from one user to another.

1088. Answer: D. 6 confirmations

Explanation: For a Bitcoin transaction to be considered valid, it must have 6 confirmations.

A confirmation is when a new block is added to the blockchain and the transaction is
included in that block. Each confirmation increases the security of the transaction, making
it more difficult for an attacker to double spend the Bitcoin.

1089. Answer: A. Mining

Explanation: Mining is the process of using computational power to solve complex

mathematical problems. Miners use specialized hardware to solve these problems in order to
validate transactions and add new blocks to the blockchain. This process is rewarded with
newly minted Bitcoins and transaction fees.

1090. Answer: B. To automate the process of building, testing and deploying software

Explanation: Jenkins is an open source automation server used to build, test and deploy
software in a CI/CD pipeline. It automates the process of building, testing and deploying
software to the target environment, allowing developers to focus on the code and not
manual processes. Jenkins supports source code management tools such as Git, Subversion,
and Mercurial, and can run automated tests in order to validate software builds. It can also
generate reports and notify stakeholders of the progress and results.

1091. Answer: B. Build and test

R CC E ® 535
Explanation: Jenkins is an automation server used to automate the process of building,
testing and deploying software in a CI/CD pipeline. It can automate the build and test of
software, such as compiling code, running automated tests, and building packages. It can
also automate the release and deployment of the software, such as pushing it to a production
environment.

1092. Answer: A. Source code management

Explanation: Jenkins is an automation server used to automate the process of building,

testing and deploying software in a CI/CD pipeline. It supports different source code
management tools such as Git, Subversion, and Mercurial. It can monitor and track code
changes in version control and can be used to create and manage packages for deployment.

1093. Answer: A. Build reports

Explanation: Jenkins is an automation server used to automate the process of building,

testing and deploying software in a CI/CD pipeline. It can generate reports to provide a
summary of the build process and to notify stakeholders of progress and results. It can also
generate reports on test results and deployment status.

1094. Answer: A. A continuous integration and continuous delivery (CI/CD) system

Explanation: Jenkins Pipeline is a continuous integration and continuous delivery system

that helps to automate the software delivery process. Jenkins Pipeline is used to automate
the non-human part of the software development process, with continuous integration and
continuous delivery. It helps to automate the process of building, testing and deploying
software, enabling developers to rapidly and reliably deliver their changes to users.

R CC E ® 536
 END OF DOCUMENT

R CC E ® 537